KA090 en

All content is copyrighted by Blum.
Subject to technical modifications and changes to the range without notice.
IDNR 555.154.5 • KA-090/2EN-AL/10.08-1
Catalogue 2009
Moving solutions for furniture
Julius Blum GmbH
Furniture Fittings Mfg.
6973 Hoechst, Austria Catalogue and technical manual 2009
Tel.: +43/5578/705-0
Fax: +43/5578/705-44
E-mail: info@blum.com
www.blum.com
www.blum.com
DYNALOG 2.6 limited
.6 limited
NALOG 2 tiona
lity
DY m ful
l func
fit fro r 60 days
Bene fo
NEW: DYNALOG 2.6 limited
■ DYNACAT – unlimited access Along with easy fittings selection and After your 60 days have expired,
■ DYNASHOP – unlimited access ordering, you can now also experience you will still have unlimited access
■ DYNAPLAN – 60 day access to all the full functionality of the DYNAPLAN to the “electronic product catalogue”
functions cabinet planner for the first time. Please (DYNACAT) and the “shopping
see the next page for detailed informa- basket” (DYNASHOP). In order to
tion about all functions. continue to use the full functional-
Install the new, free ity incl. DYNAPLAN, please order
“DYNALOG 2.6 limited” and benefit the DYNALOG 2.6 full version from
from full functionality for 60 days. your fittings supplier or direct from
Blum via the following e-mail address:
dynalog@blum.com
Attention: Please do not install the

included DYNALOG 2.6 limited ver-
sion if you are already a registered
DYNALOG 2.0 full version owner. You
will be informed separately regarding
update availability.
DYNALOG 2.6 limited is also available

on CD-ROM and can be requested for
free via info@blum.com.
DYNALOG – planning and ordering made easy
Professional planning, easy ordering
The DYNALOG 2.6 software makes it

easy to plan cabinets and order the right
fittings. It frees up your time to spend
on the wishes and requirements of your
customers.
DYNALOG 2.6 includes the following modules:
DYNASHOP DYNAPLAN DYNACAT

Shopping basket Cabinet planner Electronic product catalogue
■ For managing and ordering compo- ■ Generates all information required ■ Contains all Blum products
nent requirements for manufacturing and ordering (e.g. ■ Prevents ordering errors: Complex
■ The components list can be export- components lists, drawings) applications (e. g. TANDEMBOX
ed in different formats and used for ■ Integrated collision check saves trial incl. the ORGA-LINE inner dividing
other purposes applications system) are calculated correctly for
■ The import feature for distributor part ■ Complex cabinet constructions are each installation situation
numbers and prices enables integra- possible, e.g. SPACE CORNER ■ Includes installation drawings as
tion with the distributor ordering ■ Interfaces and export formats enable well as adjustment and assembly
system continued use in planned projects instructions for the selected product
■ Goods receivable are easy to check ■ Comprehensive DYNAMIC SPACE ■ 3D CAD data available for lift, hinge
using a simple allocation of fittings to Cabinet Library already integrated and pull-out systems
the respective element and can be customised individually
■ Numerous additional features
Order specification Minimum requirements (recommended)
Operating system: MS Windows 2000 or higher

Order DYNALOG directly from your fittings
Processor 1.0 GHz (2.0 GHz) or higher
supplier.
256 MB (512 MB) RAM
DVD drive
Part no.
DYNALOG 2.6 ☎ DYA.2642
AVENTOS – lift system
AVENTOS
▶ AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system
▶ AVENTOS HS – up & over lift system
▶ AVENTOS HL – lift up
▶ AVENTOS HK – stay lift
CLIP top – hinge system
■ Tool-free CLIP assembly
▶ CLIP top – hinge
CLIP top
▶ BLUMOTION for doors – for silent and effortless closing action

▶ TIP-ON for doors – mechanical opening support system
MODUL – hinge system

■ „Slide-on“ assembly
▶ MODUL – hinges
MODUL
TANDEMBOX – pull-out systems

TANDEMBOX
■ Double-wall drawer side

▶ Basic elements
▶ SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX – electrical opening support system
▶ ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX – flexible inner dividing system
METABOX – pull-out system

■ Single-wall drawer side
METABOX
▶ Basic elements
TANDEM – runner system

■ Concealed
▶ Basic elements
TANDEM
▶ SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM – electrical opening support system

▶ TIP-ON for TANDEM – mechanical opening support system
▶ ORGA-LINE for TANDEM – flexible inner dividing system
STANDARD – runner system
■ Visible
STANDARD
▶ Basic elements
Further products
Further prod.
▶ Open & slide door assembly – POCKET DOOR, FLIPPER DOOR

▶ Wall hanging brackets
▶ Connectors
Assembly dev.
Assembly devices
▶ DYNALOG 2.6 – CD catalogue and planning aid

▶ Templates, stops and assembly devices
▶ Drilling and insertion machines – PRO CENTER, MINIPRESS
Information
Information
Information about Blum products

Glossary 678
Part No. Index 684
Catalogue 2009 2
Moving solutions for
furniture
What is perfect motion?

And how do you get
perfect motion in furniture
in order to enhance ease-
of-use? We think about
these questions every
day at Blum and focus
our energies looking for
the right answers. We
have already developed
several moving solutions
for furniture. Learn more
about our products and
experience the high lev-
els of quality and design
first hand.
3
Lift systems move silently
and effortlessly:
Thanks to Blum‘s lift

mechanism technology,
AVENTOS lift systems
are easy to open regard-
less of the size or weight.
Integrated BLUMOTION
provides silent and effort-
less closing action.
Catalogue 2009 4
AVENTOS – moving solutions for every lift system
Use AVENTOS to address

individual customer wishes:
Each lift system provides
numerous design options,
e.g. different wooden fronts,
narrow or wide alu frames.
Lift system variety that will inspire your customers. Whether a

bi-fold lift system, up & over lift system, lift up or stay lift: the The lift system always
right solution can be found for any wall cabinet application. remains within easy reach:
the variable stop halts the
lift system in any desired
position.
AVENTOS is easy to install and adjust. Thanks to its uniform

programme for all cabinet heights and widths, AVENTOS can
be used in almost any application.
5
Silent and effortless closing of doors:
This is all thanks to the intelligent technology of the BLUMOTION adaptive system. Independent of the door size,
weight and closing speed, each door is braked so that it closes silently and effortlessly.
Catalogue 2009 6
BLUMOTION for doors fascinates with its smooth closing
Whether in the kitchen, hall, bathroom, bedroom or living room: the harmonious closing action of BLUMOTION is sure to
satisfy your customers.
In hinges we place great value

and emphasis on the integration
of enhanced function with the
highest levels of design qual-
ity. A good example of this is
BLUMOTION 973A.
BLUMOTION is suitable for nearly any application.
7
A nice piece of work:
Our vision of perfect motion, silent and effortless, combined with an attractive design and lots of ergonomic storage space
– that‘s TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION.
Catalogue 2009 8
Unsurpassed running action for
TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION
Whether in the larder unit, pull-out, drawer, sink pull-out or

corner solution: Numerous storage space variants are pos-
sible with TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION. The ORGA-LINE
inner dividing system provides organisation and overview.
This system meets the high-

est demands for quality and
function: The full extension
provides easy viewing and
access even into the farthest
corner. The TANDEM runner
system provides high side
stability and smooth running
action even under heavy
loads – now with the new
65 kg runner.
9
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION makes it possible:
High quality wooden drawers always close silently and effortlessly.
Catalogue 2009 10
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION glides silently
Even when pull-outs are

heavily loaded, TANDEM
impresses with its smooth
running action and high
levels of side stability.
Organization in drawers and pull-outs in the TANDEM plus

programme is provided by the ORGA-LINE inner dividing
system.
Whether in the kitchen, hall, bathroom, living room or bed-

room – the concealed runner system never fails to fascinate
with its high quality and numerous application options.
11
Your customers will be inspired:
+ When developing the SERVO-DRIVE electrical opening support system, we put the needs
of the kitchen user first. SERVO-DRIVE can be opened easily with a hand, foot, knee or hip.
BLUMOTION makes sure that pull-outs then close silently and effortlessly.
Catalogue 2009 12
SERVO-DRIVE:
The electrical opening support system for TANDEMBOX
It‘s so easy: A light touch on the front or a light pull of the

handle and even the heaviest pull-outs will open as if by
themselves.
The most important

SERVO-DRIVE components
can be attached without the
need of tools.
We recommend planning
with DYNALOG.
13
SERVO-DRIVE – the new electrical opening support system:
This opens wooden drawers and pull-outs with ease and comfort.
+
Catalogue 2009 14
SERVO-DRIVE:
The electrical opening support system for TANDEM
Opening comfort throughout the home: A

light pull on the handle or a light touch on
the front with the hand, foot, knee or hip is
all that‘s required to open TANDEM plus
BLUMOTION.
With SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM plus BLUMOTION, your

customers can be assured of the highest opening comfort for
wooden drawers and pull-outs. The integrated BLUMOTION
provides a silent and effortless closing action. For planning, we
recommend DYNALOG.
15
A light touch is all that is required:
Handle-less drawers, pull-outs and doors can be opened easily with TIP-ON the mechanical opening support system.
Catalogue 2009 16
TIP-ON: The mechanical solution for easy opening
Customers are asking for handle-less furniture more and

more. With TIP-ON, you can fulfil these design wishes
and make handle-less furniture a reality in the kitchen and
throughout the entire home.
The TIP-ON mechanism

is characterised by proven
Blum quality and will last for
the lifetime of the furniture.
17
Make kitchen work easier for your customers:
The DYNAMIC SPACE planning concept increases the quality of motion as well as the quality of
space utilisation in modern kitchens. Well-thought-out ergonomic planning saves distances and time.
Kitchen work is becoming more and more an emotional experience.
Catalogue 2009 18
DYNAMIC SPACE:
Times change – so do kitchen standards
With DYNAMIC SPACE, kitchen work is made easier

by
■ Planning for enough storage space,

■ Planning in five kitchen zones: Consumables, Non-
consumables, Cleaning, Preparation and Cooking,
■ Avoiding fixed shelves in base cabinets,
■ Selecting full extensions with an inner dividing
system,
■ Selecting fittings that function perfectly for an
excellent quality of motion.
It‘s all about the kitchen

user: In showrooms, inter-
ested kitchen buyers can
take their planned kitchen for
a “test drive” using movable
kitchen furniture and check-
ing the optimal lay-out for
their needs.
The goal of our research

activities, e.g. using the
AGE EXPLORER, is to
optimise workflows and
ergonomics as well as offer
high user-friendliness for the
life of the kitchen.
More information about DYNAMIC SPACE, the Zone Planner

and much more can be found in our brochures as well as
online at
www.dynamicspace.com
19
Simple application and ease-of-use:
Our assembly devices, drilling and insertion machines as well as tem-
plates and jigs ensure the precise assembly of all Blum products and
support you when manufacturing high-quality furniture.
Catalogue 2009 20
Assembly made easy
Drilling and insertion ma- Assembly devices and Templates and assembly de-
chines ensure precise drill- machines optimise the vices make it easy to trans-
ing and insertion of fittings. assembly of drawers and fer exact measurements.
pull-outs.
The comprehensive
DYNALOG 2.6 software sup-
ports your cabinet planning
as well as the selection and
ordering of the right fittings.
21
Experience perfect motion 24/7:
Would you or your customers like to see more about our products and services?
Our up-to-date country specific websites provide visitors with comprehensive, easy-to-find informa-
tion giving a glimpse of our vision of perfect motion.
We look forward to your visit: www.blum.com
Catalogue 2009 22
E-SERVICES – our services on the web
PRODUCT INFORMATION SERVICE (POIS)

You can get Blum product information quickly and easily using the PRODUCT INFORMATION SERVICE, our electronic prod-
uct catalogue. It provides the following data for viewing, printing or downloading: detailed item descriptions, product images,
graphics, CAD data, EAN codes and packaging versions.
For our business partners, we provide

current documentation for the market-
ing of Blum products and services via our
MARKETING INFORMATION SERVICE (MAIS). The
ORDER MANAGEMENT & PROCESSING (OMP)
service provides information about current orders
24/7 – from order entry through to final delivery.
For more about our E-SERVICES go to

www.blum.com or
http://e-services.blum.com
23
From Vorarlberg to the world:
We develop our products in Vorarlberg,
which are then used throughout the entire
world.
Catalogue 2009 24
Globally present, locally rooted
We develop our high-quality products in Austria. This is also the location of six of our manufacturing facilities from which we
supply the rest of the world. We also have an international presence with additional manufacturing locations in the US and
Brazil, a logistics centre in Poland as well as various subsidiaries and sales agencies in over 80 countries on all five conti-
nents. We employ approx. 4900 people who devote themselves to the wishes and needs of our customers.
Our products must meet the highest demands for quality and
function – for the life of the furniture. Our qualified employees Our employees go through
work every single day to achieve this goal. regular training and con-
tinuing education courses
to keep their knowledge
up-to-date. Our apprentices
also get a great education in
high-tech professions with a
future. This is how we stay
competitive at the interna-
tional level.
25
Blum’s subsidiaries and representatives – as of 07/2008
Argentina Bisagra OH, showroom, Maza 384 Telephone +54/11/4862-1130

Ciudad Autónoma de Buenos Aires, CP 1026ACH, Argentina Fax +54/11/4863 1521
E-mail info@bisagraoh.com.ar
Internet www.bisagraoh.com.ar
Australia Blum Australia Pty. Ltd., P.O. Box 511 Telephone +61/2/9822/8471
Moorebank, NSW 1875, Australia Fax +61/2/9822/8540
E-mail info.au@blum.com
Internet www.blum.com
Austria Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlägefabrik Telephone +43/5578/705-0
Industriestraße 1, 6973 Höchst, Austria Fax +43/5578/705-44
E-mail info@blum.com
Belgium/Luxembourg Van Hoecke nv, Expert in functioneel meubelbeslag Telephone +32/3/7601900
Europark-Noord 9, B-9100 Sint-Niklaas, Belgium Fax +32/3/7601919
E-mail nv@vanhoecke.be
Internet www.vanhoecke.be
Brazil Blum do Brasil, Indústria e Comércio de Ferragens Ltda. Telephone +55/11/4785-3400
Avenida João Paulo I, 2052, Jardim das Oliveiras Fax +55/11/4785-3421
06816-550 EMBU - São Paulo - Brasil E-mail info.br@blum.com
Bulgaria Interior - I Telephone +359/2/8430233

bul. “Madrid” 34, 1505 Sofia, Bulgaria Fax +359/2/9460789
E-mail interiori@techno-link.com
Canada Blum Canada Limited, Perfecting motion Telephone +1/905/670-7920

7135 Pacific Circle, Mississauga, ON, L5T 2A8, Canada Toll-free (Can. only) 1/800/670-9254
Fax +1/905/670-7929
E-mail info.ca@blum.com
Chile Commercial Habitat Telephone +56/2/2017650
Las Hualtatas 8412, Vitacura, Santiago, Chile Fax +56/2/2017652
E-mail info@hbt.cl
Internet www.hbt.cl
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Beijing Branch Telephone +86/10/8889 2708
Beijing Golden Resources Shopping Center Fax +86/10/8889 2908
Office Building Area B, 16A (Room 1601) E-mail info.cn@blum.com
No. 1 Yuanda Rd, Haidian District, Beijing 100097, China Internet www.blum.com.cn
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Telephone +86/21/39203355
Shanghai Beiying Road No.399, Qingpu District Fax +86/21/39202223
CN-201712 Shanghai E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Internet www.blum.com.cn
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Branch Telephone +86/20/3785 5208
Guangzhou Qinjian Tower, Office 601, No. 468, Huangpu Dadao Xi Road Fax +86/20/3785 5206
Tianhe District, Guangzhou 510620, China E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Internet www.blum.com.cn
Columbia Alsada Ltda, Soluciones con estilo para espacio interior Telephone +57 1 6259865
Calle 127 C # 45 a 56, CO - Bogotá Telephone +57 1 6143380
Fax +57 1 2588235
E-mail albaluciaromero@alsada.com.co
Cyprus H. H. Furnishings Ltd., Propyleon 42, Strovolos Telephone +357/22/494450
Industrial Estate, 2033 Nicosia, Cyprus Fax +357/22/313774
E-mail info@hhfurnishing.com
Czech Republic Blum, s.r.o., Kolbenova 19 Telephone +420/281090161

CZ-190 00 Praha 9 – VYSOCANY, Czech Republic Fax +420/281862026
E-mail posta.cz@blum.com
Internet www.blum.cz
Denmark OL Beslag A/S, Bergsøesvej 2 Telephone +45/86813111
DK-8600 Silkeborg, Denmark Fax +45/86813149
E-mail ol@ol-beslag.dk
Internet www.ol-beslag.dk
Catalogue 2009 26
Ecuador D‘Kocina Cia. Ltda., Portugal 714, y Republica de El Salvador Telephone +593 2 2444293
Edificio Gabriela 1 - PB, Quito, Pichincha Fax +593 2 2444342
E-mail dkocina@uio.satnet.net
Internet www.dkosina.com
Egypt Metal Technical Co. Telephone +20/2/33470128
Cairo 24 Gamet Eldewal Elarabia St. Cairo, Egypt Telephone +20/2/33038501
Fax +20/2/33470005
E-mail mtc@tedata.net.eg
Egypt Elsallab Co. for Trading & Distribution, Eng. Tarek Elsallab Telephone +20/2/22734113
Cairo 56 Mostafa El Nahas St., Nasr City, Cairo, Egypt Fax +20/2/22734275
E-mail tarekalsallab@hotmail.com
Estonia Hahle Eesti OÜ, Kadaka tee 48 Telephone +372/6/729030

EE-12915 Tallinn, Estonia Mobil +372/50/15090
Fax +372/6/775856
E-mail hahle.eesti@hahle.com
Finland Hahle Oy, Hyttimestarinkuja 3 Telephone +358/201/809300
FIN-02780 Espoo, Finland Fax +358/201/809302
E-mail hahle@hahle.com
Internet www.hahle.com
France Blum France SARL, Espace Leaders Telephone +33/4/50683430
Zone Industrielle de Moutti Sud, F-74540 Alby sur Chéran, France Fax +33/4/50681342
E-mail info.fr@blum.com
Internet www.blum.fr
France A partir du 1er avril 2009: Telephone +33/450/68 40 30
Blum France SARL, ZAE de Balvay Fax +33/450/68 13 42
14 avenue du Trélod, 74150 Rumilly, France E-mail info.fr@blum.com
Internet www.blum.fr
Germany Blum GmbH, Lilienthalstraße 3 Telephone +49/5221/17493-0
D-32052 Herford, Germany Fax +49/5221/17493-50
E-mail info.de@blum.com
Greece K. Kliafa S.A., 102 Kapodistriou Av. Telephone +30 210 2751131
Nea Ionia, 14235 Athens, Greece Fax +30 210 2751777
E-mail info@kliafasa.gr
Internet www.kliafasa.gr
Hong Kong Julius Blum GmbH Representative Office Hongkong E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Unit D, Floor 16 Internet www.blum.com.cn
211 Johnston Road, Wanchai, HongKong
Hungary Blum Hungária Kft., Balassagyarmati út 2 Telephone +36/27/319323

H-2600 Vác, Hungary Fax +36/27/510140
E-mail info.hu@blum.com
Iceland Husasmidjan HF., Sudarvogi 3 - 5 Telephone +354/5/812088

IS-104 Reykjavik, Iceland Fax +354/5/813787
E-mail hreinna@husa.is
Internet www.husa.is
India Hafele India Pvt. Ltd. Telephone +91 22 6695 0920
4th Floor, JMC House, Bisleri Compound, Western Express Highway, Fax +91 22 6695 0922
Andheri (E), 400099 Mumbai, India E-mail info@hafeleindia.com
Indonesia PT Indo-Fitting Mandiri Telephone +62/21/6508744

Jl Agung Timur 9 Blok 0-1/33, Sunter Podomoro Fax +62/21/6508746
14350 Jakarta, Indonesia E-mail kie@indofitting.net
Iran Pad.S.I.D.Co Ltd. Telephone 0098 21 88 53 20 85 to 89

NO. 84 , NORD SOHREVARDI Fax 0098 21 88 53 19 44
15539 TEHRAN, E-mail info@blum.ir
IRAN Internet www.blum.ir
27
Ireland Frank Flanagan Fittings Ltd., 32–34 Cherry Orchard Ind. Est. Telephone +353/1/6265988
IRL-Dublin 10, Ireland Fax +353/1/6267173
E-mail sales@fff.ie
Internet www.fff.ie
Israel Bluran, Import & Distribution Ltd. Telephone +972/732/310360
4 Geruffi Street, New Industry Zone Fax +972/732/310361
75650 Rishon Le Zion, Israel E-mail bluran@bluran.co.il
Internet www.bluran.co.il
Italy O. ELMI SNC. di Oscar e Guido Elmi Telephone +39/02/95740443
Via Delle Gerole 26, I-20040 Caponago/MI, Italy Fax +39/02/95740746
E-mail info@elmi.it
Internet www.elmi.it
Japan Denica Co. Ltd. Telephone +81/47/437-0310
2-474-8 Katsushika-cho, Funabashi-shi Fax +81/47/437-2130
273-0032 Chiba, Japan E-mail denica@muc.biglobe.ne.jp
Internet www.denica.co.jp
Latvia “AM Furnitūra”, Gaujas iela 5 Telephone +371 7496001
Rīga, LV-1026, Latvia Fax +371 7496009
E-mail info@amf.lv
Internet www.amf.lv
Lithuania Furnitanas UAB, Savanorių prospektas 180 Telephone +370/5/2647979
LT-03154 Vilnius, Lithuania Fax +370/5/2323052
E-mail blum@furnitanas.lt
Internet www.furnitanas.lt
Malaysia Kosion Trading (M) Sdn Bhd, 85A Jalan Klang Lama, Batu 3 Telephone +60/3/79828233
58000 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Fax +60/3/79802957
E-mail info@kosion.com
Internet www.kosion.com
Mexico Blum México Herrajes Para Muebles Telephone +52 728 282 5865
Av. Vicente Fox Quezada 100-A Col. La Estación Fax +52 7228 282 6453
52000 Lerma, Edo. de México Toll-free (Mex. only) 800 006 2586
Netherlands Van Hoecke bv, Schimminck 5 Telephone +31 418 56 90 60

5301 KR Zaltbommel, Niederlande Fax +31 418 56 90 69
E-mail bv@vanhoecke.nl
Internet www.vanhoecke.nl
New Zealand Sanco (NZ) Ltd., 164 Carlyle Street, P.O. Box 22-012 Telephone +64/3/3794984
NZ-Christchurch, New Zealand Fax +64/3/3798212
E-mail mel@sanco.co.nz
Norway Julius Blum GmbH. Norge, Representasjonskontor Telephone +47/32/127020

Postboks 1110 / Flattum, N-3503 Hønefoss, NORWAY Fax +47/32/127003
E-mail info.no@blum.com
Panama Formica Distribution Center S.A., Calle 85 Final Telephone +507 260-5503
Urb. Ind. Los Angeles, Panama City Fax +507 260-1440
P.O. Box 0832-2532 WTC Panama E-mail raul@bacosa.com
Philippines Deepe Marketing Corporation Telephone +632 952 9854

No. 13 Bonifacio Drive, Pasong Tamo Fax +632 456 6863
Quezon City 1107 Philippines E-mail office@deepecorp.com
Poland Blum Polska Sp. z o.o., ul. Poznańska 16 Telephone +48 /61/ 895 1900
62-020 Swarzędz-Jasin, Polska Fax +48 /61/ 895 1901
E-mail info.pl@blum.com
Internet www.blum.pl
Portugal Santos Lopes & Martins, Lda, Telephone +351/22/7330350
Rua do Loureiro de Cima, 248 Fax +351/22/7330359
4415-486 Grijó, Portugal E-mail geral@santoslopes.pt
Internet www.santoslopes.pt
Catalogue 2009 28
Romania BLUM ROMÂNIA S.R.L. Telephone +40/21/3512103
Str. Zborului Nr. 2B Fax +40/21/3512102
judeţul Ilfov E-mail info.ro@blum.com
RO-075100 Otopeni, România
Russia Blum OOO Telephone (495) 727-06-11
ul. Brestskaja, 32 Fax (495) 727-06-12
Moskovskaja oblast, Domodedovskij rajon E-mail info.ru@blum.com
RF-142030 Jam, Russian Federation Internet www.blum.ru
Saudi Arabia Furniture Technology Trd. Est. (Eurotec) Telephone +966 1 4600180
No.7, Aljammaz building, Thalatheen st. , Alolaya main road, Riyadh, Fax +966 1 4600181
K.S.A. E-mail info@eurotec-sa.com
Singapore Blum South East Asia Pte. Ltd., 150 Ubi Avenue 4 Telephone +65/6547/1760
#03-01 Ubi Biz-Hub, Singapore 408825, Rep. of Singapore Fax +65/6547/1761
E-mail info.sg@blum.com
Slovakia Ing. Norbert Šebo, ul MDD 27 Tel./Fax +421/455323293

962 31 Veľká Lúka, Slovakia Mobil +421/905/801077
E-mail norbert.sebo@blum.com
Internet www.blum.sk
Slovenia STARMAN d.o.o. Telephone +386-1-7247-900
Žeje pri Komendi 122, SI-1218 KOMENDA Fax +386-1-7247-979
E-mail info@starman.si
Internet www.starman.si
South Africa Eclipse Furniture Accessories, P.O. Box 405 Telephone 0027-11-4448118
Wendywood 2144, Johannesburg, Rep. of South Africa Fax 0027-11-4440132
E-mail andrew@eclipsegroup.co.za
Internet www.eclipsegroup.co.za
South Korea Woobo International Corp., Room #607, LG Twin House 192 Telephone +82/31/7139400
Gumi-dong, Bundang-gu, Sungnam-City, Kyunggi-do Fax +82/31/7139505
South Korea 463-709 E-mail ynkim-woobo@hanmail.net
Spain Tecnomak España, S.A., Edificio Blau Port, Planta 1A, Dpcho. A2, Polí- Telephone +34 934 491 497
gono Mas Blau II, Avd de les Garrigues, 38-44 Fax +34 934 490 194
08820 El Prat de Llobregat E-mail info@tecnomak.es
BARCELONA Internet www.tecnomak.es
Sweden Blum Svenska AB, Box 186 Telephone +46/36/387750
Wadmans Linje 4, 561 23 Huskvarna, Sweden Fax +46/36/133890
E-mail info.se@blum.com
Internet www.blum.se
Switzerland Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlägefabrik Telephone +43/5578/705-0
Industriestraße 1, 6973 Höchst, Austria Fax +43/5578/705-44
E-mail info@blum.com
Syria Sarraj General Trading, Telephone +963-11-44691100
P.O. Box 8197, Damascus, Syria Fax +963-11-4416085
E-mail sarraj1@scs-net.org
Taiwan Utekuo Co. Ltd., No. 60, Sec. 1, Ho-Ping West Road Telephone +886/2/2368-9249
ROC-Taipei 10078, Taiwan Fax +886/2/2368-5089
E-mail utekuo@yahoo.com.tw
Thailand Blue International Co. Ltd., 8, 10, 12 Soi Ramkamhaeng Telephone +66/2/3747755
26/1 Ramkamhaeng Rd., Huamark, Bangkapi, Fax +66/2/3749176
Bangkok 10240, Thailand E-mail blueintl@ksc.th.com
Tunisia Promodar Sarl Telephone +216/71/425423-110

Route de Sousse KM 7, TN-2033 Megrine, Tunisia Fax +216/71/428732
E-mail vente@promodar.com
Internet www.promodar.com
29
Turkey Julius Blum GmbH, Türkiye İrtibat Bürosu Telephone +90/212/6622502

Şenlikköy Mah. Çatal Sok. 7/A-2, TR-34810 Florya / İstanbul, Turkey Fax +90/212/6621225
E-mail info.tr@blum.com
U.A.E. Ultimate Hardware solutions llc. Telephone 00971 4 3355654

Qatar P.O. Box 48913 Fax 00971 4 3355696
Bahrain Dubai, United Arab Emirates E-mail info@ultimatehs.ae
Oman
Ukraine Predstavnyctvo firmy Blum v Ukrajini Telephone +380/44/5019081
vul. Novozabarska, 2/6, ofis 506 Fax +380/44/5019085
UA-04074 Kyjiv, Ukraine E-mail info.ua@blum.com
Internet www.blum.ua
United Kingdom Blum U.K. Ltd., Mandeville Drive, Kingston, Milton Keynes Telephone +44/1908/285700
Buckinghamshire MK10 0AW, United Kingdom Fax +44/1908/285701
E-mail info.uk@blum.com
Internet www.blum.co.uk
Uruguay Vortix S.A. Telephone 00598 - 2 - 3548240
Vedia 886 Fax 00598 - 2 - 3548049
12.9000 Montevideo, Uruguay E-mail vortix@netgate.com.uy
USA Blum Inc., Cabinet & Furniture Hardware Mfg. Telephone +1/704/8271345
7733 Old Plank Rd., Stanley, NC 28164, USA Toll-free (USA only) 1/800/4386788
Fax +1/704/8270799
E-mail sales.us@blum.com
Vietnam DTJ Distribution & Investment JSC Telephone +84 4 269 0125/26
Hanoi 108B Hoang Quoc Viet St., Tu Liem Dist., Fax +84 4 269 0124
Hanoi, Vietnam E-mail hientt@dtj.com.vn
Vietnam Duc Trung Co. Ltd Telephone +84 8 8116175

Ho Chi Minh City 161 Cong Hoa St., Ward 12, Tan Binh Dist. Fax +84 8 8116176
Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam E-mail quan@ductrung.com
Catalogue 2009 30
31
Perfecting motion:
For high comfort of motion in the kitchen
Catalogue 2009 32
Our vision of perfect motion
“Perfecting motion” drives us to improve the comfort

of motion in furniture. We don‘t just apply our motto for
our new products. We also continue to test our existing
product lines for proper function, emotional effect and
design qualities.
Our products should prove themselves in daily use.

That‘s why we put furniture users and their needs
always at the forefront. The desires and needs of
those who manufacture, sell or install furniture are also
very important to us. They all profit from our product
advantages and services.
Internationally, our specialists are working to provide

optimal support to our customers.
Our fittings systems shout “high quality” with their

well-thought-out function, recognised design and high
durability. They are designed to inspire and trigger
fascination for perfect motion. We also set the bar very
high for the services we offer. They must provide the
best possible support to our partners.
33
All content is copyrighted by Blum.
Subject to technical modifications and changes to the range without notice.
IDNR 555.154.5 • KA-090/2EN-AL/10.08-1
Catalogue 2009
Moving solutions for furniture
Julius Blum GmbH
Furniture Fittings Mfg.
6973 Hoechst, Austria Catalogue and technical manual 2009
Tel.: +43/5578/705-0
Fax: +43/5578/705-44
E-mail: info@blum.com
www.blum.com
www.blum.com
AVENTOS – moving solutions for every lift system

AVENTOS meets the exacting demands in the ■ Silent and effortless closing thanks to the ■ Perfectly balanced – fronts remain in any
modern day kitchen. Sophisticated technology integrated BLUMOTION desired position
simplifies assembly, removal and adjustment. ■ Quick, easy assembly and removal due to ■ Optimised ergonomic handle position
Your customers will be amazed at how easy CLIP technology ■ No protruding parts
it is to use. ■ Easy, 3-dimensional front adjustment
AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HS AVENTOS HL AVENTOS HK

Bi-fold lift system Up & over lift system Lift up Stay lift
Catalogue 2009 34
AVENTOS
Overview
▶ AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 36

■ Two-part front
■ Cabinet heights from 480 to 1040 mm
■ Cabinet width up to 1800 mm
■ Product line comprises 3 lift mechanisms and 4 tel-
escopic arms for all application areas
■ Lift mechanisms and telescopic arms are symmetrical
Symbol photo
▶ AVENTOS HS – up & over lift system 52

■ Single front ■ Lift mechanisms and front fixing brackets are symmetri-
■ Cabinet heights from 350 to 800 mm cal
■ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice and crown mould-
ing
■ Product line comprises 9 lift mechanisms and 4 lever
Symbol photo arms for all application areas
▶ AVENTOS HL – lift up 60
■ Cabinet heights from 300 to 580 mm cal
■ Suitable for wall cabinets with cabinets above, as well
as cornice and crown moulding
■ Product line comprises 5 lift mechanisms and 4 lever
Symbol photo arms for all application areas
▶ AVENTOS HK – stay lift 68

■ Cabinet height up to 600 mm cal
■ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice and crown mould-
ing
■ Product line comprises 4 lift mechanisms for all applica-
Symbol photo tion areas
▶ Accessories
Screw-on 74
Centre bit 74
Door buffer 74
Screwdriver 75
Cross slot bit 75
Opening angle stop 75
Symbol photo
Catalogue 2009 35
AVENTOS

A bi-fold lift system has never been so smooth

The AVENTOS HF has a two-part front that
folds together in the centre when open-
ing. The bi-fold lift system is ideal for higher
wall cabinets with large fronts because the
handle remains easy to reach in any position.
AVENTOS HF can also be used with fronts of
different heights.
■ Silent and effortless closing, thanks to

BLUMOTION
■ Easy to open
■ Stops in any required open position
■ Provides good access to cabinet interior
■ Small programme, huge application variety
■ Easy assembly and adjustment
■ Stability, even with wide fronts
■ Excellent durability
■ Free positioning of handles
■ No protruding parts
Opening and closing – easy and comfortable
Lift systems open effortlessly with AVENTOS HF. Even heavy fronts Thanks to the integrated BLUMOTION, both heavy and light fronts close
only require light operating forces. The variable stop ensures that fronts silently and effortlessly
always remain in the desired position
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Excellent durability No protruding parts Includes a finger safety feature Similar shelves possible
The core element of the lift mecha- Removable telescopic arm – an The CLIP top centre hinge with in- Depending on the height of the
nism is a robust spring package. advantage for furniture manufactur- novative technology ensures finger cabinet, 2 identical shelves can be
The result: excellent durability ing and kitchen installation safety used
Catalogue 2009 36
AVENTOS
▶▶ Overview

Symmetric Fronts Asymmetric fronts
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames 38 Wooden fronts and wide alu frames 42
Narrow alu frames 40 Narrow alu frames 44
Symbol photo
▶ Accessories
Screw-on 74 Opening angle stop 75
Centre bit 74 Mounting plates 154
Door buffer 74 Cover caps 161
Screwdriver 75
Cross slot bit 75
Symbol photo
▶▶ Accessories – hinge-set
Wooden fronts 46
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames 46
Narrow alu frames 46
Symbol photo
▶▶ Assembly, removal and adjustment

Warning and safety information 48
Assembly 48
Removal 51
Adjustment 49
Opening angle stop 51
Symbol photo
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Assembly, removal and adjustment
General Information
Accessories
AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system
Wooden front
Wide alu front
Narrow alu front
INSERTA-boss
EXPANDO-boss
Screw-on boss
Planning
Catalogue 2009 37
AVENTOS

▶▶ Wooden fronts and wide alu frames – symmetrical
Product Description Power factor range

- Ideal for wall cabinets with divided fronts Power factor LF =
- Cabinet heights 480 - 1040 mm Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of
- Cabinet widths up to 1800 mm both fronts & handle (kg)
- Silent and effortless closing, thanks to Power factor LF Lift mecha-
BLUMOTION nism
- Light operating forces 960 - 2650 1 pcs.
- Variable stop 2600 - 17250 1 x set
- Simple, tool-free assembly 13500 - 25900 3 pcs.
- 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts
- Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
- Centre hinge with finger safety feature
We recommend the more powerful lift mecha-
nism for overlapping areas.
Ordering information
1 Lift mechanism set 4 CLIP top 120°-hinge
Power factor LF Part no. Boss INSERTA
2600 - 5500 (1 pc 960 - 2650) 20F2200 Steel unsprung 70T5590BTL
5350 - 10150 20F2500 Boss Screw-on*
9000 - 17250 (3 pc 13500 - 25900) 20F2800 Steel unsprung 70T5550.TL
Composed of: Number of hinges, see front assembly
1a Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 2x * Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames
1c Cover cap large left/right 2x 5 Mounting plate for CLIP top 120°-hinge
1d Cover cap round 2x Standard mounting plates, distance depends on the gap top
Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 10 x Recommendation
Screw-on Distance 0 mm 175H5400
2 Telescopic arm set
Cabinet height KH 6 CLIP top-centre hinge
480 - 570 mm 20F3200 Boss EXPANDO
560 - 710 mm 20F3500 Zinc unsprung 78Z553ET
700 - 900 mm 20F3800 Boss Screw-on*
760 - 1040 mm 20F3900 Zinc unsprung 78Z5500T
2 Telescopic arm (symmetrical) 2x * Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames
7 Mounting plate for CLIP top-centre hinge
3 Mounting plate for telescopic arm Standard mounting plates with 0 mm distance
All horizontal mounting plates with 0 mm distance Recommendation
Recommendation Screw-on* Distance 0 mm 175H5400
Screw-on* Distance 0 mm 175H5400 Note regarding wide alu frames below 55 mm frame width
Knock-in Distance 0 mm 177H5100 Only use cruciform mounting plates
* Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames * Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames
Accessories
10 Opening angle stop
Nylon deep grey Part no.
104° 20F7051
83° 20F7011
Page instructions
Overview – AVENTOS 35
Hinge-set 46
Mounting plates 154
Accessories 74
Assembly and adjustment 48
Assembly devices 556
Reference values for door weights 664
Catalogue 2009 38
AVENTOS
▶▶ Wooden fronts and wide alu frames – symmetrical
Planning
Peg positions Fixing screw positions Space requirement
* Drilling depth 5 mm
37 192 min 278
13.5
H
16
21
5
min 72.5
min 22
KH
Cabinet height KH H 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm KH Cabinet height
480 - 549 mm KH x 0.3 - 28 mm
550 - 1040 mm KH x 0.3 - 57 mm
Front assembly CLIP top 120°-hinge CLIP top-centre hinge
21
KH
66
37*
1/2
F
TB 3-6
X
1/2
12.5 SFA
SFA Front overlay of the side panel Min. gap F = 1.5 mm

* 37 mm for cruciform mounting plates (37/32)
Cabinet height KH X – Screws/EX- X – Knock-in Drilling distance TB Drilling distance TB
PANDO
480 - 549 mm 68 mm 70 mm Front overlay FA Centre gap F
550 - 1040 mm 45 mm 47 mm 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 6
Number of hinges 0 3 4 5 6 0 6 5 4 3
3 hinges starting at cabinet width 1200 mm 3 3 4 5 6 3
and/or 12 kg front weight 6 3 4 5 6 6
and/or 20 kg front weight Mounting plate Mounting plate
Screw-on INSERTA-/EXPANDO-assembly Space requirement
min 12.6 min 12.6 (12.8)

3-6
3-6
9.5
+ 0.2
35 35 0
8
Opening angle stop Y

45 () INSERTA
without FH x 0.44 + 38 mm
104° FH x 0.24 + 34 mm
83° 0 mm
Catalogue 2009 39
AVENTOS

▶▶ Narrow alu frames – symmetrical

- Cabinet height 480 - 1040 mm Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of
- Cabinet width up to 1800 mm both fronts & handle (kg)
BLUMOTION nism
- Simple, tool-free assembly
- Centre hinge with finger safety feature
We recommend the more powerful lift mecha-
1 Lift mechanism set 4 CLIP top 120°-aluminium frame door hinge
Power factor LF Part no. Boss Screw-on
2600 - 5500 (1 pc 960 - 2650) 20F2200 Zinc unsprung 72T550A.TL
5350 - 10150 20F2500 Number of hinges, see front assembly
9000 - 17250 20F2800
Composed of:
1a Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 2x 5 Mounting plate for CLIP top 120°-hinge
1c Cover cap large left/right 2x Standard mounting plates, distance depends on the gap top
1d Cover cap round 2x Recommendation
Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 10 x Screw-on Distance 0 mm 175H5400
2 Telescopic arm set 6 CLIP top-aluminium centre hinge

Cabinet height KH Boss Screw-on
480 - 570 mm 20F3200 Zinc unsprung 78Z550AT
560 - 710 mm 20F3500 Number of hinges, see front assembly
700 - 900 mm 20F3800
760 - 1040 mm 20F3900
Composed of: 7 CLIP adapter plate for centre hinges
2 Telescopic arm (symmetrical) 2x Distance 0 mm 175H5A00
Symmetrical
3 CLIP adapter plate for telescopic arms
Distance 0 mm 175H5B00
Left and right
Accessories
104° 20F7051
83° 20F7011
Page instructions
Hinge-set 46
Mounting plates 154
Accessories 74
Catalogue 2009 40
AVENTOS
▶▶ Narrow alu frames – symmetrical
Planning
37 192
13.5
16
21
5
Cabinet height KH H 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm KH Cabinet height

480 - 549 mm KH x 0.3 - 28 mm
550 - 1040 mm KH x 0.3 - 57 mm
Front assembly CLIP top 120°-aluminium frame hinge CLIP top-aluminium centre hinge
KH
1/2
X
1/2
F = min. 1.5 mm
An adjustment has to be made for frame thick-
Cabinet height KH X nesses over 20.5 mm
480 - 549 mm 54 mm
550 - 1040 mm 31 mm
Number of hinges Screw-on (hinge/adapter plate) Space requirement
3 hinges starting at cabinet width 1200 mm
and/or 12 kg front weight
38
R4
6
1.4 Opening angle stop Y
* When changing material thickness, adjust the 104° FH x 0.24 + 34 mm
assembly dimensions accordingly 83° 0 mm
Catalogue 2009 41
AVENTOS

▶▶ Wooden fronts and wide alu frames – asymmetrical

- Cabinet height depends on the front height Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of
BLUMOTION nism
- Simple, tool-free assembly 13500 - 25900 3 pcs.
- 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts Theoret. cabinet height TKH =
- Infinitely variable setting for the lift mecha- Front height top FHo (mm) x 2 (incl. gaps)
nism
- Centre hinge with finger safety feature We recommend the more powerful lift mecha-
- The larger front must be at the top! nism for overlapping areas.
1 Lift mechanism set 4 CLIP top 120°-hinge
Power factor LF Part no. Boss INSERTA
2600 - 5500 (1 pc 960 - 2650) 20F2200 Steel unsprung 70T5590BTL
5350 - 10150 20F2500 Boss Screw-on*
9000 - 17250 (3 pc 13500 - 25900) 20F2800 Steel unsprung 70T5550.TL
1a Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 2x * Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames
1c Cover cap large left/right 2x 5 Mounting plate for CLIP top 120°-hinge
1d Cover cap round 2x Standard mounting plates, distance depends on the gap top
Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 10 x Recommendation
Screw-on Distance 0 mm 175H5400
2 Telescopic arm set
Theoret. cabinet height TKH 6 CLIP top-centre hinge
480 - 570 mm 20F3200 Boss EXPANDO
560 - 710 mm 20F3500 Zinc unsprung 78Z553ET
700 - 900 mm 20F3800 Boss Screw-on*
760 - 1040 mm 20F3900 Zinc unsprung 78Z5500T
2 Telescopic arm (symmetrical) 2x * Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames
7 Mounting plate for CLIP top-centre hinge
3 Mounting plate for telescopic arm Standard mounting plates with 0 mm distance
All horizontal mounting plates with 0 mm distance Recommendation
Recommendation Screw-on* Distance 0 mm 175H5400
Screw-on* Distance 0 mm 175H5400 Note regarding wide alu frames below 55 mm frame width
Knock-in Distance 0 mm 177H5100 Only use cruciform mounting plates
* Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames * Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames
Accessories
104° 20F7051
83° 20F7011
Page instructions
Hinge-set 46
Mounting plates 154
Accessories 74
Catalogue 2009 42
AVENTOS
▶▶ Wooden fronts and wide alu frames – asymmetrical
Planning
Theoret. cabinet height TKH H 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm TKH Theoretical cabinet height
480 - 549 mm TKH x 0.3 - 28 mm KH Cabinet height
550 - 1040 mm TKH x 0.3 - 57 mm FHo Upper front height
FHu Lower front height
Front assembly CLIP top 120°-hinge CLIP top-centre hinge
21
66
37*
F
TB 3-6
FAu Lower front overlay Min. gap F = 1.5 mm

SFA Front overlay of the side panel * 37 mm for cruciform mounting plates (37/32)
Theoret. cabinet X – Screws/EX- X – Knock-in Drilling distance TB Drilling distance TB
height TKH PANDO
480 - 549 mm FHo / 2 + 68 mm FHo / 2 + 70 mm Front overlay FA Centre gap F
550 - 1040 mm FHo / 2 + 45 mm FHo / 2 + 47 mm 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 6
Number of hinges 0 3 4 5 6 0 6 5 4 3
and/or 12 kg front weight 6 3 4 5 6 6
and/or 20 kg front weight Mounting plate Mounting plate
Screw-on INSERTA-/EXPANDO-assembly Space requirement
min 12.6 min 12.6 (12.8)

3-6
3-6
9.5
+ 0.2
35 35 0
8
Opening angle stop Y

45 () INSERTA
104° FH x 0.24 + 34 mm
83° 0 mm
Catalogue 2009 43
AVENTOS

▶▶ Narrow alu frames – asymmetrical

- Cabinet height depends on the front height Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of
BLUMOTION nism
- 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts Theoret. cabinet height TKH =
- Infinitely variable setting for the lift mecha- Front height top FHo (mm) x 2 (incl. gaps)
nism
- Centre hinge with finger safety feature We recommend the more powerful lift mecha-
- The larger front must be at the top! nism for overlapping areas.
1 Lift mechanism set 4 CLIP top 120°-aluminium frame door hinge
Power factor LF Part no. Boss Screw-on
2600 - 5500 (1 pc 960 - 2650) 20F2200 Zinc unsprung 72T550A.TL
5350 - 10150 20F2500 Number of hinges, see front assembly
9000 - 17250 20F2800
Composed of:
1a Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 2x 5 Mounting plate for CLIP top 120°-hinge
1c Cover cap large left/right 2x Standard mounting plates, distance depends on the gap top
1d Cover cap round 2x Recommendation
Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 10 x Screw-on Distance 0 mm 175H5400
2 Telescopic arm set 6 CLIP top-aluminium centre hinge

Theoret. cabinet height TKH Boss Screw-on
480 - 570 mm 20F3200 Zinc unsprung 78Z550AT
560 - 710 mm 20F3500 Number of hinges, see front assembly
700 - 900 mm 20F3800
760 - 1040 mm 20F3900
Composed of: 7 CLIP adapter plate for centre hinges
2 Telescopic arm (symmetrical) 2x Distance 0 mm 175H5A00
Symmetrical
3 CLIP adapter plate for telescopic arms
Distance 0 mm 175H5B00
Left and right
Accessories
104° 20F7051
83° 20F7011
Page instructions
Hinge-set 46
Mounting plates 154
Accessories 74
Catalogue 2009 44
AVENTOS
▶▶ Narrow alu frames – asymmetrical
Planning
Theoret. cabinet height TKH H 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm TKH Theoretical cabinet height
480 - 549 mm TKH x 0.3 - 28 mm KH Cabinet height
550 - 1040 mm TKH x 0.3 - 57 mm FHo Upper front height
FHu Lower front height
Front assembly CLIP top 120°-aluminium frame hinge CLIP top-aluminium centre hinge
FAu Lower front overlay F = min. 1.5 mm

An adjustment has to be made for frame thick-
Theoret. cabinet height TKH X nesses over 20.5 mm
480 - 549 mm FHo / 2 + 54 mm
550 - 1040 mm FHo / 2 + 31 mm
Number of hinges Screw-on (hinge/adapter plate) Space requirement
38
R4
6
1.4 Opening angle stop Y
* When changing material thickness, adjust the 104° FH x 0.24 + 34 mm
assembly dimensions accordingly 83° 0 mm
Catalogue 2009 45
AVENTOS

▶▶ Accessories – hinge-set
Wooden fronts
Hinge-set
Fixing Part no.
INSERTA/knock-in/EXPANDO ☎ 78Z5530T10
Composed of:
a CLIP top 120° hinge unsprung 2x 70T5590BTL
b CLIP top centre hinge without spring 2x 78Z5530T
c Horizontal cam mounting plate 6x 177H5100
d EXPANDO-cruciform mounting plate 2x 174E6100.01
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames

Hinge-set
Fixing Part no.
Screw-on* ☎ 78Z5500T10
Composed of:
a CLIP top 120° hinge unsprung 2x 70T5550.TL
b CLIP top centre hinge without spring 2x 78Z5500T
d Cruciform cam mounting plate 2x 173H7100
* Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames
Narrow alu frames

Hinge-set
Fixing Part no.
Screw-on ☎ 78Z550AT10
Composed of:
a CLIP top 120° aluminium frame hinge without spring 2x 72T550A.TL
b CLIP top alu centre hinge without spring 2x 78Z550AT
e CLIP adapter plate symmetric 2x 175H5A00
f CLIP-adapter plate left/right 2x 175H5B00
Catalogue 2009 46
AVENTOS
Catalogue 2009 47
AVENTOS

Lift mechanism
1 2
Assembly
WARNING
Telescopic arm could spring up

and cause injury.
Special warning and safety information must be

added for North America
Telescopic arm could spring up and Remove the telescopic arm rather
cause injury than pushing it down
Top front
Assembly
Bottom front
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 48
AVENTOS
Bottom front
1 2
Assembly
Lift mechanism
Setting
Catalogue 2009 49
AVENTOS

Front
3
2
1
Top hinge
3
2
1
Centre hinge
Assembly
Telescopic arm
Setting
Catalogue 2009 50
AVENTOS
Removal
2
1
1 2
WARNING
Telescopic arm could spring up

and cause injury.

Telescopic arm could spring up and Remove the telescopic arm rather
cause injury than pushing it down
Opening angle stop – 20F70x1
Assembly Additional 5th chipboard screw Ø 4

x 35 mm
Catalogue 2009 51
AVENTOS

Can an up & over lift system close more smoothly?

With AVENTOS HS, the single front swings
over the cabinet and is ideal for large-area,
single fronts. The up & over lift system is also
the perfect choice for cabinets with cornice or
crown moulding.

BLUMOTION
■ Easy to open
■ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or
crown moulding
AVENTOS HS provides comfort of motion that inspires. Even heavy fronts Thanks to the integrated BLUMOTION, both heavy and light fronts close
are easy to open thanks to the light operating forces. The variable stop silently and effortlessly
ensures that the front always remains in the desired position
Excellent durability No protruding parts Cornice and crown moulding

The core element of the lift mecha- Removable lever arm – an advan- You can easily combine cabinets with cornice or crown moulding with
nism is a robust spring package. tage for furniture manufacturing and AVENTOS HS. This provides more design freedom for kitchen planning
The result: excellent durability kitchen installation
Catalogue 2009 52
AVENTOS
▶▶ Overview

Symbol photo
▶ Accessories
Screw-on 74
Centre bit 74
Door buffer 74
Screwdriver 75
Cross slot bit 75
Symbol photo

Assembly 56
Removal 58
Adjustment 57
Symbol photo
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request
General Information
Accessories
AVENTOS HS – up & over lift system
Wooden front
Wide alu front
Narrow alu front
Planning
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Catalogue 2009 53
AVENTOS

▶▶ Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

- Ideal for large-area, single fronts In order to select the correct lift mechan., it is
- Cabinet height 350 - 800 mm neces. to establish both; the cabinet height
- Cabinet width up to 1800 mm KH and the weight of the front incl. handle.
- Silent and effortless closing, thanks to Example
BLUMOTION Cabinet height KH = 600 mm
- Light operating forces when opening and Weight of front incl. handle = 10 kg
closing Selection of lift mechanism = 20S1E00
- Perfect comfort of motion with a variable - Cabinet height KH = 602 mm
stop Rounded KH = 600 mm
- Simple, tool-free assembly - Cabinet height KH = 603 mm
- 3-dimensional adjustment of the front Rounded KH = 605 mm
- Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism We recommend the more powerful lift mecha-
1 Lift mechanism set Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
Cabinet height KH Part no. KH (mm) 20S1G00 20S1H00 20S1I00 KH (mm) 20S1D00 20S1E00 20S1F00
800 4.00–7.00 6.00–12.25 10.50–20.00 570 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.25 11.25–17.75
350 - 525 mm 20S1A00 20S1B00 20S1C00 795 4.00–7.00 6.00–12.25 10.50–20.00 565 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.25 11.25–17.75
790 4.00–7.00 6.00–12.25 10.75–20.00 560 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.25 11.25–17.50
526 - 675 mm 20S1D00 20S1E00 20S1F00 785 4.00–7.00 6.25–12.50 10.75–20.00 555 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.50 11.50–17.50
676 - 800 mm 20S1G00 20S1H00 20S1I00 780 4.00–7.00 6.25–12.50 10.75–20.25 550 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.50 11.50–17.25
775 3.75–7.00 6.25–12.50 11.00–20.25 545 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.50 11.50–17.25
Composed of: 770 3.75–7.00 6.25–12.50 11.00–20.25 540 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.75 11.75–17.00
1a Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 2x 765 3.75–7.25 6.50–12.50 11.00–20.25 535 3.00–6.75 6.25–12.75 11.75–16.75
760 3.75–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.25–20.25 530 3.00–6.75 6.25–12.75 11.75–16.75
1b Lever arm left/right 2x 755 3.75–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.25–20.50 526 3.00–6.75 6.25–13.00 12.00–16.50
750 3.50–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.50–20.50
1c Cover cap large left/right 2x 745 3.50–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.50–20.50 KH (mm) 20S1A00 20S1B00 20S1C00
1d Cover cap round 2x 740 3.50–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.75–20.75 525 2.50–4.00 3.25–7.50 7.25–15.00
735 3.50–7.50 6.50–13.00 11.75–20.75 520 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.50 7.25–15.00
1e Stabiliser adapter 2x 730 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 11.75–21.00 515 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.50 7.25–14.75
1f Cross stabiliser cover cap 2x 725 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 12.00–21.00 510 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.75 7.50–14.75
720 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 12.00–21.25 505 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.75 7.50–14.75
Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 10 x 715 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 12.00–21.25 500 2.50–4.25 3.50–7.75 7.50–14.75
710 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.25–21.25 495 2.50–4.25 3.75–7.75 7.50–14.50
705 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.25–21.50 490 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.50
3 Front fixing bracket set 700 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.50–21.50 485 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.25
695 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.50–21.50 480 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.25
Steel nickel plated 690 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.75–21.50 475 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.00
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames* 20S4200 685 3.50–8.00 7.00–13.25 12.75–21.50 470 2.50–4.25 4.00–8.25 8.00–14.00
680 3.50–8.00 7.00–13.50 13.00–21.50 465 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.25 8.00–13.75
Narrow alu frames 20S4200A 676 3.50–8.00 7.00–13.50 13.00–21.50 460 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.25 8.00–13.75
455 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.50 8.25–13.50
* Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames KH (mm) 20S1D00 20S1E00 20S1F00 450 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.50 8.25–13.50
8 Cross stabiliser rod round 675 3.00–5.25 5.00–11.00 09.75–19.00 445 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.50 8.25–13.25
670 3.00–5.25 5.00–11.00 09.75–19.00 440 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.50 8.25–13.00
For cutting to size, 1061 mm 665 3.00–5.25 5.00–11.00 09.75–19.00 435 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–13.00
Alu Ø 16 mm 20Q1061U 660 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–19.00 430 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.75
655 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–19.00 425 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.75
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW - 120 mm 650 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–19.00 420 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.50
645 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–18.75 415 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.50
640 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–18.75 410 2.25–4.50 4.25–9.00 8.75–12.25
9 Connecting piece set for cross stabiliser 635 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.50 10.25–18.75 405 2.25–4.50 4.25–9.00 8.75–12.00
630 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75 400 2.00–4.75 4.25–9.00 8.75–12.00
Starting with cabinet width 1219 mm 625 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75 395 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.00 8.75–11.75
Alu Ø 16 mm 20Q091Z 620 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75 390 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.00 8.75–11.50
615 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75 385 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.50
Cutting for 8 Cabinet width KB / 2 - 158 mm 610 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50 380 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.25
605 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50 375 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.25
Valid for cabinet thickness 15 - 19 mm 600 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50 370 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.00
Composed of: 595 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50 365 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.00
590 3.00–6.00 5.50–12.00 10.75–18.25 360 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.50 9.25–10.75
9a Connecting piece 1x 585 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.00 10.75–18.25 355 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.50 9.25–10.50
9b Fixing 1x 580
575
3.00–6.25
3.00–6.25
5.75–12.00
5.75–12.00
11.00–18.00 350 2.00–5.00
11.00–18.00 Cabinet height KH (mm)
4.50–9.50 9.25–10.50
9c Stabiliser adapter 2x
9d Cross stabiliser cover cap 2x Page instructions
Accessories 74
Catalogue 2009 54
AVENTOS
Planning
SOB Top panel thickness 5 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm

Front assembly Front assembly Planning

Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
FAo Upper front overlay * When changing material thickness, adjust the
SFA Side front overlay assembly dimensions accordingly
Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA
of 11 - 18 mm is possible
Cornice/crown moulding clearance Front setting Connecting piece
Gap F (mm) X max. (mm) Y max. (mm)

3.0 35 101 Dimensions depend on tilt adjustment
2.0 31 101
1.5 28 101
Catalogue 2009 55
AVENTOS

Lift mechanism
Assembly
Lever arm
Assembly
WARNING
Lever arm could spring up and

cause injury.

Lever arm could spring up and Remove the lever arm rather than
cause injury pushing it down
Cross stabiliser
Assembly Lever arm must be seated on the lift Tightly secure screws
mechanism
Catalogue 2009 56
AVENTOS
Front
Assembly
Lift mechanism
Setting
Front
Setting
Catalogue 2009 57
AVENTOS

Cover caps
Assembly
Removal
WARNING

cause injury.

Catalogue 2009 58
AVENTOS
Removal
Catalogue 2009 59
AVENTOS

Smooth motion for the lift up

With AVENTOS HL, the one-part front lifts up
parallel to the cabinet. This lift system is ideal
for applications in high and wall cabinets with
fronts above or in larder unit installations as
well as recessed cabinets, e.g. to conceal
electrical appliances.

BLUMOTION
■ Easy to open
■ Suitable for cabinets with cabinets above,
as well as cornice and crown moulding
Regardless of the weight and size, AVENTOS HL only requires light Thanks to the integrated BLUMOTION, both heavy and light fronts close
operating forces for easy opening and closing. The variable stop ensures silently and effortlessly
that the front always remains in the desired position

The core element of the lift mecha- Removable lever arm – an advan- AVENTOS HL is suitable for cabinets with cabinets above, as well as
nism is a robust spring package. tage for furniture manufacturing and those with cornice and crown moulding
The result: excellent durability kitchen installation
Catalogue 2009 60
AVENTOS
▶▶ Overview
Symbol photo
▶ Accessories
Screw-on 74
Centre bit 74
Door buffer 74
Screwdriver 75
Cross slot bit 75
Symbol photo

Assembly 64
Removal 66
Adjustment 65
Symbol photo
Pictograph
General Information
Accessories
AVENTOS HL – lift up
Wooden front
Wide alu front
Narrow alu front
Planning
Catalogue 2009 61
AVENTOS


- Well-suited to small-area, single fronts In order to select the correct lift mechanism,
- Cabinet height 300 - 580 mm it is necessary to establish both the cabinet
- Cabinet width up to 1800 mm height and the weight of the front (including
- Silent and effortless closing, thanks to the handle).
BLUMOTION
- Light operating forces when opening and
closing
- Perfect comfort of motion with a variable
stop
- Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism We recommend the more powerful lift mecha-
1 Lift mechanism set 2 Lever arm set
Part no. Cabinet height KH (mm)
20L2100 20L2300 20L2500 300 - 349 20L3200
20L2700 20L2900 350 - 399 20L3500
400 - 550 20L3800
Composed of: 450 - 580 20L3900
1a Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 2x Composed of:
1c Cover cap large left/right 2x 2a Lever arm left/right 2x
1d Cover cap round 2x 2b Stabiliser adapter oval 2x
Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 10 x 2c Cross stabiliser cover cap oval 2x
Weight of front incl. handle (kg) 3 Front fixing bracket set

Cabinet height KH (mm) Steel nickel plated
Lift mecha- 300 - 349 350 - 399 400 - 550 450 - 580 Wooden fronts and wide alu frames* 20S4200
nism set Lever arm left/right Narrow alu frames 20S4200A
20L3200 20L3500 20L3800 20L3900 * Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames
20L2100 1.25 - 4.25 1.25 - 2.50 8 Oval cross stabiliser
20L2300 3.50 - 7.25 1.75 - 5.00 1.75 - 3.50 For cutting to size, 1061 mm
20L2500 6.50 - 12.00 4.25 - 9.00 2.75 - 6.75 2.00 - 5.25 Alu oval 20Q1061UA
20L2700 11.00 - 20.00 8.00 - 14.75 5.75 - 11.75 4.25 - 9.25 Cutting Internal cabinet width LW - 120 mm
20L2900 13.50 - 20.00 10.50 - 20.00 8.25 - 16.50
9 Connecting piece set for cross stabiliser
Starting with cabinet width 1219 mm
Alu Ø 16 mm 20Q091ZA
Cutting for 8 Cabinet width KB / 2 - 158 mm
Valid for cabinet thickness 15 - 19 mm
Composed of:
9a Connecting piece 1x
9b Fixing 1x
9c Stabiliser adapter 2x
9d Cross stabiliser cover cap 2x
Page instructions
Accessories 74
Catalogue 2009 62
AVENTOS
Planning
Peg positions Fixing screw positions Space requirement/front setting
Lever arm a (mm) b (mm)* min. LH Y (mm)*

(mm)*
SOB Top panel thickness 5 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 20L3200 114.0 257.0 262.0 264.0
20L3500 146.0 345.0 312.0 352.0
* Drilling depth 5 mm * Left
20L3800 178.0 433.0 362.0 440.0
** Right 20L3900 210.0 522.0 412.0 529.0
* Dimensions apply to lower gap = 0 mm

Lever arm X (mm)
FAo Upper front overlay 20L3200 153 * When changing material thickness, adjust the
SFA Side front overlay 20L3500 203 assembly dimensions accordingly
Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm 20L3800 253 For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA
20L3900 303 of 11 - 18 mm is possible
Cornice/crown moulding clearance Connecting piece
Top panel thickness X (mm)

SOB (mm)
16 28
18 30
19 31
Catalogue 2009 63
AVENTOS

Lift mechanism
Assembly
Lever arm
Assembly
WARNING

cause injury.

Cross stabiliser
Assembly Lever arm must be seated on the lift Tightly secure screws
mechanism
Catalogue 2009 64
AVENTOS
Front
Assembly
Lift mechanism
Setting
Front
Setting
Catalogue 2009 65
AVENTOS

Cover caps
Assembly
Removal
WARNING

cause injury.

Catalogue 2009 66
AVENTOS
Removal
Catalogue 2009 67
AVENTOS

Experience new levels in comfort of motion

AVENTOS HK lifts the single front upwards
making it well-suited for lift systems in wall
cabinets with low lift system heights, applica-
tions in high cabinets as well as over the
refridgerator/appliance. Cornice and crown
mouldings can also be used.

BLUMOTION
■ Easy to open
■ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or
crown moulding
Stay lifts with AVENTOS HK open and close in a smooth motion with Thanks to the integrated BLUMOTION, both heavy and light fronts close
hardly any effort at all. The variable stop ensures that the front always silently and effortlessly
remains in the desired position

The core element of the lift mecha- Delivered with closed lever – an When developing AVENTOS HK, we also took into account cabinets with
nism is a robust spring package. advantage for furniture manufactur- cornices and crown moulding. This provides more design freedom for
The result: excellent durability ing and kitchen installation kitchen planning
Catalogue 2009 68
AVENTOS
▶▶ Overview

Symbol photo
▶ Accessories
Screw-on 74 Opening angle stop 75
Centre bit 74
Door buffer 74
Screwdriver 75
Cross slot bit 75
Symbol photo

Assembly 72
Removal 73
Adjustment 72
Symbol photo
Pictograph
General Information
Accessories
AVENTOS HK – stay lift
Wooden front
Wide alu front
Narrow alu front
Planning
Catalogue 2009 69
AVENTOS


- Well-suited for low cabinet heights in the Power factor LF =
wall cabinet, the high cabinet and over the Cabinet height KH (mm) x door weight incl.
refrigerator double handle weight (kg)
- Cabinet height 205 - 600 mm Power factor LF Lift mecha-
- Cabinet width up to 1800 mm nism
- Silent and effortless closing, thanks to 480 - 9000 1 x set
BLUMOTION
- Light operating forces when opening and
closing
- Perfect comfort of motion with a variable
stop
- Simple, tool-free assembly We recommend the more powerful lift mecha-
- 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts nism for overlapping areas.
- No hinges are necessary
1 Lift mechanism set
Power factor LF Opening Angle Part no.
480 - 1500 107° 20K2300
750 - 2500 107° 20K2500
1500 - 4900 107° 20K2700
3200 - 9000 100° 20K2900
Composed of:
1a Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 2x
1c Cover cap large left/right 2x
1d Cover cap small 2x
Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 10 x
Note
Max. door weight 18 kg for two lift mechanisms.
The power factor LF and the door weight can be increased by 50 %
when a third lift mechanism is used.
We recommend a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets.
The reason for this is to prevent the middle of the front from sagging
when open.
3 Front fixing bracket set

Steel nickel plated
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames* 20S4200
Narrow alu frames 20S4200A
* Use self tapping screws for wide alu frames
Accessories
Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Part no.
100° 20K7041
75° 20K7011
Page instructions
Accessories 74
Catalogue 2009 70
AVENTOS
Planning
SOB Top panel thickness 3 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm * Min. 261 mm with visible wall hanging bracket

SOB Top panel thickness * When changing material thickness, adjust the
F Gap assembly dimensions accordingly
SFA Front overlay of the side panel For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA
of 11 - 18 mm is possible
Cornice/crown moulding clearance Minimum gap
D (mm) 16 19 22 26 28
X (mm) 70 59 49 35 26
Opening angle stop Space requirement
(mm)
without Y = FH x 0.29 - 15 + D MF Minimum gap for opening (2 mm)
100° Y = FH x 0.17 - 15 + D
75° A = FH x 0.26 + 15 - D
Catalogue 2009 71
AVENTOS

Lift mechanism
Assembly Remove safety label Caution when opening lever
Front
WARNING
Lever could spring up and

cause injury.

Do not push down on lever Assembly
Lift mechanism
Setting
Catalogue 2009 72
AVENTOS
Front
Setting
Cover caps Removal
Assembly
WARNING
Lever could spring up and

cause injury.

Do not push down on lever
Opening angle stop – 20K70x1
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 73
AVENTOS

▶ Accessories
Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 mm

- Nickel plated Length (X) Part no.
Ø7
- Ø 3.5 mm 15 mm 609.1500
X 17 mm 609.1700
Ø3.5

- Ø 4 mm 35 mm 730.425.2
System screws Ø 6.0 mm

Ø8
- Ø 6 mm 10 mm 661.1000.HG
- Drilling diameter 5 mm 11.5 mm 661.1150.HG
13 mm 661.1300.HG
X
14.5 mm 661.1450.HG
Ø6 20 mm 661.2000.HG
Centre bit
- Hardened Part no.
- Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm Centre bit M01.ZZ03
- To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Drill bit M01.ZZB3
- Drilling depth up to 8 mm
Stick-on door buffer

- For noise reduction Nylon Part no.
natural 993.710
8 mm Ø door buffer
- Gap 2 mm RAL 9006 white aluminium 993.706
- Two-part
Catalogue 2009 74
AVENTOS
▶ Accessories
Phillips screwdriver
- PZ (Pozi) size 2 Nylon/steel Part no.
- Blade length 100 mm orange 303.756.1
- Overall length 200 mm
- Orange handle with Blum logo
Slotted screwdriver
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm Nylon/steel Part no.
Cross slot bit

- Screw bit Material Part no.
- PZ (Pozi) size 2 Steel ☎ 740.749.1
Opening angle stop

- Suitable for the AVENTOS HF bi–fold lift Nylon Part no.
system 104° 20F7051
- Tool-free assembly and removal 83° 20F7011
- Additional 5th fixing screw (Ø 4 x 35 mm)
required for the lift mechanism
Page instructions
Assembly 51
Opening angle stop

- Suitable for AVENTOS HK bi-fold lift system Nylon Part no.
- Tool-free assembly and removal 100° 20K7041
75° 20K7011
Page instructions
Assembly 73
Catalogue 2009 75
There are many reasons to choose hinges ■ BLUMOTION for silent and effortless clos- ■ Easy assembly and removal using the
from Blum: High quality, durability, easy as- ing of furniture doors proven CLIP mechanism
sembly, comprehensive programme, variety ■ TIP-ON for handle-less furniture doors ■ An extensive hinge programme that offers
of special solutions, attractive design and ■ Multiple international awards for design the right solution for any application
BLUMOTION, for silent and effortless closing excellence
of furniture doors. With all these features: your
needs are sure to be met by Blum products.
CLIP top – hinges BLUMOTION for doors TIP-ON for doors

This flagship product in the Blum BLUMOTION closes furniture Handle-less furniture is becoming
hinge programme combines proven doors, silently and effortlessly, even more and more popular in the living
function with perfect motion, easy when closed with force area. With TIP-ON, we offer a me-
setup and assembly as well as an chanical opening support system
attractive design for handle-less furniture doors
Catalogue 2009 76
Overview
CLIP top
▶ CLIP top – hinges 78
■ Standard door ■ Mini
■ 0-protrusion hinge ■ Bi-fold door
■ Profile/thick door ■ Angled hinges
■ Blind corner
■ Aluminium frame door
■ CRISTALLO
Symbol photo ■ Glass door
▶ BLUMOTION for doors 166

■ BLUMOTION 973A for CLIP top/CLIP-hinges
■ BLUMOTION 971A in an adapter plate, hinge side
■ BLUMOTION 970A for drilling, hinge side
■ BLUMOTION 970. for drilling, handle side
Symbol photo
▶ TIP-ON for doors 182

■ TIP-ON 955. – for drilling – standard version
■ TIP-ON 955A – for drilling – long version
Symbol photo
Catalogue 2009 77
▶ CLIP top – hinges
CLIP top
The flagship range in Blum‘s hinge program

This flagship product in the Blum hinge
programme combines proven function with
perfect motion, easy setup and assembly
as well as an attractive design. The uniform
programme covering all major applications
makes CLIP top extremely flexible.
■ Also compatible with BLUMOTION for

doors
■ Infinitely variable, 3-dimensional adjust-
ment options using a spiral screw
■ The large opening angles improve access
to storage space
■ Tool-free assembly and removal
■ Combines proven CLIP-technology with the
INSERTA, EXPANDO, screw-on or knock-
in fixing
■ Special hinges available, e.g. for alu
frames, glass and profile doors
Tool-free door to cabinet assembly INSERTA for tool-free assembly Hinges for angled solutions from
and removal and removal without leaving residue -50° to +50°
– for hinges on the door and mount-
ing plates on the cabinet
CLIP top provides improved 3-di-

mensional adjustment thanks to the
use of graduated spiral-tech depth
adjustment
Catalogue 2009 78
▶▶ Overview
CLIP top
▶ CLIP top – hinges 80
■ Standard door ■ Mini
■ 0-protrusion hinge ■ Bi-fold door
■ Profile/thick door ■ Angled hinges
■ Blind corner
■ Aluminium frame door
■ CRISTALLO
Symbol photo ■ Glass door
▶▶ Accessories
Mounting plates 154 Screwdriver 163
Angled spacers 160
Cover caps 161
Boss cover cap 163
Screw-on 162
Centre bit 162
Symbol photo Door buffer 162

INSERTA 164
CLIP 164
INSERTA-cruciform mounting plate 164
Adjustment 164
Boss cover cap 165
Symbol photo
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Corner cabinet with bi-fold door Knock-in boss
Accessories Angled application inset Clamp boss
General Information Angled application half overlay CRISTALLO-adhesion plate
Opening Angle Angled application overlay Insertion ram for knock-in boss
BLUMOTION for doors Angled application max. overlay Min. chipboard screw length
TIP-ON for doors Angled application mitered Cover caps
Overlay application Hinge with straight hinge arm Planning
Dual application Hinge with cranked hinge arm Assembly, removal and adjustment
Inset application Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
Mitred application INSERTA-boss
Overlay application for blind corners Screw-on boss
Catalogue 2009 79
▶▶ Overview – hinges
CLIP top
Hinge Application Boss Fixing
Standard door
82
Standard door (120°
special)
84
Standard door
86
Standard door
CLIP 88
Standard door
90
Nil protrusion hinge
92
Profile/thick door
94
Blind corner
96
Overlay application 98
Aluminium frame door
100
Alu frame door for BLUMO-
TION 973A
102
Alu frame door for clamping
104
106
TION 973A
108
CRISTALLO
110
Glass door
112
Mini
114
Bi-fold door
116
Corner cabinet 45°
120
Corner cabinet 45°
118
Catalogue 2009 80
▶▶ Overview – angled applications
CLIP top
Standard door
50° Nº 25 119 Nº 54 119 Nº 10 121 Nº 45 123 Nº 61 119
45° Nº 24 121 Nº 53 119 Nº 9 121 Nº 44 123 Nº 60 119
40° Nº 23 119 Nº 8 123 Nº 43 123
35° Nº 22 125 Nº 52 125 Nº 7 125 Nº 42 127 Nº 59 125
30° Nº 21 125 Nº 51 125 Nº 6 125 Nº 41 127 Nº 58 125
25° Nº 20 124 Nº 50 124 Nº 5 129 Nº 40 127 Nº 57 124
20° Nº 19 129 Nº 49 129 Nº 4 129 Nº 39 131 Nº 56 129
15° Nº 18 128 Nº 48 128 Nº 3 131 Nº 38 131 Nº 55 128
10° Nº 17 130 Nº 47 130 Nº 2 130 Nº 37 131
5° Nº 16 133 Nº 46 133 Nº 1 133 Nº 36 133
-5° Nº 15 133 Nº 35 133
-10° Nº 14 135 Nº 34 135
-15° Nº 13 135 Nº 33 135
-20° Nº 12 135 Nº 32 135
-25° Nº 11 137 Nº 31 137
-30° Nº 30 137
-35° Nº 29 137
-40° Nº 28 139
-45° Nº 27 139
-50° Nº 26 139
CRISTALLO
15° Nº 105 141 Nº 102 141
10° Nº 104 141 Nº 101 141
5° Nº 103 140 Nº 100 141
-5° Nº 106 140 Nº 107 140
Glass door
50° Nº 76 143 Nº 68 143
45° Nº 75 143 Nº 67 143
40° Nº 74 143
25° Nº 73 145 Nº 66 145
20° Nº 72 145 Nº 65 145
15° Nº 71 145 Nº 64 145
5° Nº 70 147 Nº 63 147
-5° Nº 69 147 Nº 62 147
Mini
50° Nº 99 149 Nº 91 149 Nº 83 149
45° Nº 98 148 Nº 90 149 Nº 82 149
40° Nº 97 148 Nº 89 148
25° Nº 96 151 Nº 88 151 Nº 81 151
20° Nº 95 151 Nº 87 151 Nº 80 151
15° Nº 94 150 Nº 86 150 Nº 79 150
5° Nº 93 153 Nº 85 153 Nº 78 153
-5° Nº 92 153 Nº 84 153 Nº 77 153
Number of hinges
2 3 4 5 The number of hinges depends on the door height and weight.
Door height (mm)
To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible.

2000
Indications on weight and height apply to a standard door width of 600 mm.
1000
500
4-6 6-12 12-17 17-22
0 kg
Catalogue 2009 81
▶▶ 120°-hinge
CLIP top
Product Description Application

- All metal hinge, nickel plated
- 120° opening angle
- With convenient spiral-tech depth adjust-
ment
- With or without closing mechanism (spring)
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and
removal
- 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant
mounting plate)
- With INSERTA tool free hinge to door as-
sembly
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Boss Boss For inset application use hinges for twin appli-
INSERTA Part no. INSERTA Part no. cation and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate
Steel boss with spring 71T5590B Steel boss with spring 71T5690B
Steel boss unsprung 70T5590BTL Steel boss unsprung 70T5690BTL
Boss Boss Variant

Screw-on Screw-on 107°-hinge
Steel boss with spring 71T5550 Steel boss with spring 71T5650 86
Steel boss unsprung 70T5550.TL Steel boss unsprung 70T5650.TL
Boss 10 MZM.0010 Boss 10 MZM.0010

Knock-in Knock-in
Steel boss with spring 71T5580 Steel boss with spring 71T5680
BLUMOTION 973A BLUMOTION 973A

973A0500.01 973A0600
Detailed information 170 Detailed information 170
Cover caps Cover caps

Steel nickel plated Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1503 plain 70.1663
stamped Blum 70.1503.BP Screen print Blum 70.1663.BL
No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
Accessories Page instructions

Boss cover cap TIP-ON for doors CLIP top hinges 79
Screw-on/knock-in hinges only For unsprung hinges BLUMOTION for doors 167
Steel nickel plated 70T1504 Standard version 955.1004 TIP-ON for doors 183
Extended version 955A1004 Mounting plates 154
Chipboard screws for hinge boss Cover caps 161
fixing Accessories 162
3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 Assembly and adjustment 164
3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700 Assembly devices 556
More technical details 658
Catalogue 2009 82
▶▶ 120°-hinge
CLIP top
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm)
Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle
20.5 30 39
66.5
66.5
68
3-6
3-6 3-6
F F
11.5 11 21.5 1.5 30.5 F
7.5
F Gap Set mounting plate back by door thickness

+ 1.5 mm
Drilling distance
Front overlay Front overlay Front overlay
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 -4.5-3.5-2.5-1.5-0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 -4.5-3.5-2.5-1.5
0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6 0
3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6 3
6 3 4 5 6 6 3 4 5 6 6
9 3 4 5 6 9 3 4 5 6 9 3 4 5 6
Mounting plate Mounting plate Mounting plate
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = 1 mm) Adjustments
+
Thickness of door - -
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
3 1.2 1.7 2.0 2.4 3.3 4.5 In these cases a tri- max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
Drilling distance 4 1.2 1.7 2.0 2.3 3.1 4.2 al is recommended See mounting - 2.0 mm
5 1.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.0 4.0 plates
6 1.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.9 3.9
Screw-on INSERTA/knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

min 12.6 min 12.6 (12.8) 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-6
3-6
9.5
37 (40.5)
+ 0.2
35 35 0
8
45 () INSERTA
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 83
▶▶ 120°-special hinge
CLIP top

- Hinge with large overlay for thick cabinet
sides
ment
- Tool free door to cabinet assembly and
removal
mounting plate)
sembly
Overlay application
Boss
INSERTA Part no.
Steel boss with spring 73T5590B
Steel boss unsprung 72T5590BTL
Boss
Screw-on
Steel boss with spring 73T5550
Steel boss unsprung 72T5550.TL
Boss 10 MZM.0010
Knock-in
BLUMOTION 973A
973A0500.01
Detailed information 170
Cover caps
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1503
stamped Blum 70.1503.BP
No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.

Catalogue 2009 84
▶▶ 120°-special hinge
CLIP top
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Overlay application
19
66.5
3-6
F
9.5 13
F Gap
Drilling distance
Front overlay
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
0 3 4 5 6
3 3 4 5 6
6 3 4 5 6
9 3 4 5 6
Mounting plate
+
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
5 1.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.0 4.0 plates
6 1.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.9 3.9

min 12.6 min 12.6 (12.8) 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-6
3-6
9.5
37 (40.5)
+ 0.2
35 35 0
8
45 () INSERTA
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 85
▶▶ 107°-hinge
CLIP top

ment
removal
mounting plate)
sembly
Boss Boss Boss

INSERTA Part no. INSERTA Part no. INSERTA Part no.
Steel boss with spring 75T1590B Steel boss with spring 75T1690B Steel boss with spring 75T1790B
Steel boss unsprung 74T1590BTL Steel boss unsprung 74T1690BTL Steel boss unsprung 74T1790BTL
Boss Boss Boss

Screw-on Screw-on Screw-on
Steel boss with spring 75T1550 Steel boss with spring 75T1650 Steel boss with spring 75T1750
Steel boss unsprung 74T1550.TL Steel boss unsprung 74T1650.TL Steel boss unsprung 74T1750.TL
Boss 10 MZM.0010 Boss 10 MZM.0010 Boss 10 MZM.0010

Knock-in Knock-in Knock-in
BLUMOTION 973A BLUMOTION 973A BLUMOTION 973A

973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700
Detailed information 170 Detailed information 170 Detailed information 170
Cover caps Cover caps Cover caps

Steel nickel plated Steel nickel plated Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1503 plain 70.1663 plain 70.1663
stamped Blum 70.1503.BP Screen print Blum 70.1663.BL Screen print Blum 70.1663.BL
No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.

Boss cover cap Opening angle stop CLIP top hinges 79
Screw-on/knock-in hinges only 86° BLUMOTION for doors 167
Steel nickel plated 70T1504 Nylon black ☎ 74.1103 TIP-ON for doors 183
Mounting plates 154
Chipboard screws for hinge boss TIP-ON for doors Cover caps 161
fixing For unsprung hinges Accessories 162
3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 Standard version 955.1004 Assembly and adjustment 164
3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700 Extended version 955A1004 Assembly devices 556
Catalogue 2009 86
▶▶ 107°-hinge
CLIP top
Planning
21 31 40
66
66
66
3-6
3-6 3-6
F F
10 11 19.5 1.5 28 F
7

+ 1.5 mm
Drilling distance
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 -4.5-3.5-2.5-1.5-0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 -4 -3 -2 -1
0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6
3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6 3
6 3 4 5 6 6 3 4 5 6 6
9 3 4 5 6 9 3 4 5 6 9
+
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
5 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.5 3.8 plates
6 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.4 3.5

min 11.5 min 11.5 (12) 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-6
3-6
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
() INSERTA () INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 87
▶▶ CLIP 100°-hinge
CLIP top

removal
mounting plate)
sembly
Boss Boss Boss

Steel boss with spring 71M2590B Steel boss with spring 71M2690B Steel boss with spring 71M2790B
Boss Boss Boss

Steel boss with spring 71M2550 Steel boss with spring 71M2650 Steel boss with spring 71M2750
Steel boss unsprung 70M2550.TL Steel boss unsprung 70M2650.TL Steel boss unsprung 70M2750.TL

Steel boss unsprung 70M2580.TL Steel boss unsprung 70M2680.TL Steel boss unsprung 70M2780.TL

973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700

plain 90M2503 plain 94M3603 plain 94M3603
stamped Blum 90M2503.BP No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.

Chipboard screws for hinge boss CLIP top hinges 79
fixing BLUMOTION for doors 167
3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 TIP-ON for doors 183
3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700 Mounting plates 154
Cover caps 161
TIP-ON for doors Accessories 162
For unsprung hinges Assembly and adjustment 164
Standard version 955.1004 Assembly devices 556
Extended version 955A1004 More technical details 658
Catalogue 2009 88
▶▶ CLIP 100°-hinge
CLIP top
Planning
20 30 38
66
66
66
3-6
3-6
3-6
F F
9 11 18.5 1.5 F
27 7

+ 1.5 mm
Drilling distance
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 -4.5-3.5-2.5-1.5-0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 -4 -3 -2 -1
0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6
3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6 3
6 3 4 5 6 6 3 4 5 6 6
9 3 4 5 6 9 3 4 5 6 9
+
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
5 0.4 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.8 3.0 plates
6 0.4 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.7 2.8

min 10.5 min 10.5 (11) 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-6
3-6
37 (40.5)
9.5
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
Catalogue 2009 89
▶▶ 170°-hinge
CLIP top

ment
removal
mounting plate)
sembly
INSERTA Part no. INSERTA Part no. cation and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate
Zinc boss with spring 71T6540B Zinc boss with spring 71T6640B
Zinc boss unsprung 70T6540B Zinc boss unsprung 70T6640B
Boss Boss
Screw-on Screw-on
Steel boss unsprung 70T6550 Steel boss unsprung 70T6650

Knock-in Knock-in
Assembly with insertion ram only Assembly with insertion ram only
BLUMOTION 973A BLUMOTION 973A

973A6000 973A6000
Detailed information 170 Detailed information 170

plain 80.6507 plain 80.6507 Warning:
Screen print Blum 80.6507.BL Screen print Blum 80.6507.BL If young children have access to furniture with
No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. wide angle hinges then the 155° opening 0-
protrusion hinges should be used.

Opening angle stop TIP-ON for doors Warning 661
130° For unsprung hinges CLIP top hinges 79
Nylon black ☎ 70.6103 Standard version 955.1004 BLUMOTION for doors 167
Extended version 955A1004 TIP-ON for doors 183
Chipboard screws for hinge boss Mounting plates 154
Catalogue 2009 90
▶▶ 170°-hinge
CLIP top
Planning
Hinge and door protrusion at 90° opening angle
max 65 max 75 max. 84
69
69
69
3-8
3-8 3-8
F F
11 17.5 1.5 26.5 F
8 7.5

+ 1.5 mm
Drilling distance
5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 -4.5-1.5-0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 -4.5-3.5-2.5-1.5-0.5
0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0
3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3
6 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 3 4 5 6 7 8 6
9 3 6 7 8 9 3 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7
Mitred application Adjustments

+
- -
Part no. - + +
Mounting plate 6 mm 175H9160 max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
Opening angle stop 130° ☎ 70.6103 See mounting - 2.0 mm
Hinge for dual applications plates
Mitred cut on the left and right cabinet side, not top and bottom.
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = 1 mm)

For doors up to 21 mm thick no gap is required.
For doors in excess of 22 mm thick a trial is recommended.

min. 11
3-8
35
Catalogue 2009 91
▶▶ 0-protrusion hinge
CLIP top

- For cabinets with inner drawers or pull-
outs
ment
removal
mounting plate)
sembly
Overlay application
Boss
INSERTA Part no.
Zinc boss with spring 71T7540B
Zinc boss unsprung 70T7540BTL
Boss
Screw-on
Zinc boss unsprung 70T7500BTL
Boss 17 MZM.0017
Knock-in
BLUMOTION 973A
973A6000
Cover caps
Steel nickel plated
plain 80.6507
Screen print Blum 80.6507.BL

3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 TIP-ON for doors 183
Cover caps 161
Catalogue 2009 92
▶▶ 0-protrusion hinge
CLIP top
Planning
Overlay application
max 56
73
3-6
F
2.3 11
F Gap
Drilling distance
Front overlay
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
0 3 4 5 6
3 3 4 5 6
6 3 4 5 6
9 3 4 5 6
Mounting plate
+
For doors up to 24 mm thick no gap is required. - -
For doors in excess of 24 mm thick a trial is recommended. - + +
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
See mounting - 2.0 mm
plates

min 11.5 (11.7) 57 (65) 3.2 (7.5)
3-6
9.5
+ 0.2
35 0
8
47
45 () INSERTA
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 93
▶▶ Profile/thick door hinge
CLIP top

- Hinge for thick doors and doors with profile
ment
removal
mounting plate)
sembly
Boss Boss Boss

Boss Boss Boss



973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700

Screen print Blum 70.1563.BL Screen print Blum 70.1663.BL Screen print Blum 70.1663.BL

Catalogue 2009 94
CLIP top
Planning
22 31 40
66
66
66
3-7
3-7 3-7
F F F
24 1.5 32.5 7
14.5 11

+ 1.5 mm
Drilling distance
5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 -4.5-2.5-1.5-0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0
0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7
3 3 4 5 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7 3
6 3 4 5 6 7 6 3 4 5 6 7 6
9 3 5 6 7 9 3 5 6 7 9
+
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32 - + +
3 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.1 3.8 4.5 5.4 max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
Drilling distance 4 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.5 2.9 3.5 4.1 4.8 See mounting - 2.0 mm
5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.4 2.8 3.3 3.8 4.4 plates
6 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2 1.7 2.3 2.7 3.2 3.6 4.1
7 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.4 3.9

min 12 min 12 (12.6) 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-7
3-7
9.5
37 (40.5)
+ 0.2
35 35 0
8
45 () INSERTA () INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 95
▶▶ Blind corner hinge inset application
CLIP top

- Hinge for blind corner applications
ment
- Tool free door to cabinet assembly and
removal
mounting plate)
sembly
Inset application
Boss
INSERTA Part no.
Steel boss with spring 79T9590B
Boss
Screw-on
Steel boss unsprung 78T9550.TL
Boss 19 MZM.0019
Knock-in
BLUMOTION 970A
970A1002
Cover caps
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1503

Catalogue 2009 96
▶▶ Blind corner hinge inset application
CLIP top
Planning
Inset application
Move standard mounting plate fixing positions 15.5 mm nearer the edge
min 70 of the muntin (i.e. set back by 21.5 mm)!
51
Use 3 mm spaced standard mounting plates only to ensure door and
muntin are flush on the inside!
3-7
21
F Gap
21.5
8
F
33.5
+
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
3 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.5 mm ± 1.0 mm
4 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 In these cases a tri- See mounting
Drilling distance 5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 al is recommended plates
6 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2
7 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2
- - - - - - -

min 12 min 12 (12.6) 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-7
3-7
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
Catalogue 2009 97
▶▶ Blind corner hinge overlay application
CLIP top

- Hinge for blind corner overlay applications
ment
- With closing mechanism (spring)
removal
mounting plate)
sembly
Overlay application
Boss
INSERTA Part no.
Steel boss with spring ☎ 79T9990B37
Boss
Screw-on
Steel boss with spring ☎ 79T9950.37
Boss 19 MZM.0019
Knock-in
Steel boss with spring ☎ 79T9980.37
BLUMOTION 970A
970A1002
Cover caps
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1503

Boss cover cap CLIP top hinges 79
Screw-on/knock-in hinges only BLUMOTION for doors 167
Steel nickel plated 70T1504 Mounting plates 154
Cover caps 161
Chipboard screws for hinge boss Accessories 162
fixing Assembly and adjustment 164
3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700 More technical details 658
Catalogue 2009 98
▶▶ Blind corner hinge overlay application
CLIP top
Planning
Overlay application
Frame thickness RS Mounting plate

min. 86
spacing
67
16 mm 6 mm
19 mm 3 mm
22 mm 0 mm
(RS)
37
19
1
16.5 9
3-7
+
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
3 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.5 mm ± 1.0 mm
6 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2
7 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2
- - - - - - -

min 12 min 12 (12.6) 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-7
3-7
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
Catalogue 2009 99
▶▶ 95°-aluminium frame door hinge
CLIP top

- Hinge for narrow alu frame doors
ment
removal
mounting plate)
- Boss fixing screws are included
Boss Boss Boss

Screw-on Part no. Screw-on Part no. Screw-on Part no.
Zinc boss with spring 71T950A Zinc boss with spring 71T960A Zinc boss with spring 71T970A
Zinc boss unsprung 70T950A.TL

970A1002 970A1002 970A1002


TIP-ON for doors CLIP top hinges 79
For unsprung hinges BLUMOTION for doors 167
Standard version 955.1004 TIP-ON for doors 183
Cover caps 161
Accessories 162
Catalogue 2009 100

CLIP top
Planning
22 31 40
65
67
65
6.5
16
1.7
1.7
F 2
13.5 23 19
19 19 31.5
F Gap Set mounting plate back by frame width
+ 1.5 mm
Minimum gap (F) requirement in mm for alu frame doors Adjustments

+
RS Frame thickness - -
18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
18 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2 max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
RB Side frame
19 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2 In these cases a tri- See mounting - 2.0 mm
20 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1 al is recommended plates
width
21 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0

RS
RB F 22 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1

- - - - - - -
Screw-on Assembly
19-22 RB
16.5 10 90°
Ø7 ± 0.1
32.1
14
28
11 ± 0.1
6.9
17.7 1.2
A
15.6
RB Side frame width

A The hinge boss should be able to support itself in the routing
Catalogue 2009 101

▶▶ 95°-aluminium frame door hinge for BLUMOTION
CLIP top

- Hinges for narrow aluminium frame doors
with a new boss for BLUMOTION 973A
ment
removal
mounting plate)
Boss Boss Boss

Zinc boss with spring 71T950AB Zinc boss with spring 71T960AB Zinc boss with spring 71T970AB

973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700

Page instructions
CLIP top hinges 79
BLUMOTION for doors 167
Mounting plates 154
Cover caps 161
Accessories 162
Catalogue 2009 102

CLIP top
Planning

+ 1.5 mm

+
18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
18 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2 max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
RB Side frame
width
21 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0

RS
RB F 22 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1

- - - - - - -
Screw-on Assembly
19-22 RB
16.5 10 90°
Ø7 ± 0.1
32.1
14
28
11 ± 0.1
6.9
17.7 1.2
A
15.6
RB Side frame width

A The hinge boss should be able to support itself in the routing
Catalogue 2009 103

▶▶ 95°-alu frame door hinge for clamping
CLIP top

- With clamp-on hinge boss for aluminium
frames (no profile routing required)
ment
- Door to cabinet assembly and removal
mounting plate)
Boss Boss Boss

Clamp-on Part no. Clamp-on Part no. Clamp-on Part no.
Zinc boss with spring 71T950A.22 Zinc boss with spring 71T960A.22 Zinc boss with spring 71T970A.22
BLUMOTION 970. BLUMOTION 970. BLUMOTION 970.

970.1002 970.1002 970.1002

Requires mounting plate with built in spacing:

3 mm
Page instructions
CLIP top hinges 79
Mounting plates 154
Cover caps 161
Accessories 162
Catalogue 2009 104

▶▶ 95°-alu frame door hinge for clamping
CLIP top
Planning
21 31 42
70
67
67
18.5 9
1.2
2.5
24 35
14
Set mounting plate back by frame width

+ 1.5 mm

+
18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
18 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2 max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
RB Side frame
width
21 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0

RS
RB F 22 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1

- - - - - - -
Shape of groove Assembly

max. 3.5
min. 6 max. 12
1.3 - 1.5
9.4
13.4
2
Catalogue 2009 105

CLIP top

ment
removal
mounting plate)
Screw-on Part no. Screw-on Part no. cation and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate
Zinc boss with spring 73T550A Zinc boss with spring 71T560A
Zinc boss unsprung 72T550A.TL
BLUMOTION 970A BLUMOTION 970A Variant

970A1002 970A1002 95°-aluminium frame door hinge
Detailed information 174 Detailed information 174 100

plain 70.1503 plain 70.1663

TIP-ON for doors CLIP top hinges 79
For unsprung hinges BLUMOTION for doors 167
Standard version 955.1004 TIP-ON for doors 183
Cover caps 161
Accessories 162
Catalogue 2009 106

CLIP top
Planning
40
69
5.5
19
29

+ 1.5 mm

+
18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
18 1.5 1.9 2.4 2.9 3.7 max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
RB Side frame
19 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.3 In these cases a trial is See mounting - 2.0 mm
20 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.6 3.1 recommended plates
width
21 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.5 3.0

RS
RB F 22 1.3 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.9

- - - - - -
Screw-on (hinge/adapter plate) Assembly

38
R4
6
1.4
* When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions ac-

cordingly. The hinge boss should be able to support itself in the alu profile
Catalogue 2009 107

CLIP top

- Hinges for narrow aluminium frame doors
with a new boss for BLUMOTION 973A
ment
removal
mounting plate)
Zinc boss with spring 73T550AB Zinc boss with spring 71T560AB
BLUMOTION 973A BLUMOTION 973A Variant

973A0500.01 973A0600 95°-aluminium frame door hinge for BLUMO-
Detailed information 170 Detailed information 170 TION 102

plain 70.1503 plain 70.1663
No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
Page instructions
CLIP top hinges 79
Mounting plates 154
Cover caps 161
Accessories 162
Catalogue 2009 108

CLIP top
Planning

+ 1.5 mm

+
18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
18 1.5 1.9 2.4 2.9 3.7 max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
RB Side frame
19 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.3 In these cases a trial is See mounting - 2.0 mm
20 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.6 3.1 recommended plates
width
21 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.5 3.0

RS
RB F 22 1.3 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.9

- - - - - -
Screw-on Assembly
Ø 7*± 0.1
90°
1.1*
38
R4 6
1.4
* When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions ac-

cordingly. The hinge boss should be able to support itself in the alu profile
Catalogue 2009 109

▶▶ CRISTALLO-hinge
CLIP top

- Hinge for glass and mirror doors
ment
removal
- Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass
drilling necessary)
- Tool free hinge to adhesion plate assembly
mounting plate)
The different applications can be achieved through relevant adhesion positions.
CRISTALLO 125° Limitation of liability

Hinge Part no.
with spring 79C450BT If the Blum CRISTALLO-hinge is assembled according to its instructions and on suitable materials
unsprung 78C450BT then it will meet the requirements concerning the stability of the connection.
CRISTALLO-adhesion plate This is observed on an ongoing basis through internal and external testing.
Glue-on
Glass/mirror doors As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability
Zinc matt-nickel plated 78C4568 for claims arising from the failure or malfunction of this/these process/es.
Mirror doors
Zinc Special nickel plated 78C4568
BLUMOTION 973A
973A9000
Cover caps
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1563

Recommended mounting plates CLIP top hinges 79
Spacing 0 mm Part no. BLUMOTION for doors 167
Steel nickel plated 173L8300 TIP-ON for doors 183
Zinc nickel plated 175L8300 Mounting plates 154
Cover caps 161
Catalogue 2009 110

▶▶ CRISTALLO-hinge
CLIP top
Planning
24
28
77
A
1.4 2.5
3-6
A = 37 mm with mpl A28A = 46 mm with mpl A = 37 mm with mpl A28A = 46 mm with mpl A = 38 mm + door thickness with mpl A28A =
A37 A37 47 mm + door thickness with mpl A37
Adhesion distance
Front overlay FA Due to the risk of breakage to glass and mirror doors, sufficient surrounding gaps are required
-2.5 -1 -0.5 2 3.5 5 6.5 8 9.5 11 12.5 14 (recommendation: min 2 mm)
0 0 1.5 3 4.5 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5
3 3 4.5 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5 FA Front overlay
6 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5 TE Door protrusion (depending on front overlay)
9 A Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling
Mounting plate
Adhesion distance Adjustments

Front overlay FA is determined by the adhesion distance K. +
- -
Adhesion distance K (min. 0, max. 16.5) = FA + 2.5 - + +
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
Assembly instructions: See mounting - 2.0 mm
Please contact your glass or door supplier concerning the right plates
adhesive and its use in fixing the adhesive plate onto glass and
mirror doors.
Assembly Removal
Catalogue 2009 111

▶▶ Glass door hinge
CLIP top

- Glass door hinge
ment
removal
mounting plate)
- For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm
Boss Boss Boss

Nylon boss with spring 75T4100 Nylon boss with spring 75T4200 Nylon boss with spring 75T4300

971AXXXX 970A1002 970A1002


Material Nylon BLUMOTION for doors 167
black Mounting plates 154
gold plated Cover caps 161
chrome plated Accessories 162
matt nickel 84.4120 84.4140 Assembly and adjustment 164
Catalogue 2009 112

▶▶ Glass door hinge
CLIP top
Planning
19 25 33
68
66
66
3
3
5.5-7 5.5-7
5.5-7
F F F
5.5 10 15 0.5 23.5 8
F Gap Set mounting plate back by glass thickness and

height of cover cap + 3 mm
Drilling distance
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 -2.5-1.5-0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1
0 6 7 0 6 7 0 5.5 6 6.5 7
3 6 7 3 6 7 3
6 6 7 6 6 7 6
9 6 7 9 6 7 9
+
For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm no gap is required! - -
- + +
max. ± 3.0 mm + 0.5 mm ± 2.0 mm
plates
Screw-on Hinge boss dimensions

31 8.2
5.5-7
4.5-7 2.5
41
26+0.2
31 31
84.4140 84.4120
Catalogue 2009 113

▶▶ Mini-hinge
CLIP top

- Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow
frames
ment
removal
mounting plate)
Boss Boss Boss


971AXXXX 970A1002 970A1002


3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700 Cover caps 161
Accessories 162
Catalogue 2009 114

▶▶ Mini-hinge
CLIP top
Planning
19 25 33
68
66
66
3-5
3-5
3-5
F F
6 10 15.5 0.5 24 F
8

+ 1.5 mm
Drilling distance
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -5.5-4.5-3.5-2.5-1.5-0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 -5 -4 -3
0 3 4 5 0 3 4 5 0 3 4 5
3 3 4 5 3 3 4 5 3
6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6
9 3 4 5 9 3 4 5 9
+
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
3 1.1 2.2 3.0 3.8 5.5 In these cases a trial is max. ± 3.0 mm + 0.5 mm + 3.0 mm
Drilling distance 4 1.1 2.0 2.7 3.5 5.0 recommended See mounting - 3.5 mm - 1.0 mm
5 1.1 1.8 2.4 3.0 4.6 plates
- - - - - -

min 12.5 50 3.5
3-5
7.5
26
28
38
Catalogue 2009 115

▶▶ Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
CLIP top

- Special hinge for corner cabinets with bi-fold
doors
- Easy gap and depth adjustment using the
spiral-tech feature
- For door thicknesses from 15 to 23 mm, fac-
tory setting for 19 mm door thickness
- For use in combination with 170° hinge
removal
mounting plate)
Basic applications
Boss
Screw-on Part no.
Zinc boss with spring 79T8500
Boss 21 MZM.0021
Knock-in
Zinc boss with spring 79T8530
BLUMOTION 970.
970.1002
Cover caps
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1503
Also requires
CLIP top 170°-hinge
90

3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700 Cover caps 161
Accessories 162
Catalogue 2009 116

▶▶ Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
CLIP top
Planning
Application for 19 mm door thickness for factory Application for 19 mm thick door in conjunction The hinge boss of the bi-fold hinge should be
setting with 3 mm spaced standard mounting plate fixed to the same door as the hinge boss of the
170°-hinge
14 24
14
21
37
40
65
68
60°
Adjustments
+ - - + -
+
+
-
Height adjustment Side Adjustment Depth adjustment Gap adjustment

Max. ± 3 mm + 3 mm ± 2 mm + 7.2 mm
See mounting plates - 2 mm - 4.2 mm
Screw-on Knock-in Hinge boss dimensions
min 11 57 3.2
12.5
12.5
min 11
9.5
35 35
33.5
8
45
Catalogue 2009 117

▶▶ +45° I – angled hinge half overlay
CLIP top

- 45° I cross corner hinge 40° 45° 50°
- For corner cabinets with doors ”set back” Nº 23 Nº 24 Nº 25
- 95° opening angle 119 121 119
- With convenient spiral-tech depth adjust- - Nº 53 Nº 54
ment 119 119
- With or without closing mechanism (spring) Nº 8 Nº 9 Nº 10
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and 123 121 121
removal Nº 43 Nº 44 Nº 45
- 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant 123 123 123
mounting plate) - Nº 60 Nº 61
- With INSERTA tool free hinge to door as- 119 119
sembly
Overview – angled applications 81
Boss Page instructions Accessories
INSERTA Part no. CLIP top hinges 79 Chipboard screws for hinge boss
Steel boss with spring 79A9698BT BLUMOTION for doors 167 fixing
TIP-ON for doors 183 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500
Boss Mounting plates 154 3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700
Screw-on Cover caps 161
Steel boss with spring 79A9658.T Accessories 162 Boss cover cap
Steel boss unsprung 78A9658.T Assembly and adjustment 164 Screw-on/knock-in hinges only
Assembly devices 556 Steel nickel plated 70T1504
BLUMOTION 973A More technical details 658
973A7480 TIP-ON for doors
Detailed information 171 Cover caps For unsprung hinges
Steel nickel plated Standard version 955.1004
plain 70.1563 Extended version 955A1004
Planning
Important:
These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these
cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Corner unit
35
LW
64
5
37
37
3
5
TB = LW
5.5
20
LW Internal width
TB Door width
Catalogue 2009 118

▶▶ +45° I – angled hinge half overlay
CLIP top
Planning
Nº 23 48 Nº 53 48 Nº 60 45
19 19 19
40° 45° 45° 32
49 34
64
64
1.8
5.5
80
37
37
2
49.5
8°
67° 6
1.5
5
1
5
5
19
9.
19
19
5
20 16
2.
34.5
Part no.
Angled spacer -5° 171A5500 Part no. Part no.
Mounting plate 9 mm 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 mm 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 mm 173H7100
Nº 25 48 Nº 54 48 Nº 61 45
19 19 19
50° 50° 50° 32
48 32.5
4.5
64
63
0.5
2
76
37
37
51
0°
70° 7
1.5
5
5
0.
5
19
3
19
9.
5
19
2.
33 14.5
17.5
Part no. Part no. Part no.

Angled spacer +5° 171A5070 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Drilling distance for BLUMOTION 970A1002 Adjustments

BA Nº XX Angled application +
XX Drilling distance BA (mm) - -
XX° Angle of application (°) - + +
m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 1.8 mm ± 2.0 mm

Ø10 Page instructions See mounting
Assembly 181 plates
Screw-on INSERTA Hinge boss dimensions

min 12 min 12.6 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-7
3-7
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 119

▶▶ +45° II – angled hinge overlay
CLIP top

- +45° II angled hinge 40° 45° 50°
- For corner cabinets with flush fronts Nº 23 Nº 24 Nº 25
- 110° opening angle 119 121 119
- With convenient spiral-tech depth adjust- - Nº 53 Nº 54
ment 119 119
- With or without closing mechanism (spring) Nº 8 Nº 9 Nº 10
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and 123 121 121
removal Nº 43 Nº 44 Nº 45
- 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant 123 123 123
mounting plate) - Nº 60 Nº 61
- With INSERTA tool free hinge to door as- 119 119
sembly
Steel boss with spring 79T5590B BLUMOTION for doors 167 fixing
Steel boss with spring 79T5550 Accessories 162 Boss cover cap
Steel boss unsprung 78T5550 Assembly and adjustment 164 Screw-on/knock-in hinges only
973A7680 Buffer stop
Detailed information 171 Cover caps self adhesive
Steel nickel plated Nylon 993.704
plain 70.1503
stamped Blum 70.1503.BP TIP-ON for doors
No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. For unsprung hinges
Standard version 955.1004
Extended version 955A1004
Planning
Important:
Corner unit
LW
TB = LW - 5.4 mm
LW Internal width
TB Door width
Catalogue 2009 120

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 24 48 Nº 9 41 Nº 10 41
45° 45° 50°
Part no.
Part no. Part no. Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Mounting plate 18 mm 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 0 mm 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 mm 173H7100

m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 1.8 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12.6 min 12.8 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-6
3-6
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 121

▶▶ +45° III – angled hinge full overlay
CLIP top

- +45° III angled hinge 40° 45° 50°
- 95° opening angle Nº 23 Nº 24 Nº 25
- With convenient spiral-tech depth adjust- 119 121 119
ment - Nº 53 Nº 54
- With or without closing mechanism (spring) 119 119
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and Nº 8 Nº 9 Nº 10
removal 123 121 121
- 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant Nº 43 Nº 44 Nº 45
mounting plate) 123 123 123
- With INSERTA tool free hinge to door as- - Nº 60 Nº 61
sembly 119 119
Cover caps More technical details 658
Steel nickel plated TIP-ON for doors
plain 70.1563 For unsprung hinges
Screen print Blum 70.1563.BL Standard version 955.1004
Extended version 955A1004
BLUMOTION 970A
970A1002
Planning
Important:
Catalogue 2009 122

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 8 41 Nº 43 33 Nº 44 33
40° 40° 45°
Part no. Part no.

Angled spacer -5° 171A5500 Angled spacer -5° 171A5500 Part no.
Nº 45 33
50°
Part no.
Angled spacer +5° 171A5070
Mounting plate 0 mm 173H7100

m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12 min 12.6 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-7
3-7
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 123

CLIP top

- +30° II angled hinge 25° 30° 35°
ment Nº 50 Nº 51 Nº 52
- With or without closing mechanism (spring) 124 125 125
removal 129 125 125
- With INSERTA tool free hinge to door as- Nº 57 Nº 58 Nº 59
sembly 124 125 125
Steel boss with spring 79A9596BT1 BLUMOTION for doors 167 fixing
Steel boss with spring 79A9556.T1 Accessories 162 Boss cover cap
Detailed information 171 Cover caps For unsprung hinges
Steel nickel plated Standard version 955.1004
plain 70.1563 Extended version 955A1004
Planning
Important:
Nº 20 48 19 Nº 50 48 Nº 57 45 16
19
25° 47 25° 38 25°
35
67
65
1.5
1.4
1.5
84
11
37
2
36
54.5
5°
70° 4
4
1
19
19
19
5
1
5 26.5
36 9.5
22.5
2.5

Angled spacer -5° 171A5500 Angled spacer -5° 171A5500 Angled spacer -5° 171A5500
Catalogue 2009 124

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 21 48 Nº 51 48 19 Nº 6 41 19
19
30° 30° 37 30° 30
48
64
69
9 2
81
36
41
53
1
8
19
5
19
19
1 18
5 25.5
36

Nº 58 45 Nº 22 48 19 Nº 52 48 19
19
30° 35° 35° 36.5
33 48 63
63
1.6
8
79
37
35
54
°
50
70°
4
5
19
5
19
19
9.5 24
35
19.5 2.5
Part no. Part no.

Part no. Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5070
Mounting plate 3 mm 173H7130 Mounting plate 18 mm 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 0 mm 173H7100
Nº 7 41 Nº 59 45 Adjustments
19 19
35° 30 35° 32
+
- -
- + +
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 1.8 mm ± 2.0 mm
See mounting
66
62
1.5
40.5
plates
36
5°
70° 5
5
4
7.5
1
19
19
9
17 2
17.5 Page instructions
Drilling distance
Part no. Part no. 127
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5040 Hinge boss fixing
Mounting plate 0 mm 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 mm 173H7100 127
Catalogue 2009 125

CLIP top

removal 129 125 125
sembly 124 125 125
Detailed information 174 For unsprung hinges
Cover caps Extended version 955A1004
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1563
Planning
Important:
Catalogue 2009 126

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 40 33 Nº 41 33 Nº 42 33
25° 30° 35°
Part no. Part no.

Angled spacer -5° 171A5500 Part no. Angled spacer +5° 171A5070

m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12 min 12.6 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-7
3-7
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 127

CLIP top

- +20° II angled hinge 15° 20° 25°
removal 131 129 129
sembly 128 129 124
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1563
Planning
Important:
Nº 18 48 19 Nº 48 48 19 Nº 55 45 16
15° 15° 39 15°
44 34
66
64
1.5
1.5
36.5
35.5
14
85
°
56
40
1.5
5
65°
19
1
19
19
28.5 5 11
34.5 23
1 2
5

Catalogue 2009 128

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 19 48 19 Nº 49 48 19 Nº 4 37 19
20° 46 20° 38 20° 28
68
65
1.5
2
39
82
12.5
37.5
54
19
5
19
19
5 17 11
1
35.2 5 28

Nº 56 45 Nº 5 37 19
19
20° 25° 28
32
66
61
1.8
1.5
33.5
40
8°
62° 4
5
1
1
5
19
19
10
11.5 17
20 1.5
Part no.
Part no. Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Mounting plate 6 mm 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 mm 173H7100

m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 1.8 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12 min 12.6 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-7
3-7
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 129

CLIP top

removal 130 131 129
- With INSERTA tool free hinge to door as- - Nº 55 Nº 56
sembly 128 129
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1563
Planning
Important:
Nº 17 48 19 Nº 47 48 19 Nº 2 33
10° 42 10° 40 10°
64
2.1
1.9
85
15.5
32.5
54
19
19
1 29.5
33.5 5
5

Mounting plate 18 mm 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 18 mm 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 0 mm 173H7100
Catalogue 2009 130

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 37 33 Nº 3 33 Nº 38 33
10° 15° 15°
Part no.
Nº 39 33
20°
Part no.

m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12 min 12.6 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-7
3-7
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 131

▶▶ ±5° angled application
CLIP top

- Angled hinge applications ±5° -5° 5°
- 95° opening angle Nº 15 Nº 16
- With convenient spiral-tech depth adjust- 133 133
ment - Nº 46
- With or without closing mechanism (spring) 133
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and - Nº 1
removal 133
- 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant Nº 35 Nº 36
mounting plate) 133 133
- With INSERTA tool free hinge to door as- - -
sembly
Boss Boss Boss

Boss Boss Boss


973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700


Chipboard screws for hinge boss TIP-ON for doors CLIP top hinges 79
fixing For unsprung hinges BLUMOTION for doors 167
3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 Standard version 955.1004 TIP-ON for doors 183
3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700 Extended version 955A1004 Mounting plates 154
Cover caps 161
Boss cover cap Accessories 162
Screw-on/knock-in hinges only Assembly and adjustment 164
Steel nickel plated 70T1504 Assembly devices 556
Planning
Important:
Catalogue 2009 132

▶▶ ±5° angled application
CLIP top
Planning
Nº 15 48 19 Nº 35 37 16 Nº 16 48 19
-5° -5° 27 5° 40
35.5
67
83
87.5
57.5
37
57.5
1
19
19
19
20.5
3.5 1
33
5 1
10
5

Angled spacer -5° 171A5500 Angled spacer -5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Hinge with cranked hinge arm Hinge with straight hinge arm Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
Nº 46 48 19 Nº 1 33 19 Nº 36 33 16
5° 37.5 5° 5°
22.5 22.5
0.6
64
64
64
17
37.5
2
37
37
1
1
19
19
19
5 5
15 5 15
30 15
15

Hinge with cranked hinge arm Hinge with straight hinge arm Hinge with straight hinge arm

m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12 min 12.6 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-7
3-7
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 133

▶▶ -15° III – angled hinge full overlay
CLIP top

- -15° III acute angled hinge -20° -15° -10°
ment - - -
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and - - -
removal
- With INSERTA tool free hinge to door as- - - -
sembly
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1563
Planning
Important:
Catalogue 2009 134

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 12 54 Nº 32 37 Nº 13 54
-20° -20° -15°
Part no. Part no.

Mounting plate 6 mm 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 mm 173H7100 Mounting plate 18 mm 175H7190.22
Nº 33 33 Nº 14 54 Nº 34 33
-15° -10° -10°
Part no. Part no.


m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12.6 min 12.8 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-6
3-6
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 135

CLIP top

- -30° III acute angled hinge -35° -30° -25°
- 110° opening angle - - Nº 11
- With convenient spiral-tech depth adjust- 137
ment - - -
removal
sembly
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1563
Planning
Important:
Catalogue 2009 136

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 29 37 Nº 30 33 Nº 11 54 19
-35° -30° -25° 35
5
105
75
19
1
10
2.5
Part no. Part no.

Nº 31 33
-25°
Part no.

m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12.6 min 12.8 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-6
3-6
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 137

CLIP top

- 45° III acute angled hinge -50° -45° -40°
- 110° opening angle - - -
ment - - -
removal
sembly
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1563
Planning
Important:
Catalogue 2009 138

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 26 45 Nº 27 37 Nº 28 37
-50° -45° -40°
Part no. Part no.


m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12.6 min 12.8 57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-6
3-6
9.5
37 (40.5)
35 35 + 00.2
8
45
() INSERTA
Catalogue 2009 139

▶▶ CRISTALLO-angled application
CLIP top

- Hinge for glass and mirror doors -5° 5° 10° 15°
- 125° opening angle Nº 106 Nº 103 Nº 104 Nº 105
- With convenient spiral-tech depth adjust- 140 140 141 141
ment - - - -
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and Nº 107 Nº 100 Nº 101 Nº 102
removal 140 141 141 141
- Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass - - - -
drilling necessary)
- Tool free hinge to adhesion plate assembly - - - -
mounting plate)
CRISTALLO 125° Page instructions Accessories
Hinge Part no. Adhesion distance 111 TIP-ON for doors
with spring 79C450BT Limitation of liability 110 For unsprung hinges
unsprung 78C450BT CLIP top hinges 79 Standard version 955.1004
BLUMOTION for doors 167 Extended version 955A1004
CRISTALLO-adhesion plate TIP-ON for doors 183
Glue-on Mounting plates 154
Glass/mirror doors Accessories 162
Zinc matt-nickel plated 78C4568 Assembly and adjustment 164
Mirror doors Assembly devices 556
Zinc Special nickel plated 78C4568
Cover caps
BLUMOTION 973A Steel nickel plated
973A9000 plain 70.1563
Detailed information 171 Screen print Blum 70.1563.BL
Planning
Important:
These dimensions are based on a 16 mm thick cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if thickness varied from 19 mm. In these cases a trial is
recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 106 37 16 Nº 107 37 16 Nº 103 33
16
-5° 29 -5° 5°
25.5
29
76.5
82
84
52.5
53.5
46
6
7 2
15 3
2 7.5
10 16.5

Catalogue 2009 140

▶▶ CRISTALLO-angled application
CLIP top
Planning
Nº 100 33 16 Nº 104 33 16 Nº 101 33 16
5° 10° 29 10°
24 29
80
73
74
53.5
46
46
1
1
7.5 1 7
14 14
6
4.5
16.5 16.5

Nº 105 33 16 Nº 102 33
16
15° 15°
34
34
78
71
53.5
46
0.5 6.5 14
6
6 16.5
Part no. Part no.

Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010

m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm

Ø10 Page instructions See mounting - 2.0 mm
Assembly 181 plates
Assembly Removal
Catalogue 2009 141

▶▶ +45° angled hinge for glass doors
CLIP top

- Glass door hinge
- +45° angled hinge 40° 45° 50°
ment - - -
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and - Nº 67 Nº 68
removal 143 143
- 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant - - -
mounting plate)
- For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm - - -
Screw-on Part no. CLIP top hinges 79 Boss cover cap
Nylon boss with spring 79A4108.T BLUMOTION for doors 167 Material Nylon
Mounting plates 154 black
BLUMOTION 970A Cover caps 161 gold plated
970A1002 Accessories 162 chrome plated
Detailed information 174 Assembly and adjustment 164 matt nickel 84.4120 84.4140
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1563
Planning
Important:
Catalogue 2009 142

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 74 48 Nº 75 48 Nº 67 45
19 19 19
40° 45° 45°
34 33 24
66
8.5
70
71
40.5
43.5
39
2
4
5
5
5
5.
2.
5.
2.
2.
5
5
5
20
5
21.5 12.5
7
Part no.
Nº 76 48 Nº 68 45
19 19
50° 50°
34 24
11.5
65
70
38.5
41
5
2.
5
2.
5.
1
5
2. 5
5.
5
5
5 19 11
Part no. Part no.


m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 1.8 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

4.5-7 31 8.2
5.5-7
2.5
41
26 +0.2
31 31
84.4140 84.4120
Catalogue 2009 143

CLIP top

- Glass door hinge
- +20° angled hinge 15° 20° 25°
ment - - -
removal 145 145 145
mounting plate)
- For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm - - -
Screw-on Part no. CLIP top hinges 79 Boss cover cap
Nylon boss with spring 79A4105.T BLUMOTION for doors 167 Material Nylon
Mounting plates 154 black
BLUMOTION 970A Cover caps 161 gold plated
970A1002 Accessories 162 chrome plated
Detailed information 174 Assembly and adjustment 164 matt nickel 84.4120 84.4140
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1563
Planning
Important:
Catalogue 2009 144

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 71 54 19 Nº 64 45 19 Nº 72 54
19
15° 15° 20°
34 25 37
65
12.5
73
70
37.5
43
42
2.5
2
3
5
7
5.5 5
15
2.5
5.5
26.5 5.5
24 1
Part no. Part no.

Nº 65 37 19 Nº 73 48 19 Nº 66 37 19
20° 25° 25°
19 36 65 22
66
5.5 6.5
72
39.5
39.5
42.5
5
7
2.5
2.5
5.5
5.5 2
5
10
8.5 11 5.5 9
2.5
23
Part no. Part no.


m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 1.8 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

4.5-7 31 8.2
5.5-7
2.5
41
26 +0.2
31 31
84.4140 84.4120
Catalogue 2009 145

▶▶ ±5° angled application for glass doors
CLIP top

- Glass door hinge
- 94° opening angle -5° 5°
- With convenient spiral-tech depth adjust- Nº 69 Nº 70
ment 147 147
- With closing mechanism (spring) - -
removal Nº 62 Nº 63
- 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant 147 147
mounting plate) - -
- For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm
- Boss fixing screws are included - -
Boss Boss Boss

Nylon boss with spring 75T4100 Nylon boss with spring 75T4200 Nylon boss with spring 75T4300

970A1002 970A1002 970A1002


Material Nylon BLUMOTION for doors 167
black Mounting plates 154
gold plated Cover caps 161
chrome plated Accessories 162
matt nickel 84.4120 84.4140 Assembly and adjustment 164
Planning
Important:
Catalogue 2009 146

▶▶ ±5° angled application for glass doors
CLIP top
Planning
Nº 62 37 Nº 69 48 19 Nº 63 33 19
19
-5° -5° 29 5°
22 22
64
66
82
1.4
37
9 3
37
53
2
2.5
2.5
5
5.5
5
5.5 1 5 5.5
10 15

Hinge 75T4100 Hinge 75T4200 Hinge 75T4100
Nº 70 48 19
5° 32
82
53
2
5
2
5.5
23
Part no.
Hinge 75T4300

m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm + 0.5 mm ± 2.0 mm

Ø10 Page instructions See mounting - 3.5 mm
Assembly 181 plates

4.5-7 31 8.2
5.5-7
2.5
41
26 +0.2
31 31
84.4140 84.4120
Catalogue 2009 147

▶▶ +45° angled hinge with mini boss
CLIP top

- +45° angled hinge 40° 45° 50°
- Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow Nº 97 Nº 98 Nº 99
frames 148 148 149
ment - Nº 82 Nº 83
- With closing mechanism (spring) 149 149
removal
mounting plate)
Screw-on Part no. CLIP top hinges 79 Chipboard screws for hinge boss
Steel boss with spring 79A0558.T BLUMOTION for doors 167 fixing
Mounting plates 154 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500
BLUMOTION 970A Cover caps 161 3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700
970A1002 Accessories 162
Detailed information 174 Assembly and adjustment 164
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1563
Planning
Important:
Nº 97 48 Nº 89 48 Nº 98 48
19 19 19
40° 40° 45° 42
42 28
63
2.4
77.5
2.3
35
81
7
49
50
5
5
1.
1.5
2
5
5 16 29.5
30
19
19
19
Part no. Part no.

Catalogue 2009 148

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 90 48 Nº 82 45 Nº 99 48
19 19 19
45° 45° 50° 42
27 24
63
65
2
73
35.5
37
5
49
19
5
2.
5
5
2.
5
2.
5
1.
5
14.5
11.5 19 29
19
Part no.
Part no. Part no. Angled spacer +5° 171A5010
Nº 91 48 Nº 83 48
19 19
50° 50°
27 24
61
1.5
63
35
4.5 19
37
5
5
1.5
1.5 2.
5
19 14 11
Part no. Part no.


m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 1.8 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12.5 50 3.5
3-5
7.5
26
28
38
Catalogue 2009 149

CLIP top

- +20° angled hinge 15° 20° 25°
- Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow Nº 94 Nº 95 Nº 96
frames 150 151 151
- With closing mechanism (spring) 150 151 151
removal
mounting plate)
Screw-on Part no. CLIP top hinges 79 Chipboard screws for hinge boss
Steel boss with spring 79A0555.T BLUMOTION for doors 167 fixing
Mounting plates 154 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500
BLUMOTION 970A Cover caps 161 3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700
970A1002 Accessories 162
Detailed information 174 Assembly and adjustment 164
Steel nickel plated
plain 70.1563
Planning
Important:
Nº 94 48 Nº 86 48 Nº 79 45
19 19 19
15° 15° 15°
36 29 25
66
65
1.5
max
9.5
86
38
36
14
55
1.5
19
1
19
19
5 4.5
27 2 15.5 15.5 5
5

Catalogue 2009 150

CLIP top
Planning
Nº 95 48 Nº 87 48 Nº 80 37
19 19 19
20° 20° 20°
37.5 29 19
66
63
1.5
81.5
40
36
12.5
55
19
1.5
1
5 5
19
11
19
9
27.5 1.5 19.5
5

Nº 96 48 Nº 88 45 Nº 81 37
19 19 19
25° 25° 25°
41 29 21
61
65
1.5
35.5
1.5
78
40
11
54.5
19
1.5
5 5
10
2.5
19
19
19
29.5 9
5


m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 1.8 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12.5 50 3.5
3-5
7.5
26
28
38
Catalogue 2009 151

▶▶ ±5° angled application with mini boss
CLIP top

- Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow -5° 5°
frames Nº 92 Nº 93
- 94° opening angle 153 153
- With convenient spiral-tech depth adjust- Nº 84 Nº 85
ment 153 153
- With closing mechanism (spring) Nº 77 Nº 78
- Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and 153 153
removal - -
mounting plate) - -
Boss Boss Boss


970A1002 970A1002 970A1002


3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700 Cover caps 161
Accessories 162
Planning
Important:
Catalogue 2009 152

▶▶ ±5° angled application with mini boss
CLIP top
Planning
Nº 77 37 Nº 84 48 Nº 92 48
19 19 19
-5° -5° -5° 31
22 28
67
66
87
37.5
0.5
37
57
1
19
19
3.5
9.5 5 4.5
5 6
9.5

Nº 78 33 Nº 85 48 Nº 93 48
19 19 19
5° 5° 5°
21 29 33
64
64
86
1
2.5
37.5
37
57
0.5
1
1
19
19
19
6 5
5 5
14.5 20 3
25


m 0
in
5
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 1.8 mm ± 2.0 mm

Assembly 181 plates

min 12.5 50 3.5
3-5
7.5
26
28
38
Catalogue 2009 153

▶▶ Accessories – mounting plates
CLIP top
Overview
Height adjustment INSERTA Chipboard System EXPANDO
screws screws
Knock-in dowel
without
with ± 2 mm 154 155
Cam ± 2 mm 155 155 155
Elongated hole ± 2 mm 157 157
Elongated hole ± 3 mm 156 158 159
Screws (two-part) ± 2 mm 156 158
Cam ± 2 mm 155 156 157
Angled spacers 5° 160
Angled spacers -5° 160
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request INSERTA-fixing
Accessories Chipboard screw fixing
General Information System screw fixing
Horizontal mounting plate EXPANDO-fixing
Cruciform mounting plate Knock-in dowel fixing
Angled spacers Knock-in dowel fixing – assembly only

with the insertion ram
Horizontal mounting plate 22/32

- Material: zinc die-cast, H H Height
nickel plated
- Fixing with chipboard
screws Ø 3.5 mm
19.5
- With height adjustment

± 2 mm
- Recommended screw 63
.5
length 17 mm
32 22
Spacing Height Part no.

0 mm 8.5 mm 175M5400
Horizontal cam mounting plate 22/32

- Material: zinc die-cast, H Height
nickel plated
screws Ø 3.5 mm
- With cam height adjust-
ment ± 2 mm
- Recommended screw
length 17 mm

0 mm 8.5 mm 175H5400
3 mm 11.5 mm 175H5430
Catalogue 2009 154

CLIP top
- Material: zinc, nickel H Height
plated
- Assembly using
pre-mounted special
screws with split dowels
(EXPANDO)
± 2 mm

0 mm 8.5 mm 177H5400E
3 mm 11.5 mm 177H5430E

nickel plated
- Knock-in assembly with
min 11.5
pre-fixed dowels
- With height adjustment 19
± 2 mm
57.
5
10
Assembly with insertion ram only
50 MZM.0050
32 20
0 mm 8.5 mm 177M5100
3 mm 11.5 mm 177M5130

nickel plated
- Knock-in assembly with
min 11.5
pre-fixed dowels
- With cam height adjust-
19
ment ± 2 mm
63
.5
10
Assembly with insertion ram only

50 MZM.0050
32 20
0 mm 8.5 mm 177H5100
3 mm 11.5 mm 177H5130
INSERTA-cruciform mounting plate 37/32

- Material: steel, closing H H Height
lever, zinc die-cast, nickel
plated * min 11.5
- Tool free assembly
- With “self anchoring” * Fix with ad-
feature ditional screw if
5 ±0.1
- With cam height adjust- used with wide

32
ment ± 2 mm * angle hinges
37
0 mm 8.5 mm 174H7100I
3 mm 11.5 mm 174H7130I
Catalogue 2009 155

CLIP top
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32

- Material: steel, nickel H H Height
plated
- Fixing with chipboard *
screws Ø 3.5 and Ø 4 mm
- With height adjustment * Fix with ad-
± 3 mm ditional screw if
- Recommended screw used with wide
*
32
length 17 mm angle hinges

37
0 mm 8.5 mm 173L6100
3 mm 11.5 mm 173L6130

nickel plated
51
- Recommended screw used with wide

*
length 17 mm 56 32 angle hinges

37
0 mm 8.5 mm 175L6100
3 mm 11.5 mm 175L6130

nickel plated
44
- Recommended screw * used with wide

68
32
Spacing Height Part no. length 17 mm angle hinges

0 mm 8.5 mm 175H7100
3 mm 11.5 mm 175H7130
26 37
9 mm 17.5 mm 175H7190
18 mm 26.5 mm 175H7190.22
Cruciform cam mounting plate 37/32

plated
- With cam height adjust- * Fix with ad-
ment ± 2 mm ditional screw if
used with wide
* angle hinges
32
Spacing Height Part no. 37

0 mm 8.5 mm 173H7100
3 mm 11.5 mm 173H7130
Catalogue 2009 156

CLIP top
plated
- Fixing with pre-mounted * min 13.5
chipboard screws for
3 mm line drilling * Fix with ad-
- With height adjustment ditional screw if
3
± 2 mm * used with wide
32
angle hinges
37
0 mm 8.5 mm 173S6100

plated
special screws with split
dowels * Fix with ad-
± 2 mm used with wide
5
* angle hinges
32
0 mm 8.5 mm 174E6100.01 37
3 mm 11.5 mm 174E6130.01
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application 37/32

plated
*
dowels, for twin applica- * Additional
tion screw required as
- With height adjustment standard
5
± 2 mm *
32

0 mm 8.5 mm 174E610Z
Cruciform cam mounting plate 37/32

plated
- With cam height adjust- ditional screw if
ment ± 2 mm used with wide
5
* angle hinges
32

0 mm 8.5 mm 174H7100E
3 mm 11.5 mm 174H7130E
Catalogue 2009 157

CLIP top
Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application 37/32

plated
special screws with split *
dowels * Additional
- For twin application screw required as
- With cam height adjust- standard
5
ment ± 2 mm
32
*
0 mm 8.5 mm 174H710ZE 37
3 mm 11.5 mm 174H713ZE

nickel plated
- Fixing with system screws
min 11.5
Ø 6 x 14.5 mm (661.1450)
44
Spacing Height Part no. used with wide
5
0 mm 8.5 mm 175H9100 68 * angle hinges
32
3 mm 11.5 mm 175H9130
6 mm 14.5 mm 175H9160
9 mm 17.5 mm 175H9190 26 37
18 mm 26.5 mm 175H9190.22

plated
system screws Ø 6 mm
5
used with wide

* angle hinges
32

0 mm 8.5 mm 173L8100 37
3 mm 11.5 mm 173L8130

plated
special system screws,
*
Ø 6 mm (668.1150), for * Additional
twin application screw required as
- With height adjustment standard
5
± 3 mm *
32
37
0 mm 8.5 mm 173L8100.21
Catalogue 2009 158

CLIP top
nickel plated
- Fixing with pre-mounted
min 11.5
51
used with wide
5
Spacing Height Part no. 56 * angle hinges
32
0 mm 8.5 mm 175L8100
3 mm 11.5 mm 175L8130
9 mm 17.5 mm 175L8190 37
11 mm 19.5 mm 175L8190.21

nickel plated
- Fixing with pre-mounted min 8.5
system screws, Ø 6 mm *
(668.1150) * Additional
- With height adjustment screw required as
51
± 3 mm standard
5
56 *
32

0 mm 8.5 mm 175L8100.21

plated
- Knock-in assembly with * min 11.5
pre-fixed dowels
10
used with wide

* angle hinges
32
61.01 MZM.0061.01
0 mm 8.5 mm 174L6100.05 37
3 mm 11.5 mm 174L6130.05

plated
± 2 mm used with wide
5
* angle hinges
32

0 mm 8.5 mm 174E6300
3 mm 11.5 mm ☎ 174E6330
Catalogue 2009 159

CLIP top

plated
used with wide
5
* angle hinges
32
0 mm 8.5 mm 173L8300 28
3 mm 11.5 mm 173L8330

nickel plated
± 3 mm
51
5
56 *
32
0 mm 8.5 mm 175L8300 28
3 mm 11.5 mm ☎ 175L8330
+5° obtuse angled spacer 37/32

- +5° obtuse angled D Spacing
spacer
- Material: zinc die-cast,
nickel plated
- Suitable for mounting
plates:
32
173H71X0
175H71X0
Spacing Part no. 175H91X0 37
0.8 mm 171A5010 - Fixing with chipboard
3 mm 171A5040 screws Ø 3.5 and Ø 4 mm
6 mm 171A5070
-5° acute angled spacer 37/32

- -5° acute angled spacer D Spacing
- Material: zinc die-cast,
nickel plated
- Suitable for mounting
plates:
173H71X0
175H71X0
32
175H91X0
37
Spacing Part no.

6 mm 171A5500
Catalogue 2009 160

▶▶ Accessories – cover caps
CLIP top
Hinge applications Straight hinge arm Cranked hinge arm
Double cranked arm
120°
120° special
107°
Aluminium frame door 120°
Alu frame door 120° BLUMOTION 973A
Steel Steel Steel Steel
plain stamped plain Screen print
70.1503 70.1503.BP 70.1663 70.1663.BL
CLIP 100°

90M2503 90M2503.BP 94M3603 94M3603.BL
170°

plain Screen print plain Screen print
80.6507 80.6507.BL 80.6507 80.6507.BL
Profile/thick door
Aluminium frame door 95°
Alu frame door 95° BLUMOTION 973A
Alu frame door 95° for clamping
CRISTALLO
Glass door Steel Steel Steel Steel
Mini plain Screen print plain Screen print
Angled application ±5° 70.1563 70.1563.BL 70.1663 70.1663.BL
Blind corner
Bi-fold door
+45° II angled hinge
Steel Steel
plain stamped
70.1503 70.1503.BP
Remaining angled hinges
Remaining angled applications
Steel Steel
plain Screen print
70.1563 70.1563.BL
Cover caps: can be printed with customer logo – minimums from 1000 pcs
Catalogue 2009 161

▶▶ Accessories
CLIP top

Ø7
- Ø 3.5 mm 15 mm 609.1500
X 17 mm 609.1700
Ø3.5

Ø8
- Ø 6 mm 10 mm 661.1000.HG
13 mm 661.1300.HG
X
14.5 mm 661.1450.HG
Ø6 20 mm 661.2000.HG
Centre bit
- Hardened Part no.

natural 993.710
8 mm Ø door buffer
- Two-part
Catalogue 2009 162

▶▶ Accessories
CLIP top
Slotted screwdriver
Boss cover cap

Part no.
Steel nickel plated 70T1504
Catalogue 2009 163

CLIP top
INSERTA
Assembly Removal
CLIP
Assembly Removal
INSERTA cruciform mounting plate
Assembly
Adjustment
Height adjustment Side adjustment Depth adjustment
Catalogue 2009 164

CLIP top
Boss cover cap
Assembly Removal
Catalogue 2009 165

▶ BLUMOTION for doors
CLIP top
Closing doors – silent and effortless

The new BLUMOTION closes furniture doors,
silently and effortlessly, even when closed
with force. Whether it‘s the kitchen, hall,
living room, bathroom or bedroom, the new
BLUMOTION feels at home everywhere. It
provides perfect motion, bringing comfort to
all areas of life.
■ The adaptive system adjusts itself to the

closing speed and the weight of the door
■ Versions available for nearly all applica-
tions
■ Can be installed at any time during the
production and sales process
■ Its integrated overload safety feature
protects the system from damage due to
improper use
The adaptive system – controlling perfect motion
Exceptional comfort through a This is all thanks to the intelligent It reacts to key factors such as door And brakes the motion of the door
highly adaptive system technology of the BLUMOTION height, door weight and closing accordingly. The result is always a
adaptive system speed perfect closing motion – silent and
effortless
This is how the adaptive system works
A look behind the scenes of the Slow closing speed Fast closing speed Closing speed that is too fast
BLUMOTION adaptive system The braking element expands The braking element expands. The The overload safety feature kicks in.
slightly. The medium can flow by medium can only flow by slowly. -> Protects BLUMOTION and
without much resistance. -> Strong effect hinges
-> Weak effect
Catalogue 2009 166

▶▶ Overview
CLIP top
▶▶ BLUMOTION 973A – clip on
■ Straight hinge arms Overview – hinges 168
■ Cranked hinge arms Overview – angled applications 169
■ Double cranked hinge arms BLUMOTION 973A 170
■ Wide angle hinges Assembly 180
■ Angled hinges
■ CRISTALLO for glass and mirror doors
Symbol photo
▶▶ BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application

■ Chipboard screws Overview – hinges 168
■ EXPANDO Overview – angled applications 169
■ Knock-in dowel BLUMOTION 971A 172
Assembly 180
Symbol photo
▶▶ BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side

■ For drilling Overview – hinges 168
■ With adapter plates Overview – angled applications 169
BLUMOTION 970A 174
Accessories – adapter plates 178
Assembly 181
Symbol photo
▶▶ BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side

■ For drilling Overview – hinges 168
■ With adapter plates Overview – angled applications 169
BLUMOTION 970. 176
Assembly 181
Symbol photo
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Angled application overlay
General Information Angled application max. overlay
Opening Angle Angled application mitered
BLUMOTION for doors Hinge with straight hinge arm
Overlay application Hinge with cranked hinge arm
Dual application Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
Inset application Chipboard screw fixing
Overlay application for blind corners EXPANDO-fixing
Corner cabinet with bi-fold door Knock-in dowel fixing
Angled application inset Planning
Angled application half overlay Assembly, removal and adjustment
Catalogue 2009 167

CLIP top
Hinge Application
Standard door
973A0500.01 170 973A0600 170

Standard door (120°
special)
973A0500.01 170
Standard door
973A0500.01 170 973A0600 170 973A0700 170

Standard door
CLIP 973A0500.01 170 973A0600 170 973A0700 170

Standard door
973A6000 170 973A6000 170

973A6000 170
Profile/thick door
973A0500.01 170 973A0600 170 973A0700 170

Blind corner
970A1002 174
970A1002 174 970A1002 174 970A1002 174

TION 973A
973A0500.01 170 973A0600 170 973A0700 170
Alu frame door for clamping
970.1002 176 970.1002 176 970.1002 176

970A1002 174 970A1002 174

TION 973A
973A0500.01 170 973A0600 170
CRISTALLO
973A9000 171 973A9000 171 973A9000 171

Glass door
971AXXXX 172 970A1002 174 970A1002 174

Mini
971AXXXX 172 970A1002 174 970A1002 174

Bi-fold door
970.1002 176
Catalogue 2009 168

CLIP top
BLUMOTION for doors
973A0500.01 170 973A0600 170 973A0700 170 970A1002 174
973A9000 171 973A7480 171 973A7680 171 973A7360 171
Angled application
Standard door
50° Nº 25 973A7480 Nº 54 973A7480 Nº 10 973A7680 Nº 45 970A1002 Nº 61 973A7480
40° Nº 23 973A7480 Nº 8 970A1002 Nº 43 970A1002
10° Nº 17 970A1002 Nº 47 970A1002 Nº 2 970A1002 Nº 37 970A1002
5° Nº 16 973A0700 Nº 46 973A0600 Nº 1 973A0500.01 Nº 36 973A0500.01
-5° Nº 15 973A0600 Nº 35 973A0500.01
-10° Nº 14 970A1002 Nº 34 970A1002
-15° Nº 13 970A1002 Nº 33 970A1002
-20° Nº 12 970A1002 Nº 32 970A1002
-25° Nº 11 970A1002 Nº 31 970A1002
-30° Nº 30 970A1002
-35° Nº 29 970A1002
-40° Nº 28 970A1002
-45° Nº 27 970A1002
-50° Nº 26 970A1002
CRISTALLO
15° Nº 105 973A9000 Nº 102 973A9000
10° Nº 104 973A9000 Nº 101 973A9000
5° Nº 103 973A9000 Nº 100 973A9000
-5° Nº 106 973A9000 Nº 107 973A9000
Glass door
50° Nº 76 970A1002 Nº 68 970A1002
45° Nº 75 970A1002 Nº 67 970A1002
40° Nº 74 970A1002
25° Nº 73 970A1002 Nº 66 970A1002
20° Nº 72 970A1002 Nº 65 970A1002
15° Nº 71 970A1002 Nº 64 970A1002
5° Nº 70 970A1002 Nº 63 970A1002
-5° Nº 69 970A1002 Nº 62 970A1002
Mini
50° Nº 99 970A1002 Nº 91 970A1002 Nº 83 970A1002
45° Nº 98 970A1002 Nº 90 970A1002 Nº 82 970A1002
40° Nº 97 970A1002 Nº 89 970A1002
25° Nº 96 970A1002 Nº 88 970A1002 Nº 81 970A1002
20° Nº 95 970A1002 Nº 87 970A1002 Nº 80 970A1002
15° Nº 94 970A1002 Nº 86 970A1002 Nº 79 970A1002
5° Nº 93 970A1002 Nº 85 970A1002 Nº 78 970A1002
-5° Nº 92 970A1002 Nº 84 970A1002 Nº 77 970A1002
Catalogue 2009 169

CLIP top
Hinge with straight hinge arm

CLIP top
- 120°
- 120°, special
- 107°
- Profile door
- 95° alu frame door for BLUMOTION
CLIP
- 100°
Part no.
Steel nickel plated 973A0500.01
Hinge with cranked hinge arm

CLIP top
- 120°
- 107°
- Profile door
CLIP
- 100°
Part no.
Steel nickel plated 973A0600
Hinge with double cranked hinge arm

CLIP top
- 107°
- Profile door
CLIP
- 100°
Part no.
Wide angle hinge

CLIP top
- 170° – inline
- 170° – cranked
- 155 ° 0-protrusion hinge
Part no.
Zinc nickel plated 973A6000
Catalogue 2009 170

CLIP top
Angled hinge
CLIP top
- +45° I half overlay (79A96X8XT)
- +45° II overlay (79T55X0X)
- +30° II overlay (79A95X7XT)
Steel nickel plated Part no.

+45° I 973A7480
+45° II 973A7680
+30° II 973A7360
CRISTALLO-hinge
CLIP top
- CRISTALLO
Part no.
BLUMOTION quantity
For normal door sizes, one BLUMOTION
973A per hinge is required for the perfect
motion. For smaller, lighter doors, the number
can be reduced accordingly.
Catalogue 2009 171

CLIP top
BLUMOTION 971A – in an inline adapter plate 20/32

- Material: zinc, nickel 32 20
plated
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
Construction height Part no.

25 mm 971A0200
33 mm 971A2200
BLUMOTION 971A – in an inline adapter plate 20/32

- Material: zinc, nickel 32 20
plated
- Knock-in
10

25 mm 971A0230
33 mm 971A2230
BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate 37/32

- Material: zinc, nickel
plated
32
37

25 mm 971A0500
33 mm 971A2500
BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate 37/32

plated
5
32
- Assembly using
pre-mounted special
screws with split dowels 37
(EXPANDO)

25 mm 971A05E0
33 mm 971A25E0
Catalogue 2009 172

CLIP top
BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate 9.5/32
plated
32
9.5

25 mm 971A0700
33 mm 971A2700
Construction height 25 mm
For all hinges with a straight hinge arm and a
0 mm raised mounting plate. Exception: 95°
profile door hinge
Construction height 33 mm
For all hinges with a straight hinge and a
3 mm spaced mounting plate. Use also for
95° profile door hinge with 0mm spaced plate.
Assembly position & number required

For optimal BLUMOTION effect, BLUMOTION
971A should be attached to the centre
between the hinges. For high and heavy
doors, we recommend using an additional
BLUMOTION 971A between an additional
hinge pair.
Any depth adjustment made to the hinge arm
should be mirrored on the 971A, this is easily
acheived via a spiral screw depth adjustment
feature (+ 3 to - 7 mm).
■ BLUMOTION 971Axxxx
○ Hinges
Catalogue 2009 173

CLIP top
Product Description Assembly position

- BLUMOTION – perfect movement, quiet and BLUMOTION 970A is for location on the hinge
easy side, and guarantees perfect motion even
- For use with Blum hinges for angled hinges. The hole for BLUMOTION
- For drilling or in combination with adapter 970A needs to be drilled into the cabinet top.
plates The correct position is set using the drilling
distance (BA). If the BLUMOTION effect is
insufficient, we recommend installing an ad-
ditional BLUMOTION 970A in the bottom.
For drilling
Drilling distance Page instructions
BA Assembly d.
BLUMOTION for doors drilling template (hinge
m
side) 584
in
50
PRO-CENTER 624
Ø10
Nº XX Angled application
XX Drilling distance BA (mm)
BLUMOTION 970A
RAL 7037 dust grey Part no.
Nylon 970A1002
With adapter plate

Adapter plates Page instructions
Adapter plates
Inline adapter plates
178
Cruciform adapter plates
178
Assembly d.
Template
577
Drilling template for mounting plates
578
PRO-CENTER 624
MINIPRESS PRO 634
MINIPRESS P 642
BLUMOTION 970A MINIPRESS M 650
Nylon 970A1002
Catalogue 2009 174

CLIP top
Standard application
Mounting plate Drilling Drilling * Drilling Drilling Drilling
spacing distance BA distance BA distance BA distance BA distance BA
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
0 mm 32 41 50 34
3 mm 35 44 53 51 34
6 mm 38 47
9 mm 41 50
Angled application
* Drilling Drilling Drilling Drilling * Drilling
distance BA distance BA distance BA distance BA distance BA
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Standard door
50° Nº 25 48 Nº 54 48 Nº 10 41 Nº 45 33 Nº 61 45
45° Nº 24 48 Nº 53 48 Nº 9 41 Nº 44 33 Nº 60 45
40° Nº 23 48 Nº 8 41 Nº 43 33
35° Nº 22 48 Nº 52 48 Nº 7 41 Nº 42 33 Nº 59 45
30° Nº 21 48 Nº 51 48 Nº 6 41 Nº 41 33 Nº 58 45
25° Nº 20 48 Nº 50 48 Nº 5 37 Nº 40 33 Nº 57 45
20° Nº 19 48 Nº 49 48 Nº 4 37 Nº 39 33 Nº 56 45
15° Nº 18 48 Nº 48 48 Nº 3 33 Nº 38 33 Nº 55 45
10° Nº 17 48 Nº 47 48 Nº 2 33 Nº 37 33
5° Nº 16 48 Nº 46 48 Nº 1 33 Nº 36 33
-5° Nº 15 48 Nº 35 37
-10° Nº 14 54 Nº 34 33
-15° Nº 13 54 Nº 33 33
-20° Nº 12 54 Nº 32 37
-25° Nº 11 54 Nº 31 33
-30° Nº 30 33
-35° Nº 29 37
-40° Nº 28 37
-45° Nº 27 37
-50° Nº 26 45
CRISTALLO
15° Nº 105 33 Nº 102 33
10° Nº 104 33 Nº 101 33
5° Nº 103 33 Nº 100 33
-5° Nº 106 37 Nº 107 37
Glass door
50° Nº 76 48 Nº 68 45
45° Nº 75 48 Nº 67 45
40° Nº 74 48
25° Nº 73 48 Nº 66 37
20° Nº 72 54 Nº 65 37
15° Nº 71 54 Nº 64 45
5° Nº 70 48 Nº 63 33
-5° Nº 69 48 Nº 62 37
Mini
50° Nº 99 48 Nº 91 48 Nº 83 48
45° Nº 98 48 Nº 90 48 Nº 82 45
40° Nº 97 48 Nº 89 48
25° Nº 96 48 Nº 88 45 Nº 81 37
20° Nº 95 48 Nº 87 48 Nº 80 37
15° Nº 94 48 Nº 86 48 Nº 79 45
5° Nº 93 48 Nº 85 48 Nº 78 33
-5° Nº 92 48 Nº 84 48 Nº 77 37
* When dealing with narrow top rails or larger door gaps, we recommend using the adapter plate as needed.
Catalogue 2009 175

CLIP top
Product Description
- BLUMOTION – perfect movement, quiet and
easy
- For use with Blum hinges
- For drilling or in combination with adapter
plates
For drilling
Planning Page instructions
Assembly d.
BLUMOTION for doors drilling template
.2
+ 0.1 (handle side) 585
0 - 0
1 PRO-CENTER 624
1.5
mi
n.
50
BLUMOTION 970.
Nylon 970.1002
With adapter plate

Adapter plates
178
178
Assembly d.
BLUMOTION for doors drilling template
(handle side) 585
Template
577
578
PRO-CENTER 624
BLUMOTION 970. MINIPRESS PRO 634
RAL 7037 dust grey Part no. MINIPRESS P 642
Nylon 970.1002 MINIPRESS M 650
Catalogue 2009 176

CLIP top
Assembly position
Up to 600 mm cabinet width – applicable for all CLIP top-hinges Because BLUMOTION for doors is custom-
ised for Blum hinges, the only way to get that
perfect movement is to combine the two.
Some general notes regarding assembly

position:
Distance from hinge: max. 600 mm
For glass door/Mini hinges: 1/2 door width
Optimal position
Normally, one BLUMOTION per door is suf-
ficient. However, some circumstances may
require the use of a second BLUMOTION, e.g.
higher door weight, unstable doors (wooden
frames, fixed fronts, large aluminium frame
doors, etc.).
Optional position
Catalogue 2009 177

▶▶ Accessories – adapter plates
CLIP top
Inline adapter plate 20/32

59
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately
20
Material Part no.
Nylon 970.1201
Zinc 970.5201
Cruciform adapter plate 37/32

12
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately
46
55
32
Material Part no.

Nylon 970.1501 37
Zinc 970.5501

12
11.5

dowels
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately
46
55
5
32
Material Part no.

Nylon 970.15E1 37
Zinc 970.55E1

12
11.5

dowels
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately
46
55
5
32
Material Part no. 28

Nylon 970.16E1
Zinc 970.56E1
Catalogue 2009 178

CLIP top
Cruciform adapter plate 9.5/32
12
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately
46
55
32
Material Part no.
Nylon 970.1701 9.5
Zinc 970.5701
Cruciform double adapter plate 37/32

- For carcasses with dou-
12
ble doors
46
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm 5
5
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately
32
Material Part no. 37

Nylon 970.2501
Cruciform double adapter plate 9.5/32

- For carcasses with dou-
12
ble doors
46
5
5
- BLUMOTION must be
ordered separately
32
Material Part no. 9.5

Zinc 970.6701
Catalogue 2009 179

CLIP top
BLUMOTION 973A – clip on for standard applications
Assembly Removal
BLUMOTION 973A – clip on for angled applications
1
2
Assembly
BLUMOTION 973A – clip on for CRISTALLO hinges
Assembly
BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application
Cruciform adapter plate Inline adapter plate
Catalogue 2009 180

CLIP top
BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side
Assembly for drilling
Assembly with adapter plate
BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side
Assembly for drilling
Assembly with adapter plate
Catalogue 2009 181

▶ TIP-ON for doors
CLIP top
Opening comfort for handle-less doors

Handle-less furniture is becoming more and
more popular in the living area. With TIP-ON,
we offer a mechanical opening support
system for handle-less furniture doors. This
enables your customers to open and close
handle-less furniture doors easily and effort-
lessly. TIP-ON can be used in the kitchen as
well as all other living areas.
The TIP-ON programme offers the right

TIP-ON unit for every application.
The standard version is used for overlay doors
and the long version is used for high cabinets
and inset doors. Both versions can be drilled
into the cabinet side or attached using adapter
plates.
Easy to open with just a touch
Handle-less doors can be opened The door then opens at an angle In other words: you can easily view The furniture user‘s freedom of mo-
easily with TIP-ON – a light touch is that is comfortable for the furniture the cabinet interior tion is not limited
all that‘s needed user
High quality down to the smallest detail
The TIP-ON unit can be attached to The TIP-ON unit can also be at- The TIP-ON unit can also be at- The catch plate is the counterpart
the cabinet front edge tached to the cabinet interior using tached to the cabinet interior using to TIP-ON. There are two variants,
horizontal adapter plates cruciform adapter plates self-adhesive, or a version that
screws to the door
Catalogue 2009 182

▶▶ Overview
CLIP top
To drill – standard version 184
To drill – long version 185
Overview – unsprung hinges 186
Overview – angled unsprung hinges 187
Symbol photo

Assembly 189
Adjustment 189
Symbol photo
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Planning
General Information Assembly, removal and adjustment
Opening Angle
TIP-ON for doors
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application
Overlay application for blind corners
Angled application overlay
Chipboard screw fixing
EXPANDO-fixing
Catalogue 2009 183

▶▶ TIP-ON 955. – for drilling – standard version
CLIP top
Product Description Catch plate

- TIP-ON – easy to open with just a light touch
- For overlay doors (up to approx. 1300 mm
height)
- TIP-ON-projection 18 mm
- For use with unsprung Blum hinges
plates
- Incl. glue-on and screw-on catch plates
Cleaning – clean, oil- FA Front overlay

free, dry surface * 3 mm shifted as-
sembly
For drilling
Assembly d.
TIP-ON for doors drilling template
587
Positioning template for catch plate
586
PRO-CENTER 624
Gap
() Screw-on catch
plate
TIP-ON 955.
grey Part no.
Nylon 955.1004
With adapter plate

Adapter plates
188
188
Assembly d.
Template
577
Gap 578
586
PRO-CENTER 624
TIP-ON 955. MINIPRESS PRO 634
grey Part no. MINIPRESS P 642
Nylon 955.1004 MINIPRESS M 650
Catalogue 2009 184

▶▶ TIP-ON 955A – for drilling – long version
CLIP top
Product Description Catch plate
- TIP-ON – easy to open with just a light touch
- For overlay doors (starting at approx.
1300 mm height) and all inset applications
- TIP-ON-projection 38 mm
- For use with unsprung Blum hinges
plates
- Incl. glue-on and screw-on catch plates
- Also for larger doors only 1 pce/door
Cleaning – clean, oil- FA Front overlay

free, dry surface * 3 mm shifted as-
sembly
For drilling
Assembly d.
587
586
PRO-CENTER 624
Gap
() Screw-on catch
plate
TIP-ON 955A
grey Part no.
Nylon 955A1004
With adapter plate

Adapter plates
188
188
Assembly d.
Template
577
Gap 578
586
PRO-CENTER 624
TIP-ON 955A MINIPRESS PRO 634
grey Part no. MINIPRESS P 642
Nylon 955A1004 MINIPRESS M 650
Catalogue 2009 185

▶▶ Overview – unsprung hinges
CLIP top
Hinge Boss
Standard door INSERTA 70T5590BTL 70T5690BTL

Screw-on 70T5550.TL 70T5650.TL
82 Knock-in
Standard door (120° INSERTA 72T5590BTL
special) Screw-on 72T5550.TL
84 Knock-in
Standard door INSERTA 74T1590BTL 74T1690BTL 74T1790BTL
Screw-on 74T1550.TL 74T1650.TL 74T1750.TL
86 Knock-in
Standard door INSERTA
Screw-on 70M2550.TL 70M2650.TL 70M2750.TL
CLIP 88 Knock-in 70M2580.TL 70M2680.TL 70M2780.TL
Standard door INSERTA 70T6540B 70T6640B
Screw-on 70T6550 70T6650
90 Knock-in
Nil protrusion hinge INSERTA 70T7540BTL
Screw-on 70T7500BTL
92 Knock-in
Profile/thick door INSERTA
94 Knock-in
Blind corner INSERTA
Screw-on 78T9550.TL
96 Knock-in
Aluminium frame door INSERTA
Screw-on 70T950A.TL
100 Knock-in
Aluminium frame door INSERTA
Screw-on 72T550A.TL
106 Knock-in
CRISTALLO INSERTA
Screw-on 78C450BT
110 Knock-in
Catalogue 2009 186

▶▶ Overview – unsprung angled hinges
CLIP top
Hinge Boss
+45° I – angled hinge INSERTA

half overlay Screw-on 78A9658.T
118 Knock-in
+45° II – angled hinge INSERTA
overlay Screw-on 78T5550
120 Knock-in
+45° III – angled hinge INSERTA
full overlay Screw-on 78A9458.T
122 Knock-in
overlay Screw-on 78A9556.T
124 Knock-in
126 Knock-in
128 Knock-in
130 Knock-in
±5° angled application INSERTA
132 Knock-in
-15° III – angled hinge full INSERTA
134 Knock-in
-30° III – angled hinge INSERTA
136 Knock-in
-45° III – angled hinge full INSERTA
138 Knock-in
Catalogue 2009 187

CLIP top
Inline adapter plate 20/32

- Material: nylon RAL 7036
platinum grey
- Factory setting 2 mm
door gap
- For standard and long
version
Material Part no.

Nylon 955.1201

platinum grey
door gap
version
Material Part no.

Nylon 955.1501

platinum grey
dowels
door gap
version
Material Part no.

Nylon 955.15E1
Catalogue 2009 188

CLIP top
TIP-ON 955x – for drilling
Assembly Clean, oil-free, dry surface For hard surfaces and/or MDF FA Front overlay
Ø 2.5 mm pre-drilling and counter- * 3 mm shifted assembly
sinking
TIP-ON 955x – with horizontal adapter plate
sinking
TIP-ON 955x – with cruciform adapter plate
sinking
Adjustment Catch plate
Inline adapter plate Cruciform adapter plate Glue-on Screw-on
Catalogue 2009 189

Slide-on hinge system

This economical hinge system provides the ■ Simple and easy slide-on assembly
right solution for many different applications. ■ Simple 3-way adjustment for perfect gap
The system‘s combined slide-on and screw-fix alignment
feature has proven itself over the years.
Simple “slide-on” door to cabinet

assembly
Catalogue 2009 190

▶▶ Overview
▶ MODUL – hinges 192

■ Standard door
■ Profile/thick door
■ Blind corner
■ Refrigerator/appliance
■ Angled hinges
MODUL
Symbol photo
▶▶ Accessories
Mounting plates 206
Cover caps 210
Screw-on 211
Centre bit 211
Door buffer 211
Screwdriver 212
Symbol photo

Assembly and removal 213
Adjustment 213
Symbol photo
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Angled application max. overlay Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories Angled application mitered
General Information Hinge with straight hinge arm
Opening Angle Hinge with cranked hinge arm
Overlay application Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
Dual application Screw-on boss
Inset application EXPANDO-boss
Overlay application for blind corners Knock-in boss
Angled application inset Insertion ram for knock-in boss
Angled application half overlay Cover caps
Angled application overlay Planning
Catalogue 2009 191

Hinge Application Boss Fixing
Standard door
194
Standard door
MODUL
196
Profile/thick door
198
Blind corner
200
Refrigerator
202
Corner cabinet 45°
204
Catalogue 2009 192

Standard door
45° 205 205
MODUL
Number of hinges
2 3 4 5 The number of hinges depends on the door height and weight.
Door height (mm)
To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible.

2000
Indications on weight and height apply to a standard door width of 600 mm.
1000
500
4-6 6-12 12-17 17-22
0 kg
Catalogue 2009 193

▶▶ 100°-hinge

- Slide on hinge arm
MODUL
mounting plate)
Boss Boss Boss



stamped Blum 90M2503.BP Screen print Blum 90M2603.BL Screen print Blum 90M2603.BL

Chipboard screws for hinge boss Overview – MODUL 191
fixing Mounting plates 206
3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 Cover caps 210
3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700 Accessories 211
Catalogue 2009 194

▶▶ 100°-hinge
Planning
MODUL
20 30 38
58
58
58
3-6
3-6 3-6
F
9 11 18.5 1.5 27
F F
7
Drilling distance
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 -4.5-3.5-2.5-1.5-0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 -4 -3 -2 -1
0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6
3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6 3
9 3 4 5 6 9 3 4 5 6 9
+
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
3 0.5 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.3 3.6 In these cases a tri- max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm
Drilling distance 4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.3 2.0 3.3 al is recommended See mounting
5 0.4 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.8 3.0 plates
6 0.4 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.7 2.8

min 10.5 min 10.5 57 3.2
3-6
3-6
9.5
35 35
8
37
45
Catalogue 2009 195

▶▶ 170°-hinge

MODUL
mounting plate)
Steel boss with spring 91A6550 Steel boss with spring 91A6650

Knock-in Knock-in
Steel boss with spring 91A6580 Steel boss with spring 91A6680

plain 80.6507 plain 80.6507
Screen print Blum 80.6507.BL Screen print Blum 80.6507.BL
Warning:
If young children have access to furniture with
wide angle hinges then the 155° opening 0-
protrusion hinges should be used.

Opening angle stop Warning: Warning 661
130° When using MODUL wide angle hinges in Overview – MODUL 191
Nylon black ☎ 70.6103 wardrobes, please make sure that the ward- Mounting plates 206
robe is deep enough (min. 600 mm) so that Cover caps 210
Chipboard screws for hinge boss clothing does not interfere with the hinge link Accessories 211
fixing mechanism. Assembly and adjustment 213
Catalogue 2009 196

▶▶ 170°-hinge
Planning
MODUL
max 65 max 75 max 84
69
69
69
3-8
3-8
3-8
F
8 11 17.5 1.5 F 26.5 F
7.5
Drilling distance
5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 -4.5-1.5-0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 -4.5-3.5-2.5-1.5-0.5
0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0
3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3
9 3 6 7 8 9 3 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7
+
For doors up to 21 mm thick no gap is required. - -
For doors in excess of 22 mm thick a trial is recommended. - + +
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm
See mounting
plates

min 11 min 11 57 2.2
3-8
3-8
9.5
35 35
8
47
45
Catalogue 2009 197


- Hinge for thick doors and doors with profile
MODUL

mounting plate)
Boss Boss Boss


stamped Blum 90M2503.BP

3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 Cover caps 210
3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700 Accessories 211
Catalogue 2009 198

Planning
MODUL
22 31 40
58
58
58
3-7
3-7 3-7
F F
14.5 24 1.5 32.5 F
11 7
Drilling distance
5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 -4.5-2.5-1.5-0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0
0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7
3 3 4 5 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7 3
9 3 5 6 7 9 3 5 6 7 9
+
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32 - + +
3 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.6 3.1 3.8 4.5 5.4 max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm
Drilling distance 4 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.5 2.9 3.5 4.1 4.8 See mounting
5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.4 2.8 3.3 3.8 4.4 plates
6 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2 1.7 2.3 2.7 3.2 3.6 4.1
7 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.4 3.9

min 12 57 3.2
3-7
35
37
Catalogue 2009 199

▶▶ Blind corner hinge

MODUL
mounting plate)
Inset application
Boss
Screw-on Part no.
Steel boss with spring 99M9550
Boss 19 MZM.0019
Knock-in
Steel boss with spring 99M9580
Cover caps
Steel nickel plated
plain 90M2503

Mounting plate Overview – MODUL 191
Spacing 3 mm Part no. Mounting plates 206
Zinc nickel plated 199.8130 Cover caps 210
Accessories 211
Chipboard screws for hinge boss Assembly and adjustment 213
fixing Assembly devices 556
3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700
Catalogue 2009 200

▶▶ Blind corner hinge
Planning
Inset application
MODUL
Fixing position from inside edge of muntin: 14 mm
min 69 Special mounting plate for blind corner application: 199.8130
min 28
F Gap
3-7
23
14
8
33 F
+
17 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
3 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.3 max. ± 3.0 mm ± 2.0 mm ± 0.8 mm
6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2
7 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2

min 12 min 12 57 3.2
3-7
3-7
9.5
35 35
37
8
45
Catalogue 2009 201

▶▶ Refrigerator/appliance hinge

- Shallow hinge arm height
1
- Hinge for refrigerator or appliance doors
MODUL

mounting plate)
Overlay application
Boss
Screw-on Part no.
Zinc boss with spring 91M0500.21
Boss ☎
Knock-in
Zinc boss with spring 91M0530.21
Cover caps
Steel nickel plated
plain 90M2503

3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 Cover caps 210
3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700 Accessories 211
Catalogue 2009 202

▶▶ Refrigerator/appliance hinge
Planning
Overlay application
MODUL
16
57
3-5
F
5 10.5
F Gap
Drilling distance
Front overlay
4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.511.512.513.514.515.5
0 3 4 5
3 3 4 5
9 3 4 5
Mounting plate
+
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 - + +
3 1.1 2.2 3.0 3.8 5.5 In these cases a trial is max. ± 3.0 mm + 0.0 mm ± 2.0 mm
Drilling distance 4 1.1 2.0 2.7 3.5 5.0 recommended See mounting - 4.0 mm
5 1.1 1.8 2.4 3.0 4.6 plates

min 12.5 min 12,5 57 2.5
3-5
3-5
9.5
9.5
35 35
37
8
45
45
Catalogue 2009 203

▶▶ +45° angled hinge

- +45° angled hinge
- For corner cabinets with flush fronts
MODUL

mounting plate)
Screw-on Part no. Overview – MODUL 191 Chipboard screws for hinge boss
Steel boss with spring 99M1550 Mounting plates 206 fixing
Cover caps 210 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500
Boss 20 ☎
MZM.0020 Accessories 211 3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700
Knock-in Assembly and adjustment 213
Steel boss with spring 99M1580 Assembly devices 556 Buffer stop
More technical details 658 self adhesive
Cover caps Nylon 993.704
Steel nickel plated
plain 90M2503
Planning
Important:
Corner unit
30.5
LW
56
5
5
8
1.
37
37
TB = LW - 3.6 mm
6.
1
2.5
13.6
LW Internal width
TB Door width
Catalogue 2009 204

▶▶ +45° angled hinge
Planning
45° 45°
33.5 30.5
64.5
61
MODUL
42
45.5
4
5
5
5.5 2.5
16.6 13.6
Use 3 mm spaced mounting plate Use 0 mm spaced mounting plate
Adjustments
+
- -
- + +
max. ± 3.0 mm ± 1.8 mm ± 2.0 mm
See mounting
plates

min 11.5 min 11.5 57 3.2
3-6
3-6
9.5
35 35
8
37
45
Catalogue 2009 205

Overview
Height adjustment INSERTA Chipboard System EXPANDO
screws screws
Knock-in dowel
without 206
with ± 2 mm 209
MODUL
Cam ± 2 mm
Screws (two-part) ± 2 mm 207 208
Cam ± 2 mm
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Chipboard screw fixing
Accessories System screw fixing
General Information EXPANDO-fixing
Horizontal mounting plate Knock-in dowel fixing
Cruciform mounting plate Knock-in dowel fixing – assembly only

with the insertion ram
INSERTA-fixing

zinc plated
*
screws Ø 3.5 mm
- Recommended screw * Fix with ad-
15
length 17 mm ditional screw if

*
- Non height adjustable used with wide
66
angle hinges
32 29

0 mm 9.2 mm 195.5100

plated
53
32
length 17 mm 58 angle hinges
37
0 mm 8.3 mm 193L6100
3 mm 11.3 mm 193L6130
Catalogue 2009 206


nickel plated
MODUL
44
32
62
length 17 mm .5 angle hinges
0 mm 9.2 mm 195H7100 37
3 mm 12.2 mm 195H7130
9 mm 18.2 mm 195H7190

plated
- With height adjustment 53 * Fix with ad-
5
* used with wide
32
58 angle hinges

0 mm 8.3 mm 193L8100
3 mm 11.3 mm 193L8130

plated
for twin application * Additional
53
- With height adjustment screw required as

± 3 mm 5 standard
58
32

0 mm 8.3 mm 193L8100.21
Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner applications 14/32

nickel plated
min 11.5
- For blind corner applica-
50
tions
28 5
32
± 2 mm
14

3 mm 12.2 mm 199.8130
Catalogue 2009 207


nickel plated
- Fixing with system screws * min 11.5
Ø 6 x 14.5 mm (661.1450)
MODUL
5
44
* used with wide
62
32
Spacing Height Part no. .5 angle hinges
0 mm 9.2 mm 195H9100
3 mm 12.2 mm 195H9130 37
9 mm 18.2 mm 195H9190

plated
- Fixing with pre-mounted min 11.5
- With height adjustment 53 * Fix with ad-
± 3 mm 5 ditional screw if
used with wide
32
58 * angle hinges
28
0 mm 8.3 mm 193L8300.22

plated
special dowels
53
5
* used with wide

32
58 angle hinges

0 mm 8.3 mm 194E6100.ED
3 mm 11.3 mm 194E6130.ED

plated
dowels, for twin applica- * Additional
53
tion screw required as

- With height adjustment 5 standard
± 2 mm 58
32
37
0 mm 8.3 mm 194E610Z
Catalogue 2009 208


nickel plated
- Knock-in assembly with min 11.5
pre-fixed dowels
19
MODUL
± 2 mm
10
57.
5
Assembly with insertion ram only 32 20
50 MZM.0050
0 mm 9.2 mm 197M6100
Catalogue 2009 209

▶▶ Accessories – cover caps
Hinge applications Straight hinge arm Cranked hinge arm
Double cranked arm
100°
MODUL

90M2503 90M2503.BP 90M2603 90M2603.BL
Profile/thick door
Steel Steel Steel

plain stamped plain
90M2503 90M2503.BP 94M3603
170°

plain Screen print plain Screen print
80.6507 80.6507.BL 80.6507 80.6507.BL
Blind corner
Refrigerator
+45° angled hinge
Steel Steel
plain stamped
90M2503 90M2503.BP
Cover caps: can be printed with customer logo – minimums from 1000 pcs
Catalogue 2009 210

▶▶ Accessories

Ø7
- Ø 3.5 mm 15 mm 609.1500
X 17 mm 609.1700
MODUL
Ø3.5

Ø8
- Ø 6 mm 10 mm 661.1000.HG
13 mm 661.1300.HG
X
14.5 mm 661.1450.HG
Ø6 20 mm 661.2000.HG
Centre bit
- Hardened Part no.

natural 993.710
8 mm Ø door buffer
- Two-part
Catalogue 2009 211

▶▶ Accessories
MODUL
Slotted screwdriver
Catalogue 2009 212

MODUL
Assembly Removal
Adjustment
Height adjustment Side adjustment Depth adjustment
Catalogue 2009 213

TANDEMBOX – pull-out system
A drawer system with endless possibilities

TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION provides all Advantages at a glance:
of the options needed to build beautiful and ■ Unsurpassed running action using the ■ Full extension for a complete overview and
functional furniture. Using just one system, TANDEM runner principle unhindered access
you can create solutions for countless applica- ■ SERVO-DRIVE for comfortable opening ■ Simple assembly, easy setup
tions. ■ Silent and effortless closing thanks to the ■ Excellent durability
integrated BLUMOTION
TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION SERVO-DRIVE ORGA-LINE

– basic elements The new electrical opening support The ORGA-LINE programme
Using the wide-ranging programme system for TANDEMBOX plus provides an adjustable inner
of TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION, BLUMOTION. Even with no hands, dividing system that just screams
you can perfectly equip all 5 kitchen drawers and pull-outs open simply intelligence, quality and beauty – for
zones. The system enhances over- and easily standard drawers and high fronted
all design and adds value wherever pull-outs
it is used
Catalogue 2009 214

Overview
▶ Basic elements 216

■ Drawer
■ Inner drawer
■ High fronted pull-out
■ Inner pull-out
■ SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
■ Sink cabinet
Symbol photo ■ Larder unit
▶ SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX 276

■ Standard cabinet – ■ Cabinet with pull-out element –
Horizontal and vertical cross members Attachment bracket upper
TANDEMBOX
■ Larder unit
■ Waste bin pull-out
■ Sink cabinet
■ Cabinet with pull-out element –
Symbol photo Bracket profile horizontal
▶ ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 318

■ Provisions ■ Waste bin pull-out/cleaning agents ■ Bottles/provisions
■ Cutlery ■ Kitchen utensils/knives/ ■ Cooking utensils
■ Odds and ends small electric appliances ■ Pots/lids/pans/cooking utensils
■ Crockery ■ Open provisions ■ Baking ingredients
■ Plastic containers ■ Spices ■ Baking trays/baking tins
■ Cleaning utensils ■ Bottles
Symbol photo ■ Cleaning materials ■ Bottles/cutting boards
Catalogue 2009 215

▶ Basic elements
Beautiful design – inside and out

The numerous materials, colours, heights and
variants of TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION
ensure that you will have the greatest flexibility
when realising the dreams and ideas of your
customers. It also ensures product differentia-
tion for manufacturers.
TANDEMBOX
W/G WA/G EV/G IG/G

Steel white Steel metallic grey (RAL 9006) Aluminium (Alu) Stainless steel (Inox)
In addition, TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION has also won many international awards for design quality
Catalogue 2009 216

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Overview

■ Drawer
■ Inner drawer
■ Inner pull-out
■ SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
■ Sink cabinet
▶▶ Accessories
Steel back 264 Screwdriver 268
Side stabilisation 265
TANDEMBOX
Front stabilisation 265
METAFILE 266
Screw-on 267
Centre bit 267
Symbol photo Door buffer 267

Cabinet profile fixing positions 269 Handle and latch 273
Drawer/High fronted pull-out 270 Sink cabinet 274
Adjustment 271 SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION 274
Double-wall BOXSIDE 271
Glass-BOXSIDE 271
Inner drawer/inner pull-out 272
Symbol photo Locking piece – Z31A0008 273
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Double gallery
General Information Double-wall BOXSIDE
Accessories Glass-BOXSIDE
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMO- Installation height and/or min. space

TION requirement in cabinet
Sink cabinet Height of Drawer Side
Larder unit with door Dynamic carrying capacity in kg
Drawer Planning
Inner drawer Cutting
High fronted pull-out Assembly
Inner pull-out Assembly, removal and adjustment
Gallery
Catalogue 2009 217

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Overview – basic elements
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Basic element 81.5
220
TANDEMBOX
96.5
105
222 224
128.5
134
226 228
High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
Basic element
160
160
Gallery
230 232
192
192
Gallery
234 236
224
224
Double gallery
238 240
224
224
Double-wall BOX-
SIDE – Z37H
242 244
224
224
Glass-BOXSIDE
– Z36H000G.02
246 248
Catalogue 2009 218

▶ Basic elements
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Drawer without corner post
Basic element
101.5
250
High fronted pull-out without corner post
TANDEMBOX
Basic element
227.5
Double-wall BOX-
SIDE – Z37H
254
Sink cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Basic element
96.5
96.5
258 224
High fronted pull-out
Basic element
224
Double-wall BOX-
SIDE – Z37H
260
224
Double-wall BOX-
SIDE – Z37H
242
Cabinet width 400 - 600 mm
Larder unit
262
Catalogue 2009 219

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Drawer – N
Product Description Space requirement

- Concealed, guided, full extension
- TANDEM inside – unparalleled running ac-
tion for the lifetime of the furniture
- Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey
(WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and
stainless steel (IG/G, inox)
- Dyn. load bearing 30 kg
- Tool free front assembly
- 2-dimensional front adjustment
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent
and effortless controlled closing action
TANDEMBOX
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet profiles left/right 2 Drawer sides and cover caps
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox)
400 mm 558.4001B01 358N4002S 358N4002A 358N4002I
450 mm 558.4501B01 358N4502S 358N4502A 358N4502I
500 mm 558.5001B 358N5002S 358N5002A 358N5002I
550 mm 558.5501B 358N5502S 358N5502A 358N5502I
Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo – minimums from 1000 pcs
3 Back fixing left/right

white, met. grey, nickel Z30N000S.04
Steel back 264
3
2
4 Front fixing brackets
INSERTA-version 2x ZSF.3902
Screw-on version 2x ZSF.3502
Knock-in version 2x ZSF.3602 2
1
4
Catalogue 2009 220

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Drawer – N
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Installation dimensions for Drilling dimensions for INSERTA Back installation dimensions
screw-on front and knock-in front
FA Front overlay
+ 0.2
Ø 10 – 0.1
9
TANDEMBOX
min 48.5
22
38
32.5 32
78.5
min
12
min 33
37.5
Cabinet profile screw positions Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

Nominal length NL (mm)
400 Back
B B
69 mm
450 LW - 87 mm A
LW
KB
500 Base
Chipboard back
550 A NL - 24 mm KB Cabinet width
32 96 9 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
32 32 192 37 NL - 22 mm NL Nominal length
288 LW - 75 mm
96 320
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Cabinet profile fixing positions 269
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION
– basic elements 216
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
276
Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 221

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Drawer – M

- Dyn. load bearing 30, 50 and 65 kg
TANDEMBOX
NL Nominal length
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox)
270 mm 558.2701B 358M2702S 358M2702A 358M2702I
300 mm 558.3001B 358M3002S 358M3002A 358M3002I
350 mm 558.3501B01 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I
400 mm 558.4001B01 358M4002S 358M4002A 358M4002I
450 mm 558.4501B01 559.4501B 556.4501B 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I
500 mm 558.5001B 559.5001B 556.5001B 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I
550 mm 558.5501B 559.5501B 556.5501B 358M5502S 358M5502A 358M5502I
600 mm 559.6001B 556.6001B 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I
650 mm 559.6501B 556.6501B 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I

white, met. grey, nickel Z30M000S.04
Steel back 264
3
2
Knock-in version 2x ZSF.3602
2
4 1
Catalogue 2009 222

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Drawer – M
Planning
FA Front overlay
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1 9
20
min 63.5
TANDEMBOX
min 47.5 32
93.5
32
12
min 33
37.5

270 Back
B B
84 mm
300 LW - 87 mm A
LW
KB
350 Base
Chipboard back
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
450 * NL - 22 mm NL Nominal length
32 96 9 LW - 75 mm
500
550
96
600
650
32 32 32 192 37
3232 320
32 480

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION ORGA-LINE-application – kitchen utensils/kni-
– basic elements 216 ves/small electric appliances 328
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE-application – cooking utensils
276 330
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories
318 332
ORGA-LINE-application – cutlery Accessories 265
322 Assembly and adjustment 270
ORGA-LINE-application – odds & ends Assembly devices 556
324 More technical details 658
Catalogue 2009 223

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner drawer – M

TANDEMBOX
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle * With handle ZIF.7005

and latch NL Nominal length
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox)
270 mm 558.2701B 358M2702S 358M2702A 358M2702I
300 mm 558.3001B 358M3002S 358M3002A 358M3002I
350 mm 558.3501B01 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I
400 mm 558.4001B01 358M4002S 358M4002A 358M4002I
450 mm 558.4501B01 559.4501B 556.4501B 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I
500 mm 558.5001B 559.5001B 556.5001B 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I
550 mm 558.5501B 559.5501B 556.5501B 358M5502S 358M5502A 358M5502I
600 mm 559.6001B 556.6001B 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I
650 mm 559.6501B 556.6501B 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I

Steel back 264
4 Front fixing left/right

RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.70M0
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008 3
5 Front section
white, met. grey, alu, nickel Z31A1081A
For cutting to size, 1081 mm 2
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm 4
6a Handle (optional)
RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.7005 1
Nylon
5
4
Alternative to 6a
6a
6b Handle and latch (optional)
RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.7007 6b
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 224

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner drawer – M
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling distance for latch Back installation dimensions
* With ZIF.7005 can be used with

heights 72 mm and higher
20
TANDEMBOX
32

270 Back
B B
84 mm
300 LW - 87 mm A
LW
KB
350 Base
Chipboard back
450 * NL - 22 mm NL Nominal length
32 96 9 LW - 75 mm
500
550
96
600
650
32 32 32 192 37
3232 320
32 480

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION ORGA-LINE-application – cleaning utensils Assembly devices 556
– basic elements 216 326 More technical details 658
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE-application – kitchen utensils/kni-
276 ves/small electric appliances 328
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE-application – cooking utensils
318 330
ORGA-LINE-application – cutlery ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories
322 332
ORGA-LINE-application – odds & ends Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 225

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Drawer – K

(WA/G, RAL 9006)
TANDEMBOX
NL Nominal length
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg W/G WA/G
400 mm 558.4001B01 358K4002S
450 mm 558.4501B01 559.4501B 556.4501B 358K4502S
500 mm 558.5001B 559.5001B 556.5001B 358K5002S
550 mm 558.5501B 559.5501B 556.5501B 358K5502S
600 mm 559.6001B 556.6001B 359K6002S
650 mm 559.6501B 556.6501B 359K6502S

white, met. grey Z30K000S
Steel back 264 3
2
Knock-in version 2x ZSF.3602 2
1
4
Catalogue 2009 226

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Drawer – K
Planning
FA Front overlay
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1 9
32 22
32
min 95.5
TANDEMBOX
125.5
min 47.5 32
32
12
min 33
37.5

400 Back
B B
116 mm
450 * LW - 87 mm A
LW
32 96 9
KB
500 Base
Chipboard back
96 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
600 NL - 22 mm NL Nominal length
LW - 75 mm
650
32 32 32 192 37
3232 320
32 480

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION ORGA-LINE-application – kitchen utensils/kni-
– basic elements 216 ves/small electric appliances 328
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE-application – cooking utensils
276 330
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories
318 332
Catalogue 2009 227

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner drawer – K

- Steel drawer side white (W/G) and steel grey
(WA/G, RAL 9006)
- Inner drawers either with handle or handle
TANDEMBOX
and latch NL Nominal length
left/right
Nominal
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg W/G WA/G
400 mm 558.4001B01 358K4002S
450 mm 558.4501B01 559.4501B 556.4501B 358K4502S
500 mm 558.5001B 559.5001B 556.5001B 358K5002S
550 mm 558.5501B 559.5501B 556.5501B 358K5502S
600 mm 559.6001B 556.6001B 359K6002S
650 mm 559.6501B 556.6501B 359K6502S

white, met. grey Z30K000S
Steel back 264

RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.70K0
3
Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
2
5 Front section
For cutting to size, 1081 mm
6a Handle (optional)
5
RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.7005
1
Nylon
4 4
Alternative to 6a
6b Handle and latch (optional)
6a
Nylon 6b
Catalogue 2009 228

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner drawer – K
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling distance for latch Back installation dimensions
32 22
min 101
TANDEMBOX
125.5
32
min 33
37.5

400 Back
B B
116 mm
450 * LW - 87 mm A
LW
32 96 9
KB
500 Base
Chipboard back
LW - 75 mm
650
32 32 32 192 37
3232 320
32 480

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION ORGA-LINE-application – cleaning utensils Assembly devices 556
– basic elements 216 326 More technical details 658
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE-application – kitchen utensils/kni-
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE-application – cooking utensils
318 330
ORGA-LINE-application – cutlery ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories
322 332
ORGA-LINE-application – odds & ends Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 229

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ High fronted pull-out – gallery – B

- With simple gallery
TANDEMBOX
and effortless controlled closing action NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet profiles left/right 2 Drawer sides and cover caps 8 Longside
left/right gallery rail
left/right
Nominal Nominal white, m. grey,
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) length NL alu, chrome
350 mm 558.3501B01 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I 350 mm ZRG.296V.IC
450 mm 558.4501B01 559.4501B 556.4501B 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I 450 mm ZRG.396V.IC
500 mm 558.5001B 559.5001B 556.5001B 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I 500 mm ZRG.446V.IC
600 mm 559.6001B 556.6001B 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I 600 mm ZRG.546V.IC
3 Back and gallery fixing left/right

white, met. grey, nickel Z30B000S.04
Steel back 264

2
4
8 1
Catalogue 2009 230

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ High fronted pull-out – gallery – B
Planning
FA Front overlay
+ 0.2
Ø 10 – 0.1
9
39
min 127
64
+ 0.2
Ø 10 – 0.1
32
TANDEMBOX
min 47.5 32
93.5
32
12
min 33
37.5

350 Back
B B
135 mm
400 LW - 87 mm A
LW
KB
450 * Base
32 96 9 Chipboard back
96 LW - 75 mm
600
650
32 32 32 192 37
3232 320
32 480

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
276
ORGA-LINE-accessories
349
Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 231

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner pull-out – gallery – B

TANDEMBOX

- Inner pull-out
left/right

white, met. grey, nickel Z30B000S.04
Steel back 264
3

RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.72B0
2
5 Front section
2
8 1
4 4
Catalogue 2009 232

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner pull-out – gallery – B
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Back installation dimensions
9
39
min 127
32
TANDEMBOX
93.5
32
min 33
37.5

350 Back
B B
135 mm
400 LW - 87 mm A
LW
KB
450 * Base
96 LW - 75 mm
600
650
32 32 32 192 37
3232 320
32 480

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
276
349
Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 233

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ High fronted pull-out – gallery – C

(WA/G, RAL 9006)
TANDEMBOX
NL Nominal length
left/right
Nominal Nominal white, met.
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg W/G WA/G length NL grey
400 mm 558.4001B01 358K4002S 400 mm ZRG.346V.IC
450 mm 558.4501B01 559.4501B 556.4501B 358K4502S 450 mm ZRG.396V.IC
500 mm 558.5001B 559.5001B 556.5001B 358K5002S 500 mm ZRG.446V.IC
600 mm 559.6001B 556.6001B 359K6002S 600 mm ZRG.546V.IC
650 mm 559.6501B 556.6501B 359K6502S 650 mm ZRG.596V.IC

white, met. grey Z30C000S
Steel back 264
3

8
4
2 1
Catalogue 2009 234

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
Planning
FA Front overlay
Ø 10 +– 0.2 9
0.1
39
Ø 10 +– 0.2
64
0.1
min 159
32
32
TANDEMBOX
32
125.5
min 47.5 32
32
12
min 33
37.5

400 Back
B B
167 mm
450 * LW - 87 mm A
LW
32 96 9
KB
500 Base
Chipboard back
LW - 75 mm
650
32 32 32 192 37
3232 320
32 480

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
276
349
Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 235

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner pull-out – gallery – C

(WA/G, RAL 9006)
TANDEMBOX
- Inner pull-out with handle NL Nominal length
left/right
Nominal Nominal white, met.
length NL 30 kg 50 kg 65 kg W/G WA/G length NL grey
400 mm 558.4001B01 358K4002S 400 mm ZRG.346V.IC
450 mm 558.4501B01 559.4501B 556.4501B 358K4502S 450 mm ZRG.396V.IC
600 mm 559.6001B 556.6001B 359K6002S 600 mm ZRG.546V.IC
650 mm 559.6501B 556.6501B 359K6502S 650 mm ZRG.596V.IC

white, met. grey Z30C000S
Steel back 264

RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.72C0
3
5 Front section
white, met. grey Z31A1081A 2
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW - 87 mm
6 Handle 7 2
Starting with cabinet width 900 mm we recommend 2 handles
8
5
1
7 Cross gallery 6
white, met. grey ZRG.1094U
For cutting to size, 1094 mm 4 4
Catalogue 2009 236

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner pull-out – gallery – C
Planning
9
39
min 159
32
TANDEMBOX
32
125.5
32
min 33
37.5

400 Back
B B
167 mm
450 * LW - 87 mm A
LW
32 96 9
KB
500 Base
Chipboard back
LW - 75 mm
650
32 32 32 192 37
3232 320
32 480

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
276
349
Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 237

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ High fronted pull-out – double gallery – D

- With double gallery
TANDEMBOX
left/right
350 mm 558.3501B01 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I 350 mm 2x ZRG.296V.IC
450 mm 558.4501B01 559.4501B 556.4501B 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I 450 mm 2x ZRG.396V.IC
500 mm 558.5001B 559.5001B 556.5001B 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I 500 mm 2x ZRG.446V.IC
600 mm 559.6001B 556.6001B 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I 600 mm 2x ZRG.546V.IC

white, met. grey, nickel Z30D000S
Steel back 264
3

4
1
8
4 2
Catalogue 2009 238

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ High fronted pull-out – double gallery – D
Planning
FA Front overlay
9
+ 0.2
Ø 10 – 0.1
32 8
64
64
min 191
64
+ 0.2
TANDEMBOX
Ø 10 – 0.1
32
min 47.5 32
32
93.5
12
min 33
37.5

350 Back
B B
199 mm
400 LW - 87 mm A
LW
KB
450 * Base
96 LW - 75 mm
600
650
32 32 32 192 37
3232 320
32 480

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
276
349
Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 239

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner pull-out – double gallery – D

- With double gallery
TANDEMBOX

- Inner pull-out with handle
left/right
450 mm 558.4501B01 559.4501B 556.4501B 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I 450 mm 2x ZRG.396V.IC

Steel back 264

RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.73D0
3
5 Front section
6 Handle
7 2
5
8 1
7 Cross gallery 6
white, met. grey, alu, nickel ZRG.1094U
2
4 4
Catalogue 2009 240

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner pull-out – double gallery – D
Planning
9
32 8
64
min 191
TANDEMBOX
32
32
93.5
min 33
37.5

350 Back
B B
199 mm
400 LW - 87 mm A
LW
KB
450 * Base
96 LW - 75 mm
600
650
32 32 32 192 37
3232 320
32 480

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
276
349
Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 241

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ High fronted pull-out – BOXSIDE – D

- With double walled BOXSIDE
TANDEMBOX
left/right
9 Double-wall BOXSIDE left/right
Nominal
length NL W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) 3
450 mm Z37H418S.E Z37H418A.E Z37H418I.E
500 mm Z37H468S.E Z37H468A.E Z37H468I.E
550 mm Z37H518S.E Z37H518A.E Z37H518I.E
600 mm Z37H568S.E Z37H568A.E Z37H568I.E
650 mm Z37H618S.E Z37H618A.E Z37H618I.E
3 Back and gallery fixing left/right 9

2
Steel back 264
4 8
4 Front fixing brackets 1
Screw-on version 2x ZSF.3502 4
2
Catalogue 2009 242

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ High fronted pull-out – BOXSIDE – D
Planning
FA Front overlay
9
+ 0.2
Ø 10
32 8
– 0.1
128
64
min 191
+ 0.2
TANDEMBOX
Ø 10 – 0.1
32
min 47.5 32
32
93.5
12
min 33
37.5

450 Back
B B
199 mm
500 LW - 87 mm A
LW
KB
550 Base
Chipboard back
LW - 75 mm

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION ORGA-LINE-application – plastic containers ORGA-LINE-application – bottles/cutting boards
– basic elements 216 338 344
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE application – waste bin pull-out/ ORGA-LINE-application – bottles/provisions
276 cleaning agents 340 345
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE-application – open provisions ORGA-LINE-application – pots/lids/pans/coo-
318 341 king utensils 346
ORGA-LINE-application – provisions ORGA-LINE-application – spices Accessories 265
336 342 Assembly and adjustment 270
ORGA-LINE-application – crockery ORGA-LINE-application – bottles Assembly devices 556
337 343 More technical details 658
Catalogue 2009 243

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner pull-out – BOXSIDE – D

- With double walled BOXSIDE
TANDEMBOX

left/right
9 Double-wall BOXSIDE left/right 7 Cross gallery

white, met. grey, alu, nickel ZRG.1094U
Nominal Cutting Internal cabinet width LW - 68 mm
length NL W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox)
450 mm Z37H418S.E Z37H418A.E Z37H418I.E
500 mm Z37H468S.E Z37H468A.E Z37H468I.E
550 mm Z37H518S.E Z37H518A.E Z37H518I.E
600 mm Z37H568S.E Z37H568A.E Z37H568I.E 3
650 mm Z37H618S.E Z37H618A.E Z37H618I.E

Steel back 264
9
RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.73D0 7 2
8
5 Front section 5
1
6
4 4
6 Handle
Catalogue 2009 244

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner pull-out – BOXSIDE – D
Planning
9
32 8
64
min 191
TANDEMBOX
32
32
93.5
min 33
37.5

450 Back
B B
199 mm
500 LW - 87 mm A
LW
KB
550 Base
Chipboard back
LW - 75 mm

* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION ORGA-LINE-application – plastic containers ORGA-LINE-application – baking ingredients
– basic elements 216 338 347
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE-application – open provisions Accessories 265
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE-application – spices Assembly devices 556
ORGA-LINE-application – provisions ORGA-LINE-application – bottles
336 343
ORGA-LINE-application – crockery ORGA-LINE-application – pots/lids/pans/coo-
337 king utensils 346
Catalogue 2009 245

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ High fronted pull-out – glass BOXSIDE – D

- With glass BOXSIDE
TANDEMBOX
left/right
9 Adapter piece left/right

RAL 7037 dust grey Z36H000G.02
Nylon 8 3
Glass: not part of pack – glass NOT supplied by Blum

Steel back 264

INSERTA-version 2x ZSF.3902 9
2
4
4
9 4
Catalogue 2009 246

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ High fronted pull-out – glass BOXSIDE – D
Planning
FA Front overlay
9
+ 0.2
Ø 10
32 8
– 0.1
128
64
min 191
+ 0.2
TANDEMBOX
Ø 10 – 0.1
32
min 47.5 32
32
93.5
12
min 33
37.5

350 Back
B B
199 mm
400 LW - 87 mm A
LW
KB
450 * Base
96 LW - 75 mm
600
650 Cutting dimensions for 4 mm ESG glass

32 32 32 192 37 The thermal treatment
3232 320 requires that all edges be
32 480 formed.
Approx. 0.7 mm x 45°
98 –+10
+0 We recommend “ESG glass”

–1
40 (safety glass) and refer to
NL-
4 + 0. the national and international
–05
.5 safety standards.
* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
276
349
Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 247

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner pull-out – glass BOXSIDE – D

- With glass BOXSIDE
TANDEMBOX

left/right
9 Adapter piece left/right 7 Cross gallery

RAL 7037 dust grey Z36H000G.02 white, met. grey, alu, nickel ZRG.1094U
Nylon For cutting to size, 1094 mm
Glass: not part of pack – glass NOT supplied by Blum Cutting Internal cabinet width LW - 68 mm

Steel back 264 4 3

RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.73D0
5 Front section
8 9
2
6
6 Handle
RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.7008 1
5 2
4
Catalogue 2009 248

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Inner pull-out – glass BOXSIDE – D
Planning
9
32 8
64
min 191
TANDEMBOX
32
32
93.5
min 33
37.5

350 Back
B B
199 mm
400 LW - 87 mm A
LW
KB
450 * Base
96 LW - 75 mm
600

32 32 32 192 37 The thermal treatment
3232 320 requires that all edges be
32 480 formed.
98 –+10
+0 We recommend “ESG glass”

–1
40 (safety glass) and refer to
NL-
4 + 0. the national and international
–05
.5 safety standards.
* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg)
Page instructions
276
349
Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 249

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ SPACE CORNER – drawer – M

- Inspiring opening and closing function with
SYNCROMOTION
- Use of standard fronts
- Dyn. load bearing 50 and 65 kg
TANDEMBOX

left/right
Nominal
length NL 50 kg 65 kg W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox)
600 mm 559.6001B 556.6001B 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I
650 mm 559.6501B 556.6501B 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I
Catalogue 2009 250

▶ Basic elements
3 Corner back fixing left/right 4 SYNCROMOTION-set
Steel
RAL 7037 dust grey Z33M00E0A6
Composed of:
4a Syncro front bracket

RAL 7037 dust grey 1x -
TANDEMBOX
4b Corner front piece left/right
4c Front fixing Syncro

2x -
4d Front fixing roll left/right

1x -
4e Trigger left/right
1x -
4f Gap template 4 mm
orange 1x -
4g BLUMOTION
4h Countersunk screw M5 x 25
2x -
4i Nylon screw 4.8 x 30

3x -
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION Accessories 265
– basic elements 216 Planning 252
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Assembly and adjustment 270
318 Assembly devices 556
ORGA-LINE-application – cutlery More technical details 658
322
ORGA-LINE-application – odds & ends
324
ORGA-LINE-application – kitchen utensils/kni-
ves/small electric appliances 328
Catalogue 2009 251

▶ Basic elements
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling distance right Front drilling distance left Back installation dimensions
FA Front overlay FH Front height
9
9
TANDEMBOX
32 20
Cutting dimensions for front
FB = PM - PtA - SL - PD - FD - (2.828 - (FR x 0.586)) LW Inner cabinet width

LW = (PM - PtA - DistD) x 1.414 PM Installation dimension
PtA Connection cabinet installation depth
FB Front width
FS Front thickness
SL Side gap
PD Stop bumper thickness
Cabinet profile screw positions FR Front radius
Nominal length NL (mm) DistD Cabinet connection distance
600
We recommend planning with DYNALOG.
650
32 96 9
32 64 50 32
32 128 224 108
32 480

Catalogue 2009 252

▶ Basic elements
Planning
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
PM Installation dimension
L Drawer base drawer side length
B Drawer base width
Y Drawer back width
TANDEMBOX
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION Accessories 265
– basic elements 216 Assembly and adjustment 270
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Assembly devices 556
ORGA-LINE-application – cutlery
322
ORGA-LINE-application – odds & ends
324
ORGA-LINE-application – kitchen utensils/kni-
ves/small electric appliances 328
Catalogue 2009 253

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ SPACE CORNER – high fronted pull-out – BOXSIDE – D

- Inspiring opening and closing function with
SYNCROMOTION
- Use of standard fronts
- Dyn. load bearing 50 and 65 kg
TANDEMBOX

left/right
length NL 50 kg 65 kg W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) length NL alu, chrome
Catalogue 2009 254

▶ Basic elements
9 Double-wall BOXSIDE left/right 4 SYNCROMOTION-set
Nominal RAL 7037 dust grey Z33D00E0A6

length NL W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox)
600 mm Z37H568S.E Z37H568A.E Z37H568I.E Composed of:
650 mm Z37H618S.E Z37H618A.E Z37H618I.E
4a Syncro front bracket
3 Corner back and gallery fixing left/right RAL 7037 dust grey 1x -
white, met. grey, nickel Z30D000S.45
Steel
TANDEMBOX
4b Corner front piece left/right
4c Front fixing Syncro

2x -
4d Front fixing roll left/right

1x -
4e Trigger left/right
1x -
4f Gap template 4 mm
orange 1x -
4g BLUMOTION
4h Countersunk screw M5 x 25
2x -
4i Nylon screw 4.8 x 30

3x -
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION ORGA-LINE-application – open provisions
– basic elements 216 341
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Accessories 265
318 Planning 256
ORGA-LINE-application – provisions Assembly and adjustment 270
336 Assembly devices 556
ORGA-LINE-application – crockery More technical details 658
337
ORGA-LINE-application – plastic containers
338
Catalogue 2009 255

▶ Basic elements
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling distance right Front drilling distance left Back installation dimensions
FA Front overlay FH Front height

9
32 8
min 194.5
64
TANDEMBOX
32
32
93.5
min 33
37.5
Cutting dimensions for front
FB = PM - PtA - SL - PD - FD - (2.828 - (FR x 0.586)) LW Inner cabinet width

LW = (PM - PtA - DistD) x 1.414 PM Installation dimension
FB Front width
FS Front thickness
SL Side gap
PD Stop bumper thickness
Cabinet profile screw positions FR Front radius
Nominal length NL (mm) DistD Cabinet connection distance
600
650
32 96 9
32 64 50 32
32 128 224 108
32 480

Catalogue 2009 256

▶ Basic elements
Planning
NL Nominal length
PM Installation dimension
L Drawer base drawer side length
B Drawer base width
Y Drawer back width
TANDEMBOX
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION ORGA-LINE-application – open provisions
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Accessories 265
ORGA-LINE-application – provisions Assembly devices 556
ORGA-LINE-application – crockery
337
ORGA-LINE-application – plastic containers
338
Catalogue 2009 257

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Sink cabinet – drawer – M

(WA/G, RAL 9006) and stainless steel (IG/G,
inox)
96.5
- Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent +3
NL
TANDEMBOX
NL Nominal length
left/right
Nominal Nominal
length NL 30
Steel
kg length NL W/G WA/G IG/G (Inox)
450 mm 558.4501B01 450 mm 2x 358M4502S 358M4502I
500 mm 558.5001B 500 mm 2x 358M5002S 358M5002I
550 mm 558.5501B 550 mm 2x 358M5502S 358M5502I
600 mm 559.6001B 600 mm 2x 359M6002S 359M6002I
650 mm 559.6501B 650 mm 2x 359M6502S 359M6502I

white, met. grey, nickel 2 x Z30M000S.04
Steel 3
2 1

2
Catalogue 2009 258

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Sink cabinet – drawer – M
Planning
FA Front overlay
+ 0.2 + 0.2 9
Ø 10 – 0.1 Ø 10 – 0.1
20
min 63.5
TANDEMBOX
min 47.5 32
93.5
32
+ 0.2 + 0.2
Ø 10 – 0.1 Ø 10 – 0.1
Y + 44 12
min 33
37.5
Cabinet profile screw positions

450
500
550
600
650
Back
84 mm
Base
Chipboard back
NL - 24 mm KB Cabinet width
NL Nominal length
SPW Internal width between
sink drawer sides
We recommend planning
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm with DYNALOG.
* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg) Y min. = 48 mm
Cabinet profile fixing positions 269 Y max. = 127 mm
Page instructions
276
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
318
Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 259

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Sink cabinet – high fronted pull-out – BOXSIDE – D

(WA/G, RAL 9006) and stainless steel (IG/G,
inox)
224
- With sink drawer side and divider for optimal
storage space utilisation
+3
- 3-dimensional front adjustment NL
TANDEMBOX
1 Cabinet profiles left/right 2 Drawer sides and cover caps 11 Sink drawer side
left/right left/right
Nominal
length NL 30
Steel
kg W/G WA/G IG/G (Inox) W/G WA/G IG/G (Inox)
450 mm 558.4501B01 358M4502S 358M4502I 358M4504SG 358M4504IG
500 mm 558.5001B 358M5002S 358M5002I 358M5004SG 358M5004IG
550 mm 558.5501B 358M5502S 358M5502I 358M5504SG 358M5504IG
600 mm 559.6001B 359M6002S 359M6002I 358M6004SG 358M6004IG
650 mm 559.6501B 359M6502S 359M6502I 358M6504SG 358M6504IG
9 Double-wall BOXSIDE left/right 8 Longside gallery rail left/right

length NL W/G WA/G IG/G (Inox) length NL alu, chrome
450 mm 2x Z37H418S.E Z37H418I.E 450 mm 2x ZRG.396V.IC

white, met. grey, nickel 2x Z30D000S 8
2 1 3
Steel
4 Front fixing brackets 9

Screw-on version 2x ZSF.3502 11
12
2 13
white, met. grey, nickel Z30N000S.04 4
Steel
13 Adapter left/right
RAL 7037 dust grey Z30N0002.6Z
4
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 260

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Sink cabinet – high fronted pull-out – BOXSIDE – D
Planning
FA Front overlay
9
+ 0.2 + 0.2
Ø 10 – 0.1 Ø 10 – 0.1
32 8
128
64
min 191
TANDEMBOX
+ 0.2
Ø 10
32
– 0.1
min 47.5 32
32
93.5
+ 0.2
Ø 10 – 0.1
Y + 44 12
min 33
37.5
Cabinet profile screw positions Divider dimensions

450 9
22
500
38
53
550
600
650
Back
B1 B2 199 mm
Y1 -12 Y2 -12
Y1 Y2
A Base
Chipboard back
SPW + 63 NL - 24 mm KB Cabinet width
140
NL Nominal length
LW - 75 SPW Internal width between
C sink drawer sides
Divider
SPW - 86 53 mm We recommend planning
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm with DYNALOG.
* Only for 558.4501B (30 kg) Y min. = 48 mm
Cabinet profile fixing positions 269 Y max. = 225 mm
Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION Assembly devices 556
– basic elements 216 More technical details 658
276
318
ORGA-LINE-application – cleaning utensils
(dishes) 339
Accessories 265
Catalogue 2009 261

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Larder unit with door
Product Description
- The larder unit is equipped with inner draw-
ers, and with shelves in the upper section
- Enough space and plenty of stability, even
for large and bulky items
- ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for
pull-outs puts everything in order and allows
easy access
- Up to 55 % more storage space through the
use of higher back and side walls
- Allows access from all sides
TANDEMBOX
Basic element
Inner pull-out
Application recommendation
Inner pull-out 240 244 248
Provisions 336
Door
CLIP top-0-protrusion hinge

92
Recommended cabinet widths: 450 - 600 mm

Page instructions
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION BLUMOTION for doors
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX Accessories 265
ORGA-LINE-application – provisions
336
92
Catalogue 2009 262

▶ Basic elements
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling dimensions All dimensions are aligned with the 32 mm system.
TANDEMBOX
Page instructions
Number of Hinges 666
1st system drilling used for cabinet base 16 mm and bottom gap = 0 mm.
Catalogue 2009 263

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories – steel back
N drawer back M drawer back
Part no. Part no.

white, met. grey, nickel ☎ Z30NxxxS.6 white, met. grey, nickel ☎ Z30MxxxS.6
K drawer back B drawer back

TANDEMBOX
Part no. Part no.

white, met. grey ☎ Z30KxxxS.6 white, met. grey, nickel ☎ Z30BxxxS.6
C drawer back D drawer back
Part no. Part no.

white, met. grey ☎ Z30CxxxS.6 white, met. grey, nickel ☎ Z30DxxxS.6
Calculation of width
xxx Width
xx
x=
LW
-2 Example:
8
Internal cabinet width 567 mm - 28 mm = back width 539 mm
Order: Z30M539S in white
A
Base LW Internal cabinet width

LW NL - 22 mm NL Nominal length
16
LW - 75 mm
Catalogue 2009 264

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories
Side stabilisation
- Additional stabilisation for extra wide high Nominal length NL Part no.
1
fronted pull-outs 450 mm ZST.450BB
- Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900 up 500 mm ZST.500BB
to 1200 mm 550 mm ZST.550BB
- Aluminium rod suitable for KB 1200 mm, for 600 mm ZST.600BB
cutting to size 650 mm ZST.650BB
1 Cutting Fixing for side stabilisation
Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm 269
Space requirements in Space requirements in Space requirements in Assembly

cabinet cabinet cabinet
TANDEMBOX
1
2
min 191
171
min 159
min 127
139
107
125.5
93.5
93.5
3
min 33
min 33
min 33
37.5 37.5 37.5
Front stabilisation
- For stabilising wide and high fronts RAL 7037 dust grey Part no.
- Reinforces the connection between the Nylon Z96.10E1
drawer side and the front
Space requirements in Front drilling dimensions

cabinet
12
+ 0.2
Ø 10 – 0.1
64
64
39.5 32
min 47.5
+ 0.2
Ø 10 – 0.1
10
9
6
32 64 X
min
(min 55) 10
Catalogue 2009 265

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories
METAFILE – file drawer

- For TANDEMBOX basic high fronted pull-out RAL 7037 dust grey Part no.
element, height B with gallery Steel/nylon ZRM.5500
- For nominal lengths 350 to 550 mm cabinet
widths 300 to 600 mm
Basic element
30/50/65 kg height B 230
Space requirements in Installation dimensions Front drilling dimensions Back installation dimen- Assembly
cabinet for screw-on front sions
TANDEMBOX
FA Front overlay min 8 1
32
32
135.5
160
2
64
min 260
+ 0.2
Ø 10 – 0.1
32
min 47.5 32
32
93.5
3
31
min 36 12
min 33
37.5
DIN-A4 cutting dimensions across DIN-A4 cutting dimensions lengthwise

Min. internal cabinet width = Min. nominal length = 450 mm
2 1 3
432 mm 1
A4 2 [1] Nominal length - 35 mm
329
[1] Nominal length - 35 mm [2] 305 mm
[2] Nominal length - 61 mm 5 [3] Nominal length - 414 mm
A4
4 [4] Internal cabinet width - 115 mm
[5] Internal cabinet width - 138 mm
Catalogue 2009 266

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories

Ø7
- Ø 3.5 mm 15 mm 609.1500
X 17 mm 609.1700
Ø3.5

TANDEMBOX
Ø8
- Ø 6 mm 10 mm 661.1000.HG
13 mm 661.1300.HG
X
14.5 mm 661.1450.HG
Ø6 20 mm 661.2000.HG
Special system screws Ø 6.0 mm

Ø7
- Ø 6 mm 11.5 mm 662.1150.HG
- Drilling diameter 5 mm 13 mm 662.1300.HG
14.5 mm 662.1450.HG
X
Ø6
Centre bit
- Hardened Part no.

natural 993.710
8 mm Ø door buffer
- Two-part
Catalogue 2009 267

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories
Slotted screwdriver
TANDEMBOX

Catalogue 2009 268

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 558 – 30 kg Cabinet profile 559 – 50 kg

Fixing onto cabinet Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws A Chipboard screws

Ø 4 x 15 mm Ø 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws B Chipboard screws
Part no. 661.145 Part no. 661.145
450 - 550
TANDEMBOX
600 - 650
Cabinet profile 556 – 65 kg

Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws
Ø 4 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws
Part no. 661.145
ZST – lateral stabiliser

450
500
550
600
650
Catalogue 2009 269

▶ Basic elements
Drawer
Assembly Removal
TANDEMBOX

1
2 3
1
3 2
Front assembly Back assembly Back removal Front removal
Drawer
Assembly
Drawer insertion and removal
Insertion Removal
Catalogue 2009 270

▶ Basic elements
Adjustment
2 1
1 1
2
Side adjustment: to the right 1 mm Side adjustment: to the left 1 mm Height adjustment: ± 2 mm Tilt adjustment
TANDEMBOX
Double walled BOXSIDE – Z37H
3
1
2 2
1
Assembly Removal
Glass BOXSIDE – Z36H000G.02

4
3
1
Assembly
1
3
Removal
Catalogue 2009 271

▶ Basic elements
Inner drawer, height M and K – ZIF.70M0
1
3
ca. 30
2
ca. 30
30 mm dimension can be reduced if

TANDEMBOX
ZIF.7005 handle is utilised
Inner pull-out, height B and C with gallery – ZIF.72B0

4
6
1
5
2
Inner pull-out, height D with double gallery – ZIF.73D0

5
2
9
1 8
3
6
4
7
Inner pull-out, height D with double walled BOXSIDE – ZIF.73D0

5
2
8 10
1 7 9 11
3
4
6
Catalogue 2009 272

▶ Basic elements
Inner pull-out, height D with glass BOXSIDE – ZIF.73D0

2 5
10
8
1 9
7
3
4
6
TANDEMBOX
Locking piece – Z31A0008
Handle – ZIF.7005; handle and latch – ZIF.7007
Assembly Attached to the centre on the latch
180°
Latch is activated Released when latch is activated Activate or deactivate latch
Catalogue 2009 273

▶ Basic elements
Sink cabinet
TANDEMBOX
SPACE CORNER
32
1 2 1
1
2
1 2
Connecting link assembly Syncro front bracket assembly Corner front piece assembly Connecting piece assembly
BLUMOTION assembly Front fixing Syncro/Roll assembly
Catalogue 2009 274

▶ Basic elements
1 7 8
2 4
6
5
1 3
1
6
2 3
Front assembly Fold ratchet lever
TANDEMBOX
Adjustment
1 5
3 + - + -
4 3 1
2 2 ±2
+ -
3
±2
Height adjustment Side adjustment Tilt adjustment
- +
+ -
+
+
Spring force adjustment
Catalogue 2009 275

▶ SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX
We help to create more design freedom

SERVO-DRIVE is an electrical drive opening
support system for drawers and pull-outs.
Thanks to the addition of BLUMOTION for
silent and effortless closing action, we have
reached new levels of quality of motion. Sim-
ply put; we have redefined freedom of motion
for your customers.
A light touch on the front or a light pull of the

handle, and drawers and pull-outs will open
as if by themselves. It also doesn‘t matter how
TANDEMBOX
or where you touch the front.
We create more freedom of motion for your customers
With hand, foot, knee or hip: opening is that easy
System Application Assembly Assembly

- Gentle opening support system - Can be used with all nominal - Tool-free assembly - Separate drilling template
regardless of the width and weight lengths - Easy cabling (independent of the - SERVO-DRIVE can be planned
- No fixed connection to the drive - Can be used without having to kitchen layout) with DYNALOG
system change TANDEMBOX pull-outs
Catalogue 2009 276

▶▶ Overview

Standard cabinet Sink cabinet
278 294
Larder unit Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal
286 300
Set for waste bin pull-out Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket
292 306
Symbol photo
▶▶ Accessories
Synchronisation cable 279
Cable holder 279
TANDEMBOX
Front stabilisation 279
Symbol photo

Horizontal cross member 282 Cabling 313
Vertical cross member 285 Assembly and adjustment 315
Larder unit 291 Removal 316
Sink cabinet 298
Bracket profile horizontal 304
Upper attachment bracket 310
Symbol photo Assembly – Blum transformer 100 W 312
Pictograph
General Information
Accessories
SERVO-DRIVE
Sink cabinet
Larder unit with door
Planning
Cutting
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 277

▶▶ Standard cabinet
Product
TANDEMBOX
Order information
1 Blum distance bumper 9 Drive unit
Ø 8 mm 993.0830.01 RAL 7037 dust grey Z10A3000.01
Ø 5 mm 993.0530
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner 10 Trigger guidance for chipboard back
RAL 7037 dust grey Z10A3H00
2 Bracket profile For cabinet width KB 275 - 320 mm in combination with a
Alu, length 650 mm, with cable Z10T650AA chipboard back
Alu, length 700 mm, with cable Z10T700AA
Alu, length 710 mm, with cable ☎ Z10T710AA 11 Distribution cable and cable end protector
Alu, length 750 mm, with cable Z10T750AA For cutting to size, 8 m Z10K800AE
Alu, length 800 mm, with cable Z10T800AA Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communica-
Alu, for cutting to size, 1170 mm, without cable Z10T1170A tions cable
Composed of:
Horizontal cross member 11a Distribution cable 1x
3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom 11b Cable end protector 5x
RAL 7037 dust grey Z10D01E0
Nylon 12 Connecting node and cable end protector
black Z10V100E
Vertical cross member – alternative to 3a

3b Lower/back bracket profile attachment Composed of:
RAL 7037 dust grey Z10D01EA 12a Connecting node 1x
Nylon 11b Cable end protector 2x
Incl. bracket profile cover cap
Catalogue 2009 278

13 Blum transformer Panel fixing – alternative to 15a

100 W Z10NE050.01 15b Transformer unit housing
RAL 7037 dust grey Z10NG100
For Blum transformer 100 W
14 Flex
Europe Z10M200E
CH Z10M200C
US, CA Z10M200U
JP Z10M200J
BR Z10M200S
BR Z10M200S.01
UK Z10M200B
TANDEMBOX
DK Z10M200D
IL Z10M200I
AU Z10M200K
CN Z10M200N
AR Z10M200A
IN Z10M200H
CL Z10M200L
TW Z10M200T
ZA Z10M200Z
Europe, without plug Z10M200E.OS
US, CA, without plug Z10M200U.OS
Base fixing
15a Transformer unit housing
With cover
Accessories
17 Synchronisation cable 18 Cable holder
Length 160 cm Z10K160S white Z10K0009
Length 120 cm Z10K120S For example, for securing the distribution cable
Length 50 cm Z10K050S
Two drive units that need to open simultaneously must be 19 Front stabilisation
connected via the synchronisation cable RAL 7037 dust grey Z96.10E1
Nylon
Page instructions
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX Assembly – Blum transformer 100 W 312
276 Cabling 313
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION Adjustment 315
– basic elements 216 Removal 316
Planning – horizontal cross member 280
Planning – vertical cross member 283
Assembly – horizontal cross member 282
Assembly – vertical cross member 285
Catalogue 2009 279

▶▶ Standard cabinet – horizontal cross member
Planning
Cabinet dimensions
TANDEMBOX
KB Cabinet width
LW Inner cabinet width
LT Internal cabinet depth
Drilling distance base/cross bar
Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm N drawer side with steel back for cabinet width
NL Nominal length KB 320 - 420 mm
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Space requirement and drilling position for all application situations

Back X (mm) Y (mm) Using this assembly position for the bracket profile, both inner pull-out
Steel back NL + 2 min. LT = NL + 16 elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
Chipboard back NL + 19 min. LT = NL + 33 and pulling.
Min. space requirement and drilling position

Back X (mm) Y (mm) SERVO-DRIVE can also be used if there is less space available. At the
Steel back NL - 1 min. LT = NL + 13 assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
Chipboard back NL + 16 min. LT = NL + 30 be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
Catalogue 2009 280

Planning
Drilling pattern base Front assembly – position of Blum distance
Lower cabling Back cabling bumper
TANDEMBOX
The Blum distance bumper creates and main-
tains the required trigger path of 2 mm. When
Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum dis-
and MINIPRESS tance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
Page instructions FH Front height
Assembly – horizontal cross member 282 Cabling 313
Assembly – Blum transformer 100 W 312 Adjustment 315
Bracket profile cutting dimensions Position of drive unit
LH Internal cabinet height All back heights except height N Back height N
PL Bracket profile length LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Cabinet width KB < 320 mm > 320 mm
KB Cabinet width
Rückwand
Back height N X (mm) Y (mm) X (mm) Y (mm)
Steel back 27.5 48.5 27.5 48.5
Chipboard back 35.5 55.5 27.5 48.5
Catalogue 2009 281

Bracket profile cable
Equip bracket profile 1 Bracket profile cable Bracket profile with both cables
TANDEMBOX
2 Communication cable
Drive unit
Assembly
Bracket profile
Assembly
Blum distance bumper
Insert Blum distance bumper (do

not glue)
Catalogue 2009 282

▶▶ Standard cabinet – vertical cross member
Planning
Cabinet dimensions
TANDEMBOX
KB Cabinet width
X Drilling position

Steel back NL + 2 LT = NL + 17 elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
Chipboard back NL + 19 LT = NL + 34 and pulling.

Steel back NL - 1 LT = NL + 14 assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
Chipboard back NL + 16 LT = NL + 31 be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
Catalogue 2009 283

Planning
TANDEMBOX

FA Front overlay
Assembly – vertical cross member 285 Cabling 313
LH Internal cabinet height All back heights except height N Back height N
Cabinet width KB < 320 mm > 320 mm
KB Cabinet width
Rückwand
Back height N X (mm) Y (mm) X (mm) Y (mm)
Steel back 27.5 48.5 27.5 48.5
Chipboard back 35.5 55.5 27.5 48.5
Catalogue 2009 284

TANDEMBOX
Drive unit
Assembly
Bracket profile
Assembly

not glue)
Catalogue 2009 285

▶▶ Larder unit
Product Order information

2 Bracket profile
Alu, length 710 mm, with cable ☎ Z10T710AA
Alu, for cutting to size, 1170 mm, without cable Z10T1170A
Horizontal cross member

3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom
TANDEMBOX
Nylon
Vertical cross member – alternative to 3a

3b Lower/back bracket profile attachment
RAL 7037 dust grey Z10D01EA
Nylon
9 Drive unit
RAL 7037 dust grey Z10A3000.01
11 Distribution cable and cable end protector

For cutting to size, 8 m Z10K800AE
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communica-
tions cable
Composed of:
11a Distribution cable 1x
11b Cable end protector 5x
12 Connecting node and cable end protector

black Z10V100E
Composed of:
12a Connecting node 1x
Catalogue 2009 286

▶▶ Larder unit

14 Flex
Europe Z10M200E
CH Z10M200C
US, CA Z10M200U
JP Z10M200J
BR Z10M200S
BR Z10M200S.01
UK Z10M200B
TANDEMBOX
DK Z10M200D
IL Z10M200I
AU Z10M200K
CN Z10M200N
AR Z10M200A
IN Z10M200H
CL Z10M200L
TW Z10M200T
ZA Z10M200Z
Base fixing
With cover
Accessories
18 Cable holder
white Z10K0009
For example, for securing the distribution cable
Page instructions
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEMBOX Adjustment 315
276 Removal 316
318
Planning 288
Assembly 291
Assembly – Blum transformer 100 W 312
Cabling 313
Catalogue 2009 287

▶▶ Larder unit
Planning – bracket profile top

Cabinet dimensions
TANDEMBOX
KB Cabinet width
Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm

NL Nominal length
X Drilling position

Steel back NL + 2 LT = NL + 17 elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
Chipboard back NL + 19 LT = NL + 34 and pulling.

Steel back NL - 1 LT = NL + 14 assembly position for the bracket profile, inner pull-out elements can only
Chipboard back NL + 16 LT = NL + 31 be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
Catalogue 2009 288

▶▶ Larder unit
Planning – bracket profile bottom

Cabinet dimensions
TANDEMBOX
KB Cabinet width
Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm Cabinet width KB starting at 420 mm

NL Nominal length
X Drilling position


Chipboard back NL + 16 min. LT = NL + 30 be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
Catalogue 2009 289

▶▶ Larder unit
Planning
Drilling pattern base Position of drive unit
Lower cabling Back cabling
TANDEMBOX
Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER

and MINIPRESS
Page instructions
Assembly 291 Cabling 313
Bracket profile cutting dimensions
LH Internal cabinet height All back heights except height N

KB Cabinet width
Catalogue 2009 290

▶▶ Larder unit

Remove pre-mounted bracket pro-
file cable from both bracket profiles
and insert a new, long bracket
profile cable in the upper bracket
profile
TANDEMBOX
Drive unit installation on upper
bracket profile
Bracket profile
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 291

▶▶ Set for waste bin pull-out
Product
TANDEMBOX
Order information
16 Set for waste bin pull-out Composed of:
Europe (AT, DE, BE, NL, LU, FR, ES, PT, IT) Z10NE05EA15
Europe (FI, NO, SE, IS, MT) Z10NE05EB15 1 Blum distance bumper
Europe (SI, HR, BA, CS, AL, MK, GR, PL, CZ, SK, HU) Z10NE05EC15 Ø 8 mm 4x 993.0830.01
CH, LI Z10NE05C.15 Ø 5 mm 4x 993.0530
DK Z10NE05D.15 Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs.
SERVO-DRIVE is the best way to get rid of waste quickly and easily. Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner
When your hands are full of kitchen waste, it is extremely practical to be
able to open the waste bin pull-out with your hip, knee or foot. 4 Attachment bracket 2 tier
RAL 7037 dust grey/zinc plated 1x Z10D7201
Everything in one set Nylon
This set contains all SERVO-DRIVE components required to equip a
waste bin pull-out with SERVO-DRIVE (including installation instruc-
tions). Set contents are customised for specific countries. 9 Drive unit
RAL 7037 dust grey 1x Z10A3000.01
13 Blum transformer
100 W 1x Z10NE050
Catalogue 2009 292

▶▶ Set for waste bin pull-out
14 Flex
Country-specific 1x Z10M200x
15b Transformer unit housing

RAL 7037 dust grey 1x Z10NG100
18 Cable holder
white 4x Z10K0009
TANDEMBOX
- Instruction leaflet and spare parts form
In the respective country language 1x -
- Cardboard drilling template with installation instructions

In the respective country language 1x -
Page instructions
276 Removal 316
318
Planning 296
Assembly 298
Cabling 314
Catalogue 2009 293

▶▶ Sink cabinet
Product
TANDEMBOX
Order information
1 Blum distance bumper 11 Distribution cable and cable end protector
Ø 8 mm 993.0830.01 For cutting to size, 8 m Z10K800AE
Ø 5 mm 993.0530 Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communica-
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs. tions cable
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs. Composed of:
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner 11a Distribution cable 1x
4 Attachment bracket 2 tier
RAL 7037 dust grey/zinc plated Z10D7201 12 Connecting node and cable end protector
Nylon black Z10V100E
5 Attachment bracket 1 tier Composed of:

RAL 7037 dust grey/zinc plated Z10D7101 12a Connecting node 1x
9 Drive unit
Catalogue 2009 294

▶▶ Sink cabinet

14 Flex
Europe Z10M200E
CH Z10M200C
US, CA Z10M200U
JP Z10M200J
BR Z10M200S
BR Z10M200S.01
UK Z10M200B
TANDEMBOX
DK Z10M200D
IL Z10M200I
AU Z10M200K
CN Z10M200N
AR Z10M200A
IN Z10M200H
CL Z10M200L
TW Z10M200T
ZA Z10M200Z
Base fixing
With cover
Accessories
18 Cable holder
white Z10K0009
19 Front stabilisation
RAL 7037 dust grey Z96.10E1
Nylon
Page instructions
276 Removal 316
318
Planning 296
Assembly 298
Cabling 314
Catalogue 2009 295

▶▶ Sink cabinet
Planning
Cabinet dimensions
TANDEMBOX
KB Cabinet width
Drilling distances base
Cabinet width KB starting at 900 mm Steel back Chipboard back

NL Nominal length * Measured from cabinet front edge
X Drilling position


Steel back NL - 1 min. LT = NL + 13 assembly position for the top attachment bracket, inner pull-out elements
Chipboard back NL + 16 min. LT = NL + 30 can only be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
Catalogue 2009 296

▶▶ Sink cabinet
Planning
Lower cabling bumper
TANDEMBOX
FA Front overlay
Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier

Position Drilling pattern – top plan view Drilling position in cabinet
min 81
Cabinet width KB starting at Steel back X = 159.5 mm Steel back height N Chipboard back height N
900 mm Chipboard back X = 176.5 mm * Measured from cabinet front edge
Drilling depth 8 mm
Catalogue 2009 297

▶▶ Sink cabinet
Attachment bracket 2 tier
A 2nd drive unit can also be in-

TANDEMBOX
stalled (optional)
Drive unit
Assembly

not glue)
Catalogue 2009 298

▶▶ Sink cabinet
TANDEMBOX
Catalogue 2009 299

▶▶ Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal
Product
TANDEMBOX
Order information
1 Blum distance bumper 10 Trigger guidance for chipboard back
Ø 8 mm 993.0830.01 RAL 7037 dust grey Z10A3H00
Ø 5 mm 993.0530 For cabinet width KB 275 - 320 mm in combination with a
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs. chipboard back
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner 11 Distribution cable and cable end protector
6 Bracket profile horizontal Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communica-
Alu, for cut to size, 1143 mm Z10T1143B tions cable
For cabinet width KB 275 - 1200 mm Composed of:
7 Bracket profile attachment left/right
RAL 7037 dust grey Z10D5210 12 Connecting node and cable end protector
Chipboard screws and system screws can be used black Z10V100E
Composed of:
7a Bracket profile attachment left/right 1x Composed of:
7b Bracket profile adapter for bracket profile horizontal 1x 12a Connecting node 1x
9 Drive unit
Catalogue 2009 300


14 Flex
Europe Z10M200E
CH Z10M200C
US, CA Z10M200U
JP Z10M200J
BR Z10M200S
BR Z10M200S.01
UK Z10M200B
TANDEMBOX
DK Z10M200D
IL Z10M200I
AU Z10M200K
CN Z10M200N
AR Z10M200A
IN Z10M200H
CL Z10M200L
TW Z10M200T
ZA Z10M200Z
Base fixing
With cover
Accessories
18 Cable holder
white Z10K0009
Nylon
Page instructions
276 Removal 316
318
Planning 302
Assembly 304
Cabling 314
Catalogue 2009 301

Planning
Cabinet dimensions
TANDEMBOX
KB Cabinet width
Space requirements in cabinet
* 55.5 mm for back height N X Drilling position

** 23.5 mm for back height N Y Min. space requirement
Chipboard and system screws can be used
NL Nominal length

Steel back NL - 26 min. LT = NL + 20 elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
Chipboard back NL - 9 min. LT = NL + 37 and pulling.

Chipboard back NL - 12 min. LT = NL + 34 be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
Catalogue 2009 302

Planning
Front assembly – position of Blum distance Bracket profile cutting dimensions
bumper
TANDEMBOX
The Blum distance bumper creates and main- LW Inner cabinet width
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum dis-
tance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
FA Front overlay
FH Front height Page instructions
Position of drive unit
Cabinet width KB ≥ 420 - 1200 mm Cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm
N drawer side with steel back for cabinet width KB 275 - 420 mm
Catalogue 2009 303

Equip bracket profile adapter

TANDEMBOX
Drive unit
Assembly
Bracket profile adapter
Assembly
Bracket profile
Chipboard screws and system

screws can be used
Catalogue 2009 304

TANDEMBOX
not glue)
Catalogue 2009 305

▶▶ Cabinet with ind. pull-out element – upper attachment bracket
Product
TANDEMBOX
Order information
1 Blum distance bumper 11 Distribution cable and cable end protector
Use 4 pcs. for 65 kg-runner 11a Distribution cable 1x
8 Upper attachment bracket
With pre-mounted adapter for the drive unit black Z10V100E
9 Drive unit Composed of:

RAL 7037 dust grey Z10A3000.01 12a Connecting node 1x
10 Trigger guidance for chipboard back

RAL 7037 dust grey Z10A3H00
For cabinet width KB 275 - 320 mm in combination with a
chipboard back
Catalogue 2009 306


14 Flex
Europe Z10M200E
CH Z10M200C
US, CA Z10M200U
JP Z10M200J
BR Z10M200S
BR Z10M200S.01
UK Z10M200B
TANDEMBOX
DK Z10M200D
IL Z10M200I
AU Z10M200K
CN Z10M200N
AR Z10M200A
IN Z10M200H
CL Z10M200L
TW Z10M200T
ZA Z10M200Z
Base fixing
With cover
Accessories
18 Cable holder
white Z10K0009
Nylon
Page instructions
276 Removal 316
318
Planning 308
Assembly 310
Cabling 314
Catalogue 2009 307

Planning
Cabinet dimensions
TANDEMBOX
KB Cabinet width Upper attachment bracket drilling

LW Inner cabinet width position
LT Internal cabinet depth The cross bar must be connected
to the work plate to make it secure
X Drilling position

Steel back NL - 18 min. LT = NL + 16.5 elements as well as those with overlay fronts can be opened by pushing
Chipboard back NL - 1 min. LT = NL + 33.5 and pulling.

Steel back NL - 21 min. LT = NL + 13.5 assembly position for the top attachment bracket, inner pull-out elements
Chipboard back NL - 4 min. LT = NL + 30.5 can only be opened by pulling (not by pushing).
Catalogue 2009 308

Planning
Front assembly – position of Blum distance
bumper
TANDEMBOX
using an 65 kg runner, always attach 4 Blum dis-
tance bumpers. For optimal trigger function for
FA Front overlay
FH Front height Page instructions
All back heights except height N Back height N

KB Cabinet width
Cabinet width KB 275 - 320 starting at 320

Back height N X (mm) X (mm)
Steel back 27.5 27.5
Chipboard back 35.0 27.5
Catalogue 2009 309

Upper attachment bracket
Assembly
TANDEMBOX
Drive unit
Assembly

not glue)
Catalogue 2009 310

TANDEMBOX
Catalogue 2009 311

▶▶ Assembly – Blum transformer 100 W
Blum transformer 100 W
Base fixing Panel fixing

TANDEMBOX
Space requirement and safety distance

Maintain a 30 mm safety distance Air must be able to circulate, other-
from the bottom edge (base fixing) wise the Blum transformer could
and/or front edge (panel fixing) overheat
and side edges of the transformer
unit housing to the neighbouring
elements
Base fixing
Pull-out stop
Panel fixing
Pull-out stop
Catalogue 2009 312

▶▶ Assembly – cabling Blum transformer 100 W
Standard cabinet – lower cabling

Only one Blum transformer can
be connected to each distribution
cable.
TANDEMBOX
Standard cabinet – back cabling
Larder unit
Cabling Connecting node
Lower cabling Back cabling Assembly Do not damage piercing tips
Catalogue 2009 313

Sink cabinet
cable.
Base fixing Panel fixing Lower cabling

TANDEMBOX
Bracket profile horizontal
Lower cabling
Lower cabling
Connecting node
Assembly Do not damage piercing tips
Catalogue 2009 314

▶▶ Assembly and adjustment
Drive unit
Selector switch Mode (1) Selector switch Power (2)
Single: Only one drive unit moves Full: standard setting
(standard setting) Half: for short nominal lengths (270
Multiple: When set to „Multiple,“ - 300 mm) – pull-out only moves a
drive units move simultaneously short distance
Operating mode display (LED) (3)
Selector switch
TANDEMBOX
Lever extension
The drive unit comes with the lever The lever extension must also
extension. be removed for a cabinet width
The lever extension must be of 300 mm in combination with a
removed for cabinet widths 300 chipboard back
- 320 mm in combination with a
steel back
Removal Assembly
Trigger guidance
The lever guide must be attached
and secured with screws for cabinet
widths 275 - 320 mm in combination
with a chipboard back
Synchronisation cable
Two drive units that need to open
simultaneously must be connected
via the synchronisation cable
Catalogue 2009 315

▶▶ Removal
Bracket profile
Removal
TANDEMBOX
Removal
Removal
Removal
Catalogue 2009 316

▶▶ Removal
Bracket profile
Horizontal cross member Vertical cross member
TANDEMBOX
Removal
Blum transformer
Catalogue 2009 317

▶ ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Everything you need at a glance

ORGA-LINE is a high-quality dividing system
made from stainless steel for the interior of
drawers and high fronted pull-outs.
This system uses various containers as well

as cross and lateral dividers to provide the
right location for all storage items. It provides
organisation and gives an excellent overview
of the contents in all drawers and high fronted
pull-outs.
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE – Cutlery ORGA-LINE – cleaning utensils ORGA-LINE – spices and open ORGA-LINE – bottles/cutting
Cutlery storage that is organised Everything required for dishwash- provisions boards
and accessible ing and cleaning can be easily Adjustable lateral and cross divid- Bottles and cutting boards of all
stored in this pull-out under the sink ers make it easy to store and organ- kinds are stored securely and at
– everything within easy reach ise your provisions and spices easily accessed
Plate-holder Knife holder Spice holder Cleaning

- Ergonomic solution for storing - Practical storage for different knife - Innovative solution for storing - Removable containers made from
crockery sizes spices high-quality stainless steel
- Optimal carrying comfort
Catalogue 2009 318

▶▶ Overview
▶ ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 320

■ Provisions ■ Waste bin pull-out/cleaning agents ■ Bottles/provisions
■ Cutlery ■ Kitchen utensils/knives/ ■ Cooking utensils
■ Odds and ends small electric appliances ■ Pots/lids/pans/cooking utensils
■ Crockery ■ Open provisions ■ Baking ingredients
■ Plastic containers ■ Spices ■ Baking trays/baking tins
■ Cleaning utensils ■ Bottles
Symbol photo ■ Cleaning materials ■ Bottles/cutting boards
▶▶ Accessories
Cross divider for cutting to size 349
Cross divider connector 349
TANDEMBOX
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size 349
Cross gallery connector 349
Lateral divider 349
Symbol photo

Cutlery 350 Spice holder 352
Odds and ends 350 Bottles 353
Kitchen, cooking/cleaning utensils 351 Bottles/provisions 353
Knife holder 351
Provisions/plastic containers/pots/baking ingredients 352
Plate holder 352
Symbol photo Waste bin pull-out 352
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Double gallery Dishwasher-proof up to 65°C
General Information Double-wall BOXSIDE
Accessories Glass-BOXSIDE
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMO- DYNAMIC SPACE-consumables zone

TION
Sink cabinet DYNAMIC SPACE-non-consumables
zone
Larder unit with door DYNAMIC SPACE-cleaning zone
Drawer DYNAMIC SPACE-preparation zone
Inner drawer DYNAMIC SPACE-cooking zone
High fronted pull-out Planning
Inner pull-out Cutting
Gallery Assembly, removal and adjustment
Catalogue 2009 319

▶▶ Overview – applications
DYNAMIC SPACE-zone overview

Optimised storage organisati-
on in every zone.
TANDEMBOX
Consumables
Provisions
336
Non-consumables
Cutlery Crockery
322 337
Odds and ends Plastic containers
324 338
Cleaning
Cleaning utensils Waste bin pull-out/cleaning
agents
339 340
Cleaning materials
326
Catalogue 2009 320

Preparation
Kitchen utensils/knives/small Bottles
electric appliances
328 343
Open provisions Bottles/cutting boards
TANDEMBOX
341 344
Spices Bottles/provisions
342 345
Cooking
Cooking utensils Baking ingredients
330 347
Pots/Lids/Pans/Cooking Baking trays
utensils
346 348
Accessories
Sets for special cabinet widths Adjustable cross dividers
332 333
Knife holder Plate holder
333 337
Containers Spice holder
333 342
Catalogue 2009 321

▶▶ Application – cutlery
- Full-fitting sets for cabinet widths of 450 mm Basic element

and above
- Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
- High quality stainless steel containers and
utensil dividers combined with wear resistant
nylon parts in RAL 7037 (dust grey)
- For TANDEMBOX basic drawer element
height M and K
- For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to
1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
- For side panel thicknesses 16 to 19 mm 30/50/65 kg height M 222 224

30/50/65 kg height K 226 228
SPACE CORNER-height M 250
Cabinet width 275 mm Cabinet width 300 - 350 mm Cabinet width 400 mm
Nominal length NL Part no. Nominal length NL Part no. Nominal length NL Part no.
450 mm ZSI.450BI1N 450 mm 2x ZSI.450BI1N 450 mm ZSI.450BI3N
500 mm ZSI.500BI1N 500 mm 2x ZSI.500BI1N 500 mm ZSI.500BI3
Cabinet width 450 mm Cabinet width 500 mm Cabinet width 550 mm
450 mm ZSI.45VEI4 450 mm ZSI.50VEI4 450 mm ZSI.55VEI4
Catalogue 2009 322

▶▶ Application – cutlery
TANDEMBOX
Cabinet width 1000 mm Cabinet width 1200 mm SPACE CORNER

Installation dimension 900 - 1200 mm
900 - 1200
Nominal length NL Part no. Nominal length NL Part no.

450 mm ZSI.10VEI4 450 mm ZSI.12VEI4
500 mm ZSI.10VEI6 500 mm ZSI.12VEI6
550 mm ZSI.10VEI7 550 mm ZSI.12VEI7 Nominal length NL Part no.
600 mm ZSI.10VEI8 600 mm ZSI.12VEI8 600 mm ZSI.450BI3E
650 mm ZSI.10VEI9 650 mm ZSI.12VEI9 650 mm ZSI.500BI3E
Page instructions
318
ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories
332
Recommended sets for special cabinet widths
334
Installation dimensions
333
Assembly and adjustment
350
Catalogue 2009 323

▶▶ Application – odds & ends

and above
height M and K
- Recommendation: Cabinet width 275 to
1000 mm
TANDEMBOX
- For side panel thicknesses 16 to 19 mm 30/50/65 kg height M 222 224

30/50/65 kg height K 226 228
Cabinet width 275 - 400 mm Cabinet width 450 - 550 mm Cabinet width 600 mm
450 mm ZSI.450BI1N 450 mm ZSI.450MI3 450 mm ZSI.60VKI4
450 mm ZSI.80VKI4 450 mm ZSI.90VKI4 450 mm ZSI.10VKI4
Catalogue 2009 324

▶▶ Application – odds & ends
SPACE CORNER
900 - 1200
TANDEMBOX
Nominal length NL Part no.
600 mm ZSI.450MI3E
650 mm ZSI.500MI3E
Page instructions
318
332
334
333
350
Catalogue 2009 325

▶▶ Application – cleaning utensils

and above
height M and K
1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
- For side panel thicknesses 16 to 19 mm

30/50/65 kg height M 224
30/50/65 kg height K 228
450 mm ZSI.60VUI4 450 mm ZSI.80VUI4 450 mm ZSI.90VUI4
Cabinet width 1000 mm Cabinet width 1200 mm

450 mm ZSI.10VUI4 450 mm ZSI.12VUI4
Catalogue 2009 326

▶▶ Application – cleaning utensils
TANDEMBOX
Page instructions
318
332
334
333
350
Catalogue 2009 327

▶▶ Application – kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances

and above
- Optional knife holder
height M and K
TANDEMBOX
1200 mm 30/50/65 kg height M 222 224

- For side panel thicknesses 16 to 19 mm 30/50/65 kg height K 226 228
Cabinet width 275 - 300 mm Cabinet width 400 - 550 mm Cabinet width 600 mm
Knife holder (optional) Knife holder (optional)

ZSZ.02M0 ZSZ.02M0
450 mm ZSI.450BI1N 450 mm ZSI.450FI2N 450 mm ZSI.60VUI4
Knife holder (optional) Knife holder (optional) Knife holder (optional)

ZSZ.02M0 ZSZ.02M0 ZSZ.02M0
Catalogue 2009 328

▶▶ Application – kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances
Cabinet width 1200 mm SPACE CORNER Knife holder

900 - 1200 17
7.5
0
26
Knife holder (optional)

ZSZ.02M0 Suitable for:
ZSI.xxxFIx 5x
TANDEMBOX
Nominal length NL Part no. Knife holder (optional) ZSI.xxVUIx
450 mm ZSI.12VUI4 ZSZ.02M0
4x
500 mm ZSI.12VUI6
550 mm ZSI.12VUI7 Nominal length NL Part no.
600 mm ZSI.12VUI8 600 mm ZSI.450FI3 Part no.
650 mm ZSI.12VUI9 650 mm ZSI.500FI3 RAL 7037 dust grey ZSZ.02M0
Page instructions
318
332
334
333
350
Catalogue 2009 329

▶▶ Application – cooking utensils
- Fits drawer sets with cabinet widths 600 mm Basic element

and higher
height M and K
- For nominal lengths 450 - 650 mm
- Recommendation: cabinet width 600 up
- 1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
- For side panel thicknesses 16 - 19 mm

30/50/65 kg height M 222 224
30/50/65 kg height K 226 228
Cabinet width 1000 mm Cabinet width 1200 mm

Catalogue 2009 330

▶▶ Application – cooking utensils
TANDEMBOX
Page instructions
318
332
334
333
350
Catalogue 2009 331

▶▶ Accessories – ORGA-LINE
Cutlery insert Cutlery insert Cutlery insert
103 192 280
64
64
64
- 26 42 42 42
NL 126 - 26 215
6 303
NL -2
NL
TANDEMBOX
450 mm ZSI.450BI1N 450 mm ZSI.450BI2N 450 mm ZSI.450BI3N
500 mm ZSI.500BI1N 500 mm ZSI.500BI2N 500 mm ZSI.500BI3
Utensil divider Utensil divider Cutlery insert and utensil divider
194 291 200
64
64
64
42 42
2 6
42
- 26 223
N L- -2
6 NL
NL
Knife holder (optional) Knife holder (optional)

ZSZ.02M0 ZSZ.02M0
450 mm ZSI.450FI2N 450 mm ZSI.450FI3 450 mm ZSI.450KI2N
Cutlery insert and utensil divider Cutlery insert and utensil divider Cutlery insert and utensil divider
289 377 297

64
64
64
42 42 42
400 320
6 312 6
-2 -2
NL -2
6 NL
NL
Knife holder (optional)

ZSZ.02M0
450 mm ZSI.450KI3N 450 mm ZSI.450KI4N 450 mm ZSI.450MI3
500 mm ZSI.500KI3N 500 mm ZSI.500KI4 500 mm ZSI.500MI3
Catalogue 2009 332

SPACE CORNER-cutlery insert SPACE CORNER-cutlery insert and utensil Knife holder
divider
17
7.5
282
64
42
0
26
76 17
6
-1 L-
NL N
Suitable for:
ZSI.xxxFI2N 5x
TANDEMBOX
ZSI.xxxFI3
ZSI.xxxKI3N
4x

600 mm ZSI.450BI3E 600 mm ZSI.450MI3E Part no.
650 mm ZSI.500BI3E 650 mm ZSI.500MI3E RAL 7037 dust grey ZSZ.02M0
Containers Adjustable cross dividers
Part no.
88 x 88 mm ZSI.010SI
88 x 176 mm ZSI.020SI Part no.
88 x 264 mm ZSI.030SI 88 mm ZSI.010Q
88 x 352 mm ZSI.040SI 176 mm ZSI.020Q
Planning
Page instructions
64 Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
60 318
50
334
64
40 Assembly and adjustment

350
30 X 400 More technical details 658
42
20 8.8°
1.25
For additional inserts:
R 10.5
10 14
E.g. wooden knife holder
55.8°
0
Example:
20 25 30 35 42 A
Cabinet width 600 mm
Cutlery & utensil combination ZSI.500KI4
X = internal cabinet width LW - 400 mm - 42 mm
Catalogue 2009 333

▶▶ Sets for special cabinet widths and accessories
Order recommendation
Cutlery
Sets
Cabinet width KB
(mm) ZSI.xxxBI1N ZSI.xxxBI2N ZSI.xxxBI3 ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxKI4 ZSI.xxxBI3E
275 - 299 1x
300 - 399 2x
400 - 449 1x
450 - 549 1x 1x
TANDEMBOX
550 - 799 1x 1x
800 - 899 2x
900 - 999 1x 1x
1000 - 1199 2x
≥ 1200 1x 1x 1x
SPACE CORNER 1x
When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length NL (450, 500, 550, 600 and 650 mm).
Exception: When ordering SPACE CORNER NL 600 mm = ZSI.450BI3E and NL 650 mm = ZSI.500BI3E!
Odds and ends

Sets
Cabinet width KB
(mm) ZSI.xxxBI1N ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxKI2N ZSI.xxxMI3 ZSI.xxxMI3E
275 - 449 1x
450 - 599 1x
600 - 799 1x 1x
800 - 899 2x
900 - 999 1x 1x 1x
≥ 1000 1x 1x 1x
SPACE CORNER 1x
Exception: When ordering SPACE CORNER NL 600 mm = ZSI.450MI3E and NL 650 mm = ZSI.500MI3E!
Cleaning materials
Sets
Cabinet width KB
(mm) ZSI.xxxBI1N ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxFI3 ZSI.xxxKI2N ZSI.xxxKI3N
600 - 799 1x 1x
800 - 899 2x
900 - 999 1x 1x 1x
1000 - 1199 1x 1x 1x
≥ 1200 1x 2x
When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length (450, 500, 550, 600 and 650 mm).
Catalogue 2009 334

Kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances

Sets
Cabinet width KB
(mm) ZSI.xxxBI1N ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxFI3 ZSI.xxxKI2N ZSI.xxxKI3N ZSZ.02M0
275 - 449 1x
450 - 599 1x 1x
600 - 799 1x 1x 1x
800 - 899 2x 1x
TANDEMBOX
900 - 999 1x 1x 1x 1x
1000 - 1199 1x 1x 1x 1x
≥ 1200 1x 2x 1x
SPACE CORNER 1x 1x
Exception: When ordering SPACE CORNER NL 600 mm = ZSI.450FI3 and NL 650 mm = ZSI.500FI3!
Cooking utensils
Sets
Cabinet width KB
(mm) ZSI.xxxBI1N ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxFI3 ZSI.xxxKI2N ZSI.xxxKI3N
600 - 799 1x 1x
800 - 899 2x
900 - 999 1x 1x 1x
1000 - 1199 1x 1x 1x
≥ 1200 1x 2x
When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length (450, 500, 550, 600 and 650 mm).
Page instructions
318
332
333
350
Catalogue 2009 335

▶▶ Application – provisions
- ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system Basic element

- With cross divider to be cut to size for special
cabinet widths and SPACE CORNER
- For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out,
basic element, height D with double walled
BOXSIDE
1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242 244

SPACE CORNER-height D 254
Standard cabinet widths
Cross divider cut to size Lateral divider Recommendation
Cabinet width KB Nominal length NL (mm)

(mm) 450 500 550 600 650
300
1 x cross divider 2 x cross divider
Cabinet white, met. grey Stainless steel 400
width KB Steel (Inox) 450
300 mm Z40H177S Z40H177I 500 1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider,
400 mm Z40H277S Z40H277I 550 2 x lateral dividers 3 x lateral dividers
450 mm Z40H327S Z40H327I 600

500 mm Z40H377S Z40H377I 800
800 mm Z40H677S Z40H677I 1200

900 mm Z40H777S Z40H777I white, met. grey Stainless steel
1000 mm Z40H877S Z40H877I Length Steel (Inox)
1200 mm Z40H1077S Z40H1077I 100 mm Z43H100S.01 Z43H100I.01
Special cabinet widths and SPACE CORNER

Cross divider for cutting to size Cross divider connector Recommendation
Cutting Cabinet width KB Nominal length NL (mm)

Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
- 91 mm Special cabinet Cross divider for cutting to size
widths (quantity see above)

For cutting to size, 1077 mm Part no. Nylon Part no. 600 650
Alu Z40H1077A RAL 7037 dust grey Z40H000A SPACE CORNER 1 x cross divider cut to size,
2 x cross divider connectors,
white, met. grey, nickel Order 2 x for each cross divider 2 x lateral dividers
Lateral divider Page instructions

318
350
white, met. grey Stainless steel

Length Steel (Inox)
100 mm Z43H100S.01 Z43H100I.01
Catalogue 2009 336

▶▶ Application – crockery
- ORGA-LINE plate holder for plate storage Basic element

and transport
BOXSIDE
1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242 244
Standard, special cabinet widths and SPACE CORNER
Plate holder Recommendation
Standard and special cabinet widths

(mm) 450 500 550 600 650
starting at 400 2 x plate holders
SPACE CORNER
Installation dimensi- Nominal length NL (mm)
Part no. on PL (mm) 600 650
RAL 7037 dust grey ZTH.0350 up to 1050 2 x plate holders
Diameter of plates 180 - 320 mm starting at 1050 3 x plate holders
Stacking height of plates 144 mm
Overall height 171 mm
Page instructions
318
350
Catalogue 2009 337

▶▶ Application – plastic containers

BOXSIDE
1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242 244


(mm) 450 500 550 600 650
300
1 x cross divider
300 mm Z40H177S Z40H177I 500 1 x cross divider,
400 mm Z40H277S Z40H277I 550 2 x lateral dividers
450 mm Z40H327S Z40H327I 600

500 mm Z40H377S Z40H377I 800
550 mm Z40H427S Z40H427I 900 1 x cross divider,
600 mm Z40H477S Z40H477I 1000 3 x lateral dividers
800 mm Z40H677S Z40H677I 1200





318
350

Length Steel (Inox)
100 mm Z43H100S.01 Z43H100I.01
Catalogue 2009 338

▶▶ Application – cleaning utensils (dishes)

- With cross divider to be cut to size for stand-
ard and special cabinet widths
basic element, sink cabinet, height D with
double walled BOXSIDE
1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 260

Base width Y - 16 mm (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
900 - 1200
2 x cross dividers per side,
8 x cross divider connectors
For cutting to size, 1077 mm Part no. Nylon Part no.

Alu Z40H1077A RAL 7037 dust grey Z40H000A
white, met. grey, nickel Order 2 x for each cross divider
Page instructions
318
350
Catalogue 2009 339

▶▶ Application – waste bin pull-out/cleaning agents

- Easy-to-clean stainless steel bottle rack
- Dividing wall for separating waste bin pull-
out and cleaning agents
standard element, height D with double
walled BOXSIDE
- Recommendation: Cabinet width 900 up to
1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242
Bottle set Dividing wall Recommendation

(mm) 450 500 550 600 650
900
1000
1 x bottle set,
1200
1 x dividing wall
Special cabinet
widths
Nominal white, met. grey Stainless steel Nominal white, met. grey Stainless steel
length NL Steel (Inox) length NL Steel (Inox)
450 mm ZFI.30BZS4N ZFI.30BZI4N 450 mm Z46C420S.E2 Z46C420I.E2
Page instructions
318
350
Catalogue 2009 340

▶▶ Application – open provisions

BOXSIDE
1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242 244

(mm) 450 500 550 600 650
300
450 mm Z40H327S Z40H327I 600

500 mm Z40H377S Z40H377I 800
800 mm Z40H677S Z40H677I 1200





318
350

Length Steel (Inox)
100 mm Z43H100S.01 Z43H100I.01
Catalogue 2009 341

▶▶ Application – spices
- Removable spice holder with base fixing Basic element

bracket
- For a variety of spice container sizes
BOXSIDE
450 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242 244
Spice holder Cross divider cut to size Recommendation

(mm) 450 500 550 600 650
120

B
2.
5 width KB Steel (Inox) 2 x spice holders, 2 x spice holders,
17 1 x cross divider 2 x cross divider
300 mm Z40H177S Z40H177I 400
400 mm Z40H277S Z40H277I
450 mm Z40H327S Z40H327I 450
2 x spice holders, 2 x spice holders,
1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider,
Lateral divider 2 x lateral dividers 3 x lateral dividers
Cabinet width KB Width Part no.

300 mm 212 mm ZFZ.30G0I
400 mm 312 mm ZFZ.40G0I white, met. grey Stainless steel
450 mm 362 mm ZFZ.45G0I Length Steel (Inox)
Stainless steel (Inox) 100 mm Z43H100S.01 Z43H100I.01
Special cabinet widths

Spice holder Cross divider for cutting to size Recommendation

120
- 91 mm Special cabinet 2 x spice holders,

Cross divider for cutting to size
B 5 widths
2. (quantity see above)
17
Width Part no.
212 mm ZFZ.30G0I For cutting to size, 1077 mm Part no.
312 mm ZFZ.40G0I Alu Z40H1077A
Stainless steel (Inox) 362 mm ZFZ.45G0I white, met. grey, nickel
Cross divider connector Lateral divider Page instructions

318
350
Nylon Part no. white, met. grey Stainless steel

RAL 7037 dust grey Z40H000A Length Steel (Inox)
Order 2 x for each cross divider 100 mm Z43H100S.01 Z43H100I.01
Catalogue 2009 342

▶▶ Application – bottles

- Easy-to-clean stainless steel drip tray
BOXSIDE
300 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242 244
Drip tray Cross divider cut to size Recommendation

(mm) 450 500 550 600 650
275
1 x bottle 1 x bottle 1 x bottle
holder, holder, holder,
300 3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross
divider divider divider
Nominal Cabinet width KB

length NL 275 mm 300 mm
450 mm Z48.30B0I4
500 mm Z48.27B0I6 Z48.30B0I6 Cabinet white, met. grey Stainless steel
550 mm Z48.27B0I7 Z48.30B0I7 width KB Steel (Inox)
600 mm Z48.27B0I8 Z48.30B0I8 275 mm Z40H152S Z40H152I
650 mm Z48.27B0I9 Z48.30B0I9 300 mm Z40H177S Z40H177I
Page instructions
318
350
Catalogue 2009 343

▶▶ Application – bottles/cutting boards

- Dividing wall for separating bottles and cut-
ting boards
BOXSIDE
600 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242
Bottle set Dividing wall Recommendation

(mm) 450 500 550 600 650
400
1 x bottle set
450
500 1 x bottle set,
550 1 x dividing wall
600 1 x bottle set,

2 x dividing wall
Nominal white, met. grey Stainless steel Nominal white, met. grey Stainless steel
length NL Steel (Inox) length NL Steel (Inox)
Page instructions
318
350
Catalogue 2009 344

▶▶ Application – bottles/provisions

- Dividing wall for separating bottles and provi-
sions
BOXSIDE
1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242
Bottle set Cross divider for cutting to size Recommendation

- 320 mm Special cabinet 1 x bottle set,
widths Cross divider for cutting to size
Nominal white, met. grey Stainless steel

length NL Steel (Inox)
450 mm ZFI.30BZS4N ZFI.30BZI4N
500 mm ZFI.30BZS6N ZFI.30BZI6N
550 mm ZFI.30BZS7N ZFI.30BZI7N For cutting to size, 1077 mm Part no.
600 mm ZFI.30BZS8N ZFI.30BZI8N Alu Z40H1077A
650 mm ZFI.30BZS9N ZFI.30BZI9N white, met. grey, nickel
Cross divider connector Lateral divider
Nylon Part no. white, met. grey Stainless steel

RAL 7037 dust grey Z40H000A Length Steel (Inox)
Order 2 x for each cross divider 100 mm Z43H100S.01 Z43H100I.01
Page instructions
318
350
Catalogue 2009 345

▶▶ Application – pots/lids/pans/cooking utensils

cabinet widths
BOXSIDE
1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242 244

(mm) 450 500 550 600 650
600
1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider,

2 x lateral dividers 3 x lateral dividers
800
900 1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider,
Cabinet white, met. grey Stainless steel 1000 3 x lateral dividers 6 x lateral dividers

600 mm Z40H477S Z40H477I
800 mm Z40H677S Z40H677I




318
350

Length Steel (Inox)
100 mm Z43H100S.01 Z43H100I.01
Catalogue 2009 346

▶▶ Application – baking ingredients

cabinet widths
BOXSIDE
1200 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242 244

(mm) 450 500 550 600 650
300
450 mm Z40H327S Z40H327I 600

500 mm Z40H377S Z40H377I 800
800 mm Z40H677S Z40H677I 1200





318
350

Length Steel (Inox)
100 mm Z43H100S.01 Z43H100I.01
Catalogue 2009 347

▶▶ Application – baking trays/tins

- Dividing wall for separating baking trays and
baking tins
BOXSIDE
500 mm
TANDEMBOX
30/50/65 kg height D 242
Dividing wall Recommendation

(mm) 450 500 550 600 650
400
2 x dividing wall
450
Nominal white, met. grey Stainless steel

450 mm Z46C420S.E2 Z46C420I.E2
500 mm Z46C470S.E2 Z46C470I.E2
550 mm Z46C520S.E2 Z46C520I.E2
600 mm Z46C570S.E2 Z46C570I.E2
650 mm Z46C620S.E2 Z46C620I.E2
Page instructions
318
350
Catalogue 2009 348


- Cross divider for cutting to size For cutting to size, 1077 mm Part no.
- Material: aluminium white, met. grey, alu, nickel Z40H1077A
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW - 85 mm
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
Cross divider connector

- Cross divider connector for gallery RAL 7037 dust grey Part no.
TANDEMBOX
- Material: nylon Nylon Z40H0002.R
- Slide-on connection of cross divider to cross
divider connector
- Insertion and screw-on fixing
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size

- Cross gallery rails for cutting to size For cutting to size, 1094 mm Part no.
- Material: aluminium white, m. grey, alu, chrome ZRG.1094U
Cutting
Cross gallery connector

- Cross gallery connector for two cross gallery RAL 7037 dust grey Part no.
rails Nylon ZRU.00Z0
- Material: nylon
- Slide-on connection of gallery to gallery fix-
ing
Lateral divider
- Gallery division RAL 7037 dust grey Part no.
- Material: nylon Nylon ZRU.00F0
- Clip-on fixing to gallery
Catalogue 2009 349

Cutlery
TANDEMBOX
SPACE CORNER
Odds and ends
SPACE CORNER
Catalogue 2009 350

Kitchen, cooking and cleaning utensils
TANDEMBOX
SPACE CORNER
Knife holder – ZSZ.02M0 with utensil combination
Assembly
Knife holder – ZSZ.02M0 without utensil combination
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 351

Provisions/plastic containers/pots/baking ingredients
4 4
3
5
2 3
6 1 2
1
Double walled BOXSIDE – Z37H Glass BOXSIDE – Z36H000G.02

TANDEMBOX
Plate holder – ZTH.0350
1
2
Waste bin pull-out
Spice holder – ZFZ.xxG01
2 3 6 7
4 5 8 9
1
Catalogue 2009 352

Bottles
19
LW = 236 - 237
4
3
2 min. 10
1
26
-
L
N
LW
-
84
For 19 mm wall thickness and
TANDEMBOX
cabinet width 275 mm
Bottles/provisions
2
1
Catalogue 2009 353

Blum‘s METABOX programme is a versatile ■ Single drawer side system for economical ■ Good organisation options through a flex-
steel drawer and pull-out system with many solutions ible gallery system
application options. The quick assembly ■ Equipped with the BLUMATIC self-closing ■ 3-dimensional front adjustment
version saves time and money when putting feature ■ Tool-free front assembly
drawers together. ■ Excellent runner action, high side stability,
low sag values
Drawer side height N = 54 mm Drawer side height M = 86 mm Drawer side height K = 118 mm Drawer side height H =
150 mm
Screw-on version Quick assembly version C15
Catalogue 2009 354

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Overview

■ Drawer
■ Inner drawer
Symbol photo
▶▶ Accessories
Side stabilisation 386 POSISTOP 389
Child safety latch 386 ORGA-LINE 390
Anti-tilt device 387 Screw-on 391
Spacers 387 Centre bit 391
METAFILE – file drawer 388 Door buffer 391
Contoured profile 389 Screwdriver 392
Symbol photo Pull-out stop 389

METABOX
Drawer/inner drawer 394
High fronted pull-out 394
Adjustment 396
Symbol photo
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Installation height and/or min. space
requirement in cabinet
General Information Height of Drawer Side
Accessories Dynamic carrying capacity in kg
Drawer Planning
Inner drawer Cutting
High fronted pull-out Assembly
Full extension Assembly, removal and adjustment
Single extension
Gallery
Double gallery
Single-wall BOXSIDE
Catalogue 2009 355

▶ Basic elements
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Basic element
320N 330N 320N 330N

78*
78*
68
68
358 366 358 366
110*
110*
100
100
320M 330M 320M 330M
360 368 360 368
METABOX
142*
142*
132
320K 330K 132 320K 330K

362 370 362 370
174*
174*
164
164
320H 330H 320H 330H

364 372 364 372
Basic element
167
Gallery
320M 330M
374 380
231
Double gallery
320M 330M
376 382
231
Gallery and single-

wall BOXSIDE 320M 330M
378 384
320X – 25 kg – single extension
330X – 30 kg – full extension
Catalogue 2009 356

▶ Basic elements
METABOX
Catalogue 2009 357

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – drawer/inner drawer – N

- Single extension with 54 mm high
- Epoxy coated steel drawer sides
- Drawer sides in cream (RAL 9001) as stand-
ard and in grey (RAL 9006) and white upon
request
- High impact nylon rollers
- BLUMATIC self closing feature
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet profile drawer side left/
right, RAL 9001 cream
METABOX
Nominal Screw-on ver- Quick assembly

length NL sion version
270 mm 320N2700C 320N2700C15
350 mm 320N3500C 320N3500C15
400 mm 320N4000C 320N4000C15
450 mm 320N4500C 320N4500C15
500 mm 320N5000C 320N5000C15
550 mm 320N5500C 320N5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2c Standard front fixing brackets left

Screw-on version ZSF.1510
Knock-in version ZSF.1610 1
Order left and right
3 Front fixing for inner drawers

RAL 9001 cream ZIF.3010
Nylon
2c
2c
3
Catalogue 2009 358

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – drawer/inner drawer – N
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Installation dimensions for Drilling dimensions for knock-in Back installation dimensions
screw-on front or EXPANDO front
* + 3 mm for inner drawer FA Front overlay
Drawer Inner drawer Drawer
min 24
9
min 54*
54
18.5
15.5
METABOX
270 Back
B
192 39 mm B
350 LW - 31 mm LW A
C
400 Base KB
96 Drawer
Inner drawer LW Internal cabinet width
64 LW - 31 mm
550
2 Front
9 C
Inner drawer
128 128 96 128 37
LW - 64 mm 61 mm
Base assembly for quick assembly version

X (mm)
Ø5 Drawer 69
9
Inner drawer 53
9
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 4 mm x 32

Page instructions
Overview – METABOX 356
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 359

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – drawer/inner drawer – M

request
NL Nominal length
METABOX

270 mm 320M2700C 320M2700C15
350 mm 320M3500C 320M3500C15
400 mm 320M4000C 320M4000C15
450 mm 320M4500C 320M4500C15
500 mm 320M5000C 320M5000C15
550 mm 320M5500C 320M5500C15
2a CLIP-front fixing brackets

Knock-in version ZSF.1300
EXPANDO-version ZSF.130E
2b Cover caps for 2a

1
RAL 9001 cream ZAA.3700
Nylon
Alternative to 2a
2d Cover caps for 2c

2c
RAL 9001 cream 2x ZAA.3500
Nylon
2d
3 Front fixing for inner drawers 2a 2b
3
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 360

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – drawer/inner drawer – M
Planning
min 24
32
min 86*
86
18.5
15.5
METABOX
270 Back
B
192 71 mm B
350 LW - 31 mm LW A
C
400 Base KB
96 Drawer
64 LW - 31 mm
550
2 Front
9 C
Inner drawer
128 128 96 128 37
LW - 64 mm 61 mm

X (mm)
Ø5 Drawer 69
9
Inner drawer 53
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 361

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – drawer/inner drawer – K

request
NL Nominal length
METABOX

350 mm 320K3500C 320K3500C15
400 mm 320K4000C 320K4000C15
450 mm 320K4500C 320K4500C15
500 mm 320K5000C 320K5000C15
550 mm 320K5500C 320K5500C15

2b Cover caps for 2a 1

Nylon
Alternative to 2a
2d Cover caps for 2c 2c

Nylon
2d
2a 2b
3
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 362

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – drawer/inner drawer – K
Planning
min 24
32
min 118*
118
32
18.5
15.5
METABOX
350 Back
B
103 mm B
400 LW - 31 mm LW A
96 C
450 Base KB
Drawer
64 Inner drawer LW Internal cabinet width
2 LW - 31 mm
9
128 128 96 128 37
Front
C
Inner drawer
LW - 64 mm 93 mm

X (mm)
Ø5 Drawer 69
9
Inner drawer 53
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 363

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – drawer/inner drawer – H

request
NL Nominal length
METABOX

350 mm 320H3500C 320H3500C15
400 mm 320H4000C 320H4000C15
450 mm 320H4500C 320H4500C15
500 mm 320H5000C 320H5000C15
550 mm 320H5500C 320H5500C15


Nylon
Alternative to 2a
2d

Nylon
2a 2b
3
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 364

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – drawer/inner drawer – H
Planning
min
24
9
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1
32
64
min 150*
150
32
32
min 77.5
18.5
12
15.5
METABOX
350 Back
B
135 mm B
400 LW - 31 mm LW A
96 C
450 Base KB
Drawer
2 LW - 31 mm
9
128 128 96 128 37
Front
C
Inner drawer
LW - 64 mm 125 mm

X (mm)
Ø5 Drawer 69
9
Inner drawer 53
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 365

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – drawer/inner drawer – N

- Full extension with 54 mm high drawer sides
request
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet profile, centre profile and
drawer side left/right, RAL 9001
METABOX
cream
270 mm 330N270PC 330N270PC15
350 mm 330N350PC 330N350PC15
400 mm 330N400PC 330N400PC15
450 mm 330N450PC 330N450PC15
500 mm 330N500PC 330N500PC15
550 mm 330N550PC 330N550PC15

Screw-on version ZSF.1510 1

Nylon
2c
2c
3
Catalogue 2009 366

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – drawer/inner drawer – N
Planning
9
Ø 10 +– 0.2
min 46
0.1
54
13.5 32
18.5
min
12
min 22*
15.5
METABOX
270 Back
B
192 39 mm B
350 LW - 31 mm LW A
64 C
400 Base KB
96 Drawer
64 LW - 31 mm
550
20
Front
128 128 96 128 37 C
Inner drawer
LW - 64 mm 61 mm

X (mm)
Ø5 Drawer 69
9
Inner drawer 53
9

Over extension = 8 mm x 32
Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 367

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – drawer/inner drawer – M

request
NL Nominal length
METABOX
cream
270 mm 330M270PC 330M270PC15
350 mm 330M350PC 330M350PC15
400 mm 330M400PC 330M400PC15
450 mm 330M450PC 330M450PC15
500 mm 330M500PC 330M500PC15
550 mm 330M550PC 330M550PC15


Nylon
Alternative to 2a

RAL 9001 cream 2x ZAA.3500 2c
Nylon
2d
2a 2b
Nylon 3
Catalogue 2009 368

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – drawer/inner drawer – M
Planning
9
Ø 10 +– 0.2
min 54* min 46
0.1
32
86
13.5 64
18.5
min
12
15.5
METABOX
270 Back
B
192 71 mm B
350 LW - 31 mm LW A
64 C
400 Base KB
96 Drawer
64 LW - 31 mm
550
20
Front
128 128 96 128 37 C
Inner drawer
LW - 64 mm 61 mm

X (mm)
Ø5 Drawer 69
9
Inner drawer 53
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 369

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – drawer/inner drawer – K

request
NL Nominal length
METABOX
cream
350 mm 330K350PC 330K350PC15
400 mm 330K400PC 330K400PC15
450 mm 330K450PC 330K450PC15
500 mm 330K500PC 330K500PC15
550 mm 330K550PC 330K550PC15

1
Nylon
Alternative to 2a

2c
Nylon
2d
3 Front fixing for inner drawers 2a 2b
Nylon 3
Catalogue 2009 370

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – drawer/inner drawer – K
Planning
9
min 46
32
118
min 86*
32
18.5
15.5
METABOX
350 Back
B
64 103 mm B
400 LW - 31 mm LW A
96 C
450 Base KB
Drawer
20
LW - 31 mm
128 128 96 128 37
Front
C
Inner drawer
LW - 64 mm 93 mm

X (mm)
Ø5 Drawer 69
9
Inner drawer 53
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 371

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – drawer/inner drawer – H

- Full extension with 150 mm high drawer
sides
request
NL Nominal length
METABOX
cream
350 mm 330H350PC 330H350PC15
400 mm 330H400PC 330H400PC15
450 mm 330H450PC 330H450PC15
500 mm 330H500PC 330H500PC15
550 mm 330H550PC 330H550PC15

1
Nylon
Alternative to 2a
2d

Nylon
2a 2b
Nylon 3
Catalogue 2009 372

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – drawer/inner drawer – H
Planning
9
min 46
32
150
32
min 118*
32
18.5
15.5
METABOX
350 Back
B
64 135 mm B
400 LW - 31 mm LW A
96 C
450 Base KB
Drawer
20
LW - 31 mm
128 128 96 128 37
Front
C
Inner drawer
LW - 64 mm 125 mm

X (mm)
Ø5 Drawer 69
9
Inner drawer 53
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 373

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – gallery – B

request
- Tool free assembly of gallery system
(INSERTA/CLIP)
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet profile drawer side left/ 4 Longside gallery rails with back
right, RAL 9001 cream fixing left/right
METABOX
Nominal Screw-on ver- Quick assembly Nominal RAL 9001

length NL sion version length NL cream
350 mm 320M3500C 320M3500C15 350 mm ZRE.321S.ID
400 mm 320M4000C 320M4000C15 400 mm ZRE.371S.ID
450 mm 320M4500C 320M4500C15 450 mm ZRE.421S.ID
500 mm 320M5000C 320M5000C15 500 mm ZRE.471S.ID
550 mm 320M5500C 320M5500C15 550 mm ZRE.521S.ID

1

4
Nylon
Alternative to 2a
Screw-on version ZSF.1700 2c
2d
2a 2b
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 374

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – gallery – B
Planning
FA Front overlay
9
min 89
32
32
143
32
min 86
86
18.5
15.5
METABOX
350 Back
B B
127 mm
400 LW - 31 mm A
96 LW
450 Base KB
NL - 2 mm
500 A KB Cabinet width
64 LW Internal cabinet width
550 NL Nominal length
2 LW - 31 mm
9
128 128 96 128 37

X (mm)
Ø5 High fronted 69
pull-out
9
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
ORGA-LINE-accessories 390
Catalogue 2009 375

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – double gallery – D

request
(INSERTA/CLIP)
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet profile drawer side left/ 4 Longside gallery rails with back
right, RAL 9001 cream fixing left/right
METABOX

350 mm 320M3500C 320M3500C15 350 mm 2x ZRE.321S.ID

4
Nylon
Order left and right 1
Alternative to 2a
Knock-in version ZSF.1800 2c
2d Cover caps for 2c 2a 2b 2d

Nylon
Catalogue 2009 376

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – double gallery – D
Planning
FA Front overlay
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1 9
32
64
min 153
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1
32
207
32
64
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1
32
min 86
32
86
13.5 64
min
18.5
12
15.5
METABOX
350 Back
B B
191 mm
400 LW - 31 mm A
96 LW
450 Base KB
NL - 2 mm
2 LW - 31 mm
9
128 128 96 128 37

X (mm)
Ø5 High fronted 69
pull-out
9
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 377

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – BOXSIDE – D

request
(INSERTA/CLIP)
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet profile drawer side left/ 4 Longside gallery rails with back 5 Single-wall
right, RAL 9001 cream fixing left/right BOXSIDE
METABOX
Nominal Screw-on ver- Quick assembly Nominal RAL 9001 Nominal RAL 9001
length NL sion version length NL cream length NL cream
400 mm 320M4000C 320M4000C15 400 mm ZRE.371S.ID 400 mm 2x Z36H367SE01

5

RAL 9001 cream ZAA.3700 4
Nylon
1
Alternative to 2a
1
2c

2a 2b 2d
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 378

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – BOXSIDE – D
Planning
FA Front overlay
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1 9
32
min 153
128
207
96
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1
32
min 86
86
13.5 64
min
18.5
12
15.5
METABOX
400 Back
B B
96 191 mm
450 LW - 31 mm A
LW
500 Base KB
64 NL - 2 mm
9
NL Nominal length
128 128 96 128 37
LW - 31 mm

X (mm)
Ø5 High fronted 69
pull-out
9
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 379

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – high fronted pull-out – gallery – B

request
(INSERTA/CLIP)
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet profile, centre profile and 4 Longside gallery rails with back
drawer side left/right, RAL 9001 fixing left/right
METABOX
cream
350 mm 330M350PC 330M350PC15 350 mm ZRE.321S.ID


Nylon 1
Alternative to 2a
2c
2a 2b 2d
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 380

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – high fronted pull-out – gallery – B
Planning
FA Front overlay
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1 9
min 113
32
64
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1
32
143
32
86
64
min 54
13.5
min
18.5
12
15.5
METABOX
350 Back
B B
64 127 mm
400 LW - 31 mm A
96 LW
450 Base KB
NL - 2 mm
20
LW - 31 mm
128 128 96 128 37

X (mm)
Ø5 High fronted 69
pull-out
9
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 381

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – high fronted pull-out – double gallery – D

request
(INSERTA/CLIP)
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet profile, centre profile and 4 Longside gallery rails with back
drawer side left/right, RAL 9001 fixing left/right
METABOX
cream
350 mm 330M350PC 330M350PC15 350 mm 2x ZRE.321S.ID

4

Nylon
Order left and right 1
Alternative to 2a
Knock-in version ZSF.1800 2c
2d Cover caps for 2c 2a 2b 2d

Nylon
Catalogue 2009 382

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – high fronted pull-out – double gallery – D
Planning
FA Front overlay
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1 9
32
64
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1
32
min 177
32
207
64
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1
32
32
86
64
min 54
13.5
min
18.5
12
15.5
METABOX
350 Back
B B
64 191 mm
400 LW - 31 mm A
96 LW
450 Base KB
NL - 2 mm
20
LW - 31 mm
128 128 96 128 37

X (mm)
Ø5 High fronted 69
pull-out
9
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 383

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – high fronted pull-out – BOXSIDE – D

request
(INSERTA/CLIP)
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet profile, centre profile and 4 Longside gallery rails with back 5 Single-wall
drawer side left/right, RAL 9001 fixing left/right BOXSIDE
METABOX
cream
Nominal Screw-on ver- Quick assembly Nominal RAL 9001 Nominal RAL 9001
length NL sion version length NL cream length NL cream
400 mm 330M400PC 330M400PC15 400 mm ZRE.371S.ID 400 mm 2x Z36H367SE01


Nylon
Alternative to 2a 1
2c Standard front fixing brackets left 5
Knock-in version ZSF.1800 1
Order left and right 2c

RAL 9001 cream 2x ZAA.3500 2a 2b 2d
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 384

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – high fronted pull-out – BOXSIDE – D
Planning
FA Front overlay
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1 9
32
min 177
128
207
96
Ø 10 +– 0.2
0.1
32
86
64
min 54
13.5
18.5
min
12
15.5
METABOX
400 Back
96 B B
191 mm
450 LW - 31 mm A
LW
500 Base KB
64 NL - 2 mm
20
128 128 96 128 37 LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
LW - 31 mm

X (mm)
Ø5 High fronted 69
pull-out
9
9

Page instructions
Accessories 386
Catalogue 2009 385

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories
Side stabilisation
- For full extension with wooden back Nominal length Part no.
- Additional stabilisation for extra wide draw- 450 mm ZST.450MH
ers and high fronted pull-outs 500 mm ZST.500MH
550 mm ZST.550MH
Page instructions
1 Cutting Cabinet profile fixing positions
Internal cabinet width LW - 86 mm 393
Space requirements in Space requirements in Space requirements in Installation dimensions Assembly

cabinet cabinet cabinet height M, K and H
29
1
32
32
150
METABOX
18.5 - M
50.5 - K
82.5 - H
118
32
min 118
2
86
min 86
min 54
32
15.5 15.5 15.5

3
Child safety latch 320/330

- Made of high impact natural coloured nylon Nylon Part no.
- To prevent small children from opening the natural 295.5500
drawer
Cabinet installation Front installation dimen- Cabinet installation Front installation dimen- Assembly
dimensions 320 sions 320 dimensions 330 sions 330
[1] Drilling
16 28 16 28
min 50
14.4
14.4
37
Catalogue 2009 386

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories
Anti-tilt device
- For central locking of all pull-outs Nylon Part no.
- In combination with locking systems RAL 9001 cream 295.5300
- For locking bar systems (suitable for single
and full extension drawers)
- If one drawer is open, the others are locked
(pull-out lock)
- Please read locking system manufacturer‘s
instructions
320 330 Assembly
320 A B 330 A B
N 56 48.5 M 56 48.5
.5
M 88 80.5 K 88 80.5 20
K 120 112.5 H 120 112.5 A A = 37
B C B=
H 152 144.5
21
9
C
METABOX
24
min 46
A
21 B
9
min A
B
min 7
min 7
4
4
B
min A
Spacers
- For inner drawers with single extensions Spacing Part no.
- Made of high impact nylon RAL 9001 cream 4 mm 320M0048
- To space drawers beyond the door protru- 8 mm 320M0088
sion 8 mm with dowel Ø 5 mm 320M0188
- Stacking possible (up to 24 mm)
- Screw fixing with version available for pre-
drilled Ø 5 mm holes
Spacer combinations Assembly

The number of fixing points required depends on the length of the cabinet profile:
Up to 450 mm min. 2 fixing points

Hinge Spacer/fixing Spacers/quantity and part no.
170° 8 mm 1x 320M0088
Ø 4 x 20 mm 1x 320M0188
100° / 107° / 120° 12 mm 1x 320M0088 + 1x 320M0048
Ø 4 x 25 mm 1x 320M0188 + 1x 320M0048
Profile/thick door 16 mm 2x 320M0088
Ø 4 x 30 mm 1x 320M0188 + 1x 320M0088
Maximum spacing 24 mm 3x 320M0088
Ø 4 x 40 mm 1x 320M0188 + 2x 320M0088
Catalogue 2009 387

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories
METAFILE – file drawer

- For METABOX high fronted pull-out basic Steel/nylon Part no.
element, height B with gallery – 25 und 30 kg RAL 9001 cream ZRM.5500
- For cabinet widths 275 to 600 mm
Page instructions
Basic element
25 kg B height – single extension 374
30 kg B height – full extension 380
Space requirements in Installation dimensions Front drilling dimensions Back installation dimen- Assembly
cabinet for screw-on front sions
FA Front overlay EXPANDO/knock-in as- 1

sembly
min 213
2
METABOX
min 86
86
15.5
Space requirements in Installation dimensions Front drilling dimensions Back installation dimen-
cabinet for screw-on front sions 4
FA Front overlay EXPANDO/knock-in as-

sembly
min 8
32
min 237
9
166
32
86
min 54
18.5
15.5
DIN-A4 cutting dimensions across DIN-A4 cutting dimensions lengthwise

Min. internal width = 376 mm 3 Min. nominal length = 500 mm
2 1 A4 1
[1] Nominal length - 28 mm 2 [1] Nominal length - 28 mm
[2] Nominal length - 53 mm [2] 305 mm
4 [3] Nominal length - 406 mm
5 [4] Internal cabinet width - 82 mm
[5] Internal cabinet width - 59 mm
Catalogue 2009 388

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories
Contoured profile
- Screw-on version Cutting dim. for 16 mm chipboard
- For 16 mm base Standard drawer
- Nylon, RAL 9001 cream NL - 2 mm
Inner drawer
NL - 18 mm
For cutting to size, 1200 mm Part no. Cutting LW - 34 mm
RAL 9001 cream ZSD.1200S Nominal length NL - 18 mm
Pull-out stop 320

- Made of high impact natural coloured nylon Assembly
- To prevent accidental removal of drawer spe-
cially for cutlery or machine/applicance pull-
outs
Nylon Part no.

natural 320M0009.01
Pull-out stop 330
METABOX
- Made of high impact nylon Assembly
- To prevent accidental removal of drawer spe-
cially for cutlery or machine/applicance pull-
outs
Nylon Part no.

orange 330.0029
POSISTOP 320
- Stop in runner system Assembly
- Made of high impact natural coloured nylon
- Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer
front
Gap Part no. - For single extension only
1.5 mm 298.3210.01 - Produces either a 1.5 or 3 mm gap
3 mm 298.3230.01 - Symmetrical
POSISTOP 330
- Stop in runner system Assembly
- Made of high impact natural coloured nylon
- Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer
front
- For full extensions only
Left and right Part no. - Produces a 1.5 mm gap
1 2
natural 330.0028
Catalogue 2009 389

▶ Basic elements

- Cross gallery rails for cutting to size
- Material: aluminium
Cutting
For cutting to size, 1104 mm Part no. Internal cabinet width LW - 65 mm
RAL 9001 cream ZRG.1104U For cabinet width KB 1200 mm already cut to size!
Gallery connector
- Clip-on to gallery Assembly
- Connects the cross gallery with BOXSIDE
- Material: nylon/steel
Nylon/steel Part no.

RAL 9001 cream ZRU.10B1E

METABOX
- Cross gallery rails for cutting to size

- Material: aluminium
Cutting
For cutting to size, 1104 mm Part no. Internal cabinet width LW - 58 mm
RAL 9001 cream ZRG.1104U For cabinet width KB 1200 mm already cut to size!

- Cross gallery connector made of high impact
nylon for two gallery rails
ing
Nylon Part no.
RAL 9001 cream ZRU.00Z0
Lateral divider
- Gallery division
- Material: nylon
Nylon Part no.

RAL 9001 cream ZRU.00F0
Catalogue 2009 390

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories

Ø7
- Ø 3.5 mm 15 mm 609.1500
X 17 mm 609.1700
Ø3.5

Ø8
- Ø 6 mm 10 mm 661.1000.HG
13 mm 661.1300.HG
X
14.5 mm 661.1450.HG
Ø6 20 mm 661.2000.HG
METABOX
Ø7
- Ø 6 mm 11.5 mm 662.1150.HG
14.5 mm 662.1450.HG
X
Ø6
Centre bit
- Hardened Part no.

natural 993.710
8 mm Ø door buffer
- Two-part
Catalogue 2009 391

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories
Slotted screwdriver
METABOX
Catalogue 2009 392

▶ Basic elements

Fixing onto cabinet A C
B
A Chipboard screws
Ø 4 x 15 mm 270
A C
B Chipboard screws
B
Part no. 661.145
C Chipboard screws 350
Ø 3.5 x 15 mm A C
For high fronted pull-out B
400 - 450
A C
B
500
A C
B
550
METABOX
Fixing onto cabinet A
B
A Chipboard screws
Ø 4 x 15 mm 270
B Chipboard screws
Part no. 661.145 A
B
350 - 450
A
B
500 - 550
ZST – lateral stabiliser

450
500
64
550
7
128 128 96 128 37
Catalogue 2009 393

▶ Basic elements
Drawer 320/330 N Inner drawer 320/330 N
2
2
1
1
ZSF.1510/1610Assembly Assembly
Drawer 320/330 M/K/H

METABOX
1 1 2
2
ZSF.1200/1300/130EAssembly ZSF.1700/1800Assembly
Inner drawer 320/330 M/K/H
1 2
Assembly
1 3
1
2 3
Catalogue 2009 394

▶ Basic elements
Drawer – wooden back
2 3
METABOX
320
330
Catalogue 2009 395

▶ Basic elements
Side adjustment Tilt adjustment
± 1.5
± 1.5 2
± 1.3 2
2
1 1 3
1 3 3
ZSF.1200/1300/130E ZSF.1700/1800 ZSF.1510/1610 ZSF.1200/1300/130E/1700
Height adjustment
5
4
METABOX
- 1.8 + 3.6
2
3
1
ZSF.1200/1300/130E
± 1.8
2
1 3
ZSF.1700/1800
2
+ 1.8
1
3
ZSF.1510/1610
Catalogue 2009 396

▶ Basic elements
METABOX
Catalogue 2009 397

Inspire your customers with variety and comfort

TANDEM can be used in all areas of the Advantages at a glance:
house. Being completely concealed and ■ Unsurpassed running action using the ■ Can be combined with TIP-ON, the
easy to use TANDEM adds value – in every TANDEM runner principle mechanical opening support system, and
application. ■ Silent and effortless closing action thanks SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening sup-
to BLUMOTION port system
■ Full extension for an excellent overview ■ Excellent durability
and unhindered access ■ Easy adjustment options
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM TIP-ON for TANDEM ORGA-LINE for TANDEM
– basic elements The electrical opening support Thanks to the mechanical opening The high-quality stainless steel
TANDEM can be used in all areas system also offers inspiring opening support system, a simple touch on dividing system for the interior of
of the house. Being completely con- comfort in the living area the handle-less front is enough to drawers and high fronted pull-outs
cealed and easy to use TANDEM open the pull-out
adds value for the consumer. This
extensive programme enables
numerous application options
Catalogue 2009 398

Overview

■ Drawer
■ Inner drawer
■ Inner pull-out
■ Pull-out surround
■ Video runner
▶ SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM 458

■ Standard cabinet – ■ Cabinet with inset fronts
horizontal and vertical cross members
■ Sink cabinet
■ Two pull-outs with a continuous front
■ Cabinet with different drawer depths
■ Cabinet with individual drawer –
Symbol photo attachment bracket upper
▶ TIP-ON for TANDEM 508

■ TIP-ON for TANDEM full extension
■ TIP-ON for TANDEM single extension
Symbol photo
▶ ORGA-LINE for TANDEM 512
TANDEM
■ Provisions ■ Spices
■ Cutlery ■ Bottles
■ Odds and ends ■ Cooking utensils
■ Crockery ■ Pots/lids/pans/cooking utensils
■ Nylon tray ■ Baking ingredients
■ Kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances
Symbol photo ■ Open provisions
Catalogue 2009 399

▶ Basic elements
Inspire your customers with variety and comfort

The TANDEM runner system is Blum‘s
premier solution for wooden drawers and
pull-outs. This concealed fittings technology
will enable you to make furniture that will meet
your customer‘s highest expectations.
This versatility ensures that there are a variety

of options for making functional as well as
beautiful wooden furniture.
Quality features such as TANDEM ultra light

running action, the new BLUMOTION (com-
pletely integrated into the runner system) as
well as tool-free adjustment options provide
you with perfect motion for your furniture.
TANDEM
Programme Easy adjustment Slide-on or clip-on feature

Uniform programme from 250 to The innovative tilt and height adjust- Both fixing technologies make assembly and removal easier. It‘s also an
750 mm. Full and single extensions ment feature makes front adjust- advantage for your customer when spring cleaning
share the same mount. dimensions ment fast and precise. All without
for complete interchangeability the need for tools
Technology that inspires
BLUMOTION TANDEM smooth running action

This adaptive system ensures a Low-friction cylindrical nylon roller
silent and effortless closing move- runners are the basis for the dis-
ment tinctive TANDEM smooth running
action
Catalogue 2009 400

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Overview

■ Drawer
■ Inner drawer
■ Inner pull-out
■ Pull-out surround
■ Video runner
▶▶ Accessories
Screw-on 450
Centre bit 450
Door buffer 450
Screwdriver 451
Symbol photo

Drawer/High fronted pull-out 454
Glass-BOXSIDE 454
Drawer insertion and removal 455
Front adjuster 456
Pull-out surround and video runner 456
Symbol photo Lock-open stop 456
TANDEM
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Single extension Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories Gallery
General Information Double gallery
Larder unit with door Glass-BOXSIDE
Drawer Deep pull-out
Inner drawer Slide-on technology
High fronted pull-out Clip-on feature
Inner pull-out Dynamic carrying capacity in kg
Pull-out surround Planning
Video runner Cutting
Full extension Assembly
Catalogue 2009 401

▶ Basic elements
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Basic element
560H 566H 560H 566H

404 406 404 406
550H 550H
408 408
561H 561H
410 410
min 7
min 7
551H 551H
412 412
High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
Basic element
560H 566H
414 416
min 7
Gallery
550H
418
560H 566H
min 7
420 422
TANDEM
Double gallery
550H
424
560H 566H
min 7
426 428
Glass-BOXSIDE
550H
430
560H 566H 560H 566H
432 434 432 434
min 7
min 7
Deep pull-out
min
min
130
130
550H
436
Pull-out surround
Pull-out surround
Basic element
560H 566H
min 7
438 440
550H
442
Catalogue 2009 402

▶ Basic elements
Video runner
Video runner Video runner
Basic element Cabinet fixing Base fixing
560H 560H
444 444
550H 550H
446 446
Cabinet width 400 - 600 mm
Larder unit
448
TANDEM
Catalogue 2009 403

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – drawer/inner drawer – 560H

- Concealed TANDEM full extension with inte-
grated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless
closing action
- TANDEM inside – for unparalleled running
action for the lifetime of the furniture
- Tool-free height adjustment in locking device
- Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment +3
NL
- Built-in width and depth tolerance compen-
sation
NL Nominal length
1 Runners left/right
Nominal TANDEM plus * Suitable for

length NL BLUMOTION TANDEM plus * TIP-ON
250 mm 560H2500B 560H2500C
270 mm 560H2700B 560H2700C Drawer
300 mm 560H3000B 560H3000C
6
320 mm 560H3200B 560H3200C
350 mm 560H3500B 560H3500C
TANDEM
380 mm 560H3800B 560H3800C

400 mm 560H4000B 560H4000C
420 mm 560H4200B 560H4200C
450 mm 560H4500B 560H4500C
6
480 mm 560H4800B 560H4800C
500 mm 560H5000B 560H5000C
1
520 mm 560H5200B 560H5200C
550 mm 560H5500B 560H5500C 4
600 mm 560H6000B 560H6000C
3 Locking device left/right

3
orange left hand T51.1700.04
orange right hand T51.1700.04
Inner drawer
4 Front adjustment bracket (optional)
natural 295.1000
Nylon 6
5 POSISTOP (optional)
Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey 298.5500
Depth stop for inner drawers without TIP-ON
6
6 TIP-ON left/right (optional) 3
For handle-less fronts T55.7150 1
Only suitable for TANDEM plus 5
Catalogue 2009 404

▶ Basic elements
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Drawer/inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer
* + 1 mm with TIP-ON T55.7150 SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Inner cabinet width NL Nominal Length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
* + 3 mm with TIP-ON
min 7
SKW =
+ 0.0
LW - 42 – 1.5
max 16 SKL = NL - 10
12 - 15
37 32
37*
27.5*
4 NL 10
min 27.5
21
Cabinet profile screw positions Drawer assembly

Nominal length NL (mm) 11
250, 270 33
55 *
10
300, 320
350, 380 7
Ø6
TANDEM
400, 420
Use drilling template T65.1000 * 85 mm with TIP-ON T55.X150
450, 480 Use drilling template T65.1000
500, 520, 550
600

Page instructions
Overview – TANDEM plus BLUMOTION – basic ORGA-LINE-application – odds & ends Assembly devices 556
elements 400 516 More technical details 658
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM ORGA-LINE-application – kitchen utensils/kni-
Overview – TIP-ON for TANDEM ORGA-LINE-application – cooking utensils
508 517
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEM ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories
512 518
Catalogue 2009 405

▶ Basic elements

closing action
- Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment +3
NL
sation
NL Nominal length
Nominal TANDEM plus

length NL BLUMOTION
450 mm 566H4500B
500 mm 566H5000B Drawer
520 mm 566H5200B
550 mm 566H5500B
580 mm 566H5800B
TANDEM
600 mm 566H6000B
650 mm 566H6500B
700 mm 566H7000B
750 mm 566H7500B
3 Locking device left/right 1

orange right hand T51.1700.04 4
4 Front adjustment bracket (optional) 3

natural 295.1000
Nylon
Inner drawer
Depth stop for inner drawers without TIP-ON
3
1
5
Catalogue 2009 406

▶ Basic elements
Planning
SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
NL Nominal Length
min 7
SKW =
+ 0.0
LW - 42 – 1.5
12 - 15
37 32
27.5
37
4 NL 10
min 27.5
21

450 33
55
96 10
500
192
520 7
Ø6
TANDEM
550
Use drilling template T65.1000 Use drilling template T65.1000
580
600
650
700
750
14 32 9
64 288 37

Page instructions
Overview – TANDEM plus BLUMOTION – basic ORGA-LINE-application – kitchen utensils/kni-
elements 400 ves/small electric appliances 516
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM ORGA-LINE-application – cooking utensils
458 517
512 518
Catalogue 2009 407

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – drawer/inner drawer – 550H

- Concealed TANDEM single extension with
integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effort-
less closing action
- Built-in width and depth tolerance compen- +3
NL
sation
NL Nominal length
Nominal TANDEM * Suitable for

length NL BLUMOTION TANDEM * TIP-ON
270 mm 550H2700B 550H2700.03
300 mm 550H3000B 550H3000.03 Drawer
350 mm 550H3500B 550H3500.03
6
400 mm 550H4000B 550H4000.03
450 mm 550H4500B 550H4500.03
TANDEM
500 mm 550H5000B 550H5000.03

550 mm 550H5500B 550H5500.03
600 mm 550H6000.03
650 mm 550H6500.03
6
1
4 Front adjustment bracket (optional) 3

natural 295.1000
Nylon
Inner drawer
Depth stop for inner drawers without TIP-ON 6
6 TIP-ON left/right (optional)

For handle-less fronts T55.1150
Only suitable for TANDEM
6
3
1
5
Catalogue 2009 408

▶ Basic elements
Planning
A 3 mm distance to interchange SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
with full extension LW Inner cabinet width NL Nominal Length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length
min 7
SKW =
+ 0.0
LW - 42 – 1.5
max 13
37
24.5
34
4 10
NL
A
min 24.5
21

270 33
55 *
10
300, 350, 400, 450
500, 550 7
Ø6
TANDEM
600
650 Use drilling template T65.1000

Page instructions
508 517
512 518
Catalogue 2009 409

▶ Basic elements

- Concealed TANDEM full extension with pegs
and integrated BLUMOTION for silent and
effortless closing action
- Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated
into runner system +3
NL
- Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment
NL Nominal length

260 mm 561H2601B 561H2601C
☎ all items
☎ all items
285 mm 561H2851B 561H2851C Drawer

310 mm 561H3101B 561H3101C
335 mm 561H3351B 561H3351C
360 mm 561H3601B 561H3601C
TANDEM
385 mm 561H3851B 561H3851C

410 mm 561H4101B 561H4101C
435 mm 561H4351B 561H4351C
460 mm 561H4601B 561H4601C
485 mm 561H4851B 561H4851C 6
510 mm 561H5101B 561H5101C
535 mm 561H5351B 561H5351C 1
4
560 mm 561H5601B 561H5601C

natural 295.1000
Nylon
6 TIP-ON left/right (optional) Inner drawer

Only suitable for TANDEM plus
Catalogue 2009 410

▶ Basic elements
Planning
NL Nominal length
min 7
SKW =
+ 0.0
LW - 42 – 1.5
11-16 SKL = NL - 10
11-13
37 32
37*
27.5*
4 NL 10
min 27.5
21

260
96
13 10
6
285
9
310, 335 5 7
TANDEM
360, 385
Use drilling template T65.1000
410
64
435, 460, 485
128
510, 535 Nominal Pegs Lift-off stop
length
NL (mm) X2 (mm) X3 (mm)

560 X3
260 205 185
14 32 9 X2 285 220 200
64 224 310 230 242
37
335 245 257
360 275 287
385 285 297
410 300 344
435 310 354
460 335 379
485 350 394
510 360 436
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm 535 375 451
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452 560 405 481
Page instructions
508 517
512 518
Catalogue 2009 411

▶ Basic elements

pegs and integrated BLUMOTION for silent
and effortless closing action
- Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated
into runner system +3
NL
NL Nominal length

260 mm 551H2601B 551H2601
☎ all items
☎ all items
285 mm 551H2851B 551H2851 Drawer

310 mm 551H3101B 551H3101
335 mm 551H3351B 551H3351
360 mm 551H3601B 551H3601
TANDEM
385 mm 551H3851B 551H3851

410 mm 551H4101B 551H4101
435 mm 551H4351B 551H4351
460 mm 551H4601B 551H4601
485 mm 551H4851B 551H4851 6
510 mm 551H5101B 551H5101 1
535 mm 551H5351B 551H5351 4
560 mm 551H5601B 551H5601

natural 295.1000
Nylon
6 TIP-ON left/right (optional) Inner drawer

6
1
Catalogue 2009 412

▶ Basic elements
Planning
NL Nominal length
min 7
SKW =
+ 0.0
LW - 42 – 1.5
11-16 SKL = NL - 10
max 13
37
24.5
34
4 10
NL
A
min 24.5
21

260, 285
96
13 10
6
310, 335, 360, 385, 410, 435

128
9
460, 485 5 7
TANDEM
510, 535
560
14 9
64 224 37
Nominal Pegs Lift-off stop

length
X2 NL (mm) X2 (mm) X1 (mm)

260 205 185
X1 285 220 200
310 230 210
335 245 225
360 275 255
385 285 265
410 300 280
435 310 290
460 335 315
485 350 330
510 360 340
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm 535 375 355
Cabinet profile fixing positions 452 560 405 385
Page instructions
508 517
512 518
Catalogue 2009 413

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – high fronted pull-out – 560H – gallery

closing action
sation +3
NL
NL Nominal length
1 Runners left/right 7 Longside gallery rails with back fixing left/right
Nominal TANDEM plus * Suitable for Nominal

length NL BLUMOTION TANDEM plus * TIP-ON length NL chrome plated
400 mm 560H4000B 560H4000C 400 mm ZRE.363A.ID
450 mm 560H4500B 560H4500C 450 mm ZRE.413A.ID
480 mm 560H4800B 560H4800C 480 mm ZRE.443A.ID
500 mm 560H5000B 560H5000C 500 mm ZRE.463A.ID
520 mm 560H5200B 560H5200C 520 mm ZRE.483A.ID
TANDEM
550 mm 560H5500B 560H5500C 550 mm ZRE.513A.ID

600 mm 560H6000B 560H6000C 600 mm ZRE.563A.ID


natural 295.1000 High fronted pull-out
Nylon
6
1
4
Catalogue 2009 414

▶ Basic elements
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out
* + 1 mm with TIP-ON T55.7150 SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length
LW Inner cabinet width NL Nominal Length
min 7
11.5
16
6.5
11.5 12
32
6.5
SKW =
LW-42 +– 0.0
Ø10 +0.2
–0.1
1.5
SKL = NL - 10
max 16 37 32
12-15
27.5*
37*
37*
4 10
NL
min 27.5
21

400 33
55 *
10
450, 480
500, 520, 550 7

Ø6
TANDEM
600

Page instructions
Overview – TANDEM plus BLUMOTION – basic Assembly devices 556
elements 400 More technical details 658
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM
458
Overview – TIP-ON for TANDEM
508
524
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 415

▶ Basic elements

closing action
sation +3
NL
NL Nominal length
Nominal TANDEM plus Nominal

length NL BLUMOTION length NL chrome plated
450 mm 566H4500B 450 mm ZRE.413A.ID
500 mm 566H5000B 500 mm ZRE.463A.ID
520 mm 566H5200B 520 mm ZRE.483A.ID
550 mm 566H5500B 550 mm ZRE.513A.ID
580 mm 566H5800B 580 mm ZRE.543A.ID
TANDEM
600 mm 566H6000B 600 mm ZRE.563A.ID

650 mm 566H6500B 650 mm ZRE.613A.ID


Nylon
Catalogue 2009 416

▶ Basic elements
Planning
SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length

11.5
min 7
16
6.5
11.5 12
32
6.5
SKW =
LW-42 +– 0.0
Ø10 +0.2
–0.1
1.5
SKL = NL - 10
max 16 37 32
12-15
37*
27.5
37
4 10
NL
min 27.5
21

450 33
55
10
500
520 7
Ø6
TANDEM
550
580
600
650

Page instructions
458
508
524
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 417

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – 550H – gallery

less closing action
sation
- BLUMATIC self closing feature +3
NL
NL Nominal length
Nominal TANDEM * Suitable for Nominal

length NL BLUMOTION TANDEM * TIP-ON length NL chrome plated
400 mm 550H4000B 550H4000.03 400 mm ZRE.363A.ID
450 mm 550H4500B 550H4500.03 450 mm ZRE.413A.ID
500 mm 550H5000B 550H5000.03 500 mm ZRE.463A.ID
550 mm 550H5500B 550H5500.03 550 mm ZRE.513A.ID
600 mm 550H6000.03 600 mm ZRE.563A.ID
TANDEM
650 mm 550H6500.03 650 mm ZRE.613A.ID


natural 295.1000
Nylon High fronted pull-out

Only suitable for TANDEM 7
Catalogue 2009 418

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – 550H – gallery
Planning
A 3 mm distance to interchange SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length

with full extension LW Inner cabinet width NL Nominal Length
11.5
min 7
16
6.5
32
11.5 12
6.5
SKW =
LW-42 +– 0.0
ø 10 +0.2
- 0.1
1.5
SKL = NL - 10
max 16
max 13
37
24.5
34
34
24.5
4 10
NL
A
A
min 24.5
21

400, 450 33
55 *
10
500, 550
600 7
Ø6
TANDEM
650

Page instructions
458
508
524
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 419

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – high fronted pull-out – 560H – double gallery

closing action
- Tool-free height adjustment via a locking
device
sation
- BLUMATIC self closing feature NL Nominal length

400 mm 560H4000B 560H4000C 400 mm 2x ZRE.363A.ID
TANDEM



Nylon
6
1
4
Catalogue 2009 420

▶ Basic elements
Planning
min 7
11.5
16
6.5
32
11.5 12
6.5
Ø10 +0.2
–0.1
SKW =
LW-42 +– 0.0
1.5
12 - 15
37 32
37*
27.5*
37*
4 10
NL
21 min 27.5

400 33
55 *
10
450, 480
500, 520, 550 7

Ø6
TANDEM
600

Page instructions
458
508
524
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 421

▶ Basic elements

closing action
device
sation

450 mm 566H4500B 450 mm 2x ZRE.413A.ID
500 mm 566H5000B 500 mm 2x ZRE.463A.ID
520 mm 566H5200B 520 mm 2x ZRE.483A.ID
550 mm 566H5500B 550 mm 2x ZRE.513A.ID
580 mm 566H5800B 580 mm 2x ZRE.543A.ID
TANDEM
600 mm 566H6000B 600 mm 2x ZRE.563A.ID

650 mm 566H6500B 650 mm 2x ZRE.613A.ID


Nylon
Catalogue 2009 422

▶ Basic elements
Planning

min 7
16 11.5
6.5
32
11.5 12
6.5
Ø10 +0.2
–0.1
SKW =
LW-42 +– 0.0
1.5
12 - 15
37 32
27.5
37
37
4 10
NL
21 min 27.5

450 33
55
10
500
520 7
Ø6
TANDEM
550
580
600
650

Page instructions
458
508
524
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 423

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – 550H – double gallery

less closing action
device
sation
NL Nominal length

400 mm 550H4000B 550H4000.03 400 mm 2x ZRE.363A.ID
450 mm 550H4500B 550H4500.03 450 mm 2x ZRE.413A.ID
500 mm 550H5000B 550H5000.03 500 mm 2x ZRE.463A.ID
550 mm 550H5500B 550H5500.03 550 mm 2x ZRE.513A.ID
600 mm 550H6000.03 600 mm 2x ZRE.563A.ID
TANDEM
650 mm 550H6500.03 650 mm 2x ZRE.613A.ID


natural 295.1000

Catalogue 2009 424

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – 550H – double gallery
Planning

min 7
11.5
16
6.5
32
11.5 12
6.5
ø 10 +0.2
- 0.1
SKW =
LW-42 +– 0.0
1.5
SKL = NL - 10
max 16
max 13
37
34
24.5
24.5
34
4 10
NL
A
A
21 min 24.5

400, 450 33
55 *
10
500, 550
600 7
Ø6
TANDEM
650

Page instructions
458
508
524
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 425

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – high fronted pull-out – 560H – glass BOXSIDE

closing action
sation
NL Nominal length

400 mm 560H4000B 560H4000C 400 mm ZRE.363A.ID
450 mm 560H4500B 560H4500C 450 mm ZRE.413A.ID
480 mm 560H4800B 560H4800C 480 mm ZRE.443A.ID
500 mm 560H5000B 560H5000C 500 mm ZRE.463A.ID
520 mm 560H5200B 560H5200C 520 mm ZRE.483A.ID
TANDEM
550 mm 560H5500B 560H5500C 550 mm ZRE.513A.ID

600 mm 560H6000B 560H6000C 600 mm ZRE.563A.ID


Nylon
6
8

RAL 7037 dust grey Z36H000G1 6
Nylon 8
1
4
Catalogue 2009 426

▶ Basic elements
Planning
min 7
11.5 12
6.5
min 3
Ø10 +0.2
–0.1
SKW =
min 5
LW-42 +– 0.0
1.5
12 - 15
37 32
37*
27.5*
4 10
NL
21 min 27.5

400 33
55 *
10
450, 480
500, 520, 550 7

Ø6
TANDEM
600
Cutting dimensions for 4 mm ESG glass

The thermal treatment requires that
all edges be formed.
We recommend “ESG glass” (safe-

98 –+10
+0
0 –1 ty glass) and refer to the national
-4 and international safety standards.
NL
4 + 0.
–05
.5

Page instructions
458
508
524
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 427

▶ Basic elements

closing action
sation
NL Nominal length

450 mm 566H4500B 450 mm ZRE.413A.ID
500 mm 566H5000B 500 mm ZRE.463A.ID
520 mm 566H5200B 520 mm ZRE.483A.ID
550 mm 566H5500B 550 mm ZRE.513A.ID
580 mm 566H5800B 580 mm ZRE.543A.ID
TANDEM
600 mm 566H6000B 600 mm ZRE.563A.ID

650 mm 566H6500B 650 mm ZRE.613A.ID


Nylon

RAL 7037 dust grey Z36H000G1 7
Nylon
4 8
Catalogue 2009 428

▶ Basic elements
Planning

min 7
11.5 12
6.5
min 3
Ø10 +0.2
–0.1
SKW =
min 5
LW-42 +– 0.0
1.5
12 - 15
37 32
27.5
37
4 10
NL
21 min 27.5

450 33
55
10
500
520 7
Ø6
TANDEM
550
580
600


98 –+10
+0
NL
4 + 0.
–05
.5

Page instructions
458
508
524
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 429

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – 550H – glass BOXSIDE

less closing action
sation
NL Nominal length

400 mm 550H4000B 550H4000.03 400 mm ZRE.363A.ID
450 mm 550H4500B 550H4500.03 450 mm ZRE.413A.ID
500 mm 550H5000B 550H5000.03 500 mm ZRE.463A.ID
550 mm 550H5500B 550H5500.03 550 mm ZRE.513A.ID
600 mm 550H6000.03 600 mm ZRE.563A.ID
TANDEM
650 mm 550H6500.03 650 mm ZRE.613A.ID


natural 295.1000


RAL 7037 dust grey Z36H000G1
6
Nylon
Glass: not part of pack – glass NOT supplied by Blum 8
1
8
4
Catalogue 2009 430

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high fronted pull-out – 550H – glass BOXSIDE
Planning

min 7
11.5 12
6.5
min 3
Ø10 +0.2
–0.1
SKW =
min 5
LW-42 +– 0.0
1.5
max 13
37
34
24.5
4 10
NL
A
21 min 24.5

400, 450 33
55 *
10
500, 550
600 7
Ø6
TANDEM
650
Cutting dimensions for 4 mm ESG glass


98 –+10
+0
NL
4 + 0.
–05
.5

Page instructions
458
508
524
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 431

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – high fronted-/inner pull-out – 560H – deep drawer

closing action
- With ORGA-LINE side dividers
- 30 kg dyn. carrying capacity
- TANDEM inside – unsurpassed running ac-
tion – for the lifetime of the furniture
device
+3
- Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment NL
sation NL Nominal length

450 mm 560H4500B 560H4500C
500 mm 560H5000B 560H5000C High fronted pull-out
550 mm 560H5500B 560H5500C
6

TANDEM

6
natural 295.1000
Nylon 1
4
3
Depth stop for inner pull-outs without TIP-ON

For handle-less fronts T55.7150 Inner pull-out
6
8 Side liners
8
Nominal grey Stainless steel

6
450 mm ZHI.450SS65 ZHI.450SI65
500 mm ZHI.500SS65 ZHI.500SI65 3
550 mm ZHI.550SS65 ZHI.550SI65 1
5
Catalogue 2009 432

▶ Basic elements
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet High fronted pull-out/inner High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
pull-out
NL Nominal length
SKW = SKL = NL - 10
LW-42 +– 0.0
1.5
max 16
12 - 15
37 32
4 10
NL
min 27.5

450 33
55 *
128 10
500, 550
14 32 9
224 7
37 Ø6
TANDEM

Page instructions
Overview – TANDEM plus BLUMOTION – basic ORGA-LINE-application – crockery ORGA-LINE-application – pots/lids/pans/coo-
elements 400 520 king utensils 522
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM ORGA-LINE-application – plastic containers ORGA-LINE-application – baking ingredients
458 520 522
Overview – TIP-ON for TANDEM ORGA-LINE-application – open provisions Accessories 450
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEM ORGA-LINE-application – spices Assembly devices 556
520 521
Catalogue 2009 433

▶ Basic elements

closing action
device
+3
- Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment NL
sation NL Nominal length
Nominal TANDEM plus

length NL BLUMOTION
450 mm 566H4500B
500 mm 566H5000B High fronted pull-out
550 mm 566H5500B

TANDEM


natural 295.1000
1
Nylon
4
Depth stop for inner pull-outs without TIP-ON 3
8 Side liners
Inner pull-out

500 mm ZHI.500SS65 ZHI.500SI65 8
3
1
5
Catalogue 2009 434

▶ Basic elements
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet High fronted pull-out/inner High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
pull-out
SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
NL Nominal Length
SKW = SKL = NL - 10 SKL = NL - 10

LW-42 +– 0.0
1.5
max 16
12 - 15
37 32 37 32
4 10 4 10
NL NL
min 27.5

450 33
55
10
500
550 7
Ø6
TANDEM

Page instructions
Overview – TANDEM plus BLUMOTION – basic ORGA-LINE-application – plastic containers ORGA-LINE-application – baking ingredients
elements 400 520 522
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM ORGA-LINE-application – open provisions Accessories 450
520 521
ORGA-LINE-application – crockery ORGA-LINE-application – pots/lids/pans/coo-
520 king utensils 522
Catalogue 2009 435

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high front.-/inner pull-out – 550H – deep drawer

less closing action
device
+3
- Built-in width and depth tolerance compen- NL
sation

450 mm 550H4500B 550H4500.03
500 mm 550H5000B 550H5000.03 High fronted pull-out
550 mm 550H5500B 550H5500.03 6

8
TANDEM

6
natural 295.1000
Nylon 1
4
Depth stop for inner pull-outs without TIP-ON 3

For handle-less fronts T55.1150 Inner pull-out
8 Side liners
8

450 mm ZHI.450SS65 ZHI.450SI65 6
500 mm ZHI.500SS65 ZHI.500SI65 3
1
5
Catalogue 2009 436

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – high front.-/inner pull-out – 550H – deep drawer
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
NL Nominal length
min 7
SKW = SKL = NL - 10
LW-42 +– 0.0
1.5
max 16
max 13
37
24.5
34
4 10
NL
A
21 min 24.5

450 33
55 *
128 10
500, 550
14 9
224 37 7
Ø6
TANDEM

Page instructions
Overview – TANDEM plus BLUMOTION – basic ORGA-LINE-application – crockery ORGA-LINE-application – pots/lids/pans/coo-
elements 400 520 king utensils 522
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM ORGA-LINE-application – plastic containers ORGA-LINE-application – baking ingredients
458 520 522
Overview – TIP-ON for TANDEM ORGA-LINE-application – open provisions Accessories 450
520 521
Catalogue 2009 437

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – pull-out surround – 560H

51/138/188
closing action
device
1
NL
sation
1 Runners left/right 10 Gallery rail
chrome plated ZRG.1094U
Nominal TANDEM plus * Suitable for Cutting Cabinet width KB - 106 mm
length NL BLUMOTION TANDEM plus * TIP-ON Nominal length NL - 64 mm
250 mm 560H2500B 560H2500C
270 mm 560H2700B 560H2700C 3 tier gallery surround rail
300 mm 560H3000B 560H3000C
6
320 mm 560H3200B 560H3200C
350 mm 560H3500B 560H3500C 9
TANDEM
380 mm 560H3800B 560H3800C

400 mm 560H4000B 560H4000C
4
420 mm 560H4200B 560H4200C
450 mm 560H4500B 560H4500C 6 10
480 mm 560H4800B 560H4800C
500 mm 560H5000B 560H5000C
520 mm 560H5200B 560H5200C
1
550 mm 560H5500B 560H5500C
600 mm 560H6000B 560H6000C

3
5
2 tier gallery surround rail

4 Rear fixing bracket (optional)
6
natural T51.7000
Nylon
9
4
Depth stop without TIP-ON 10
6

9 Corner connectors
2 tier ZTU.00Z0 3
3 tier ZTU.00D0 5
RAL 7037 dust grey
Catalogue 2009 438

▶ Basic elements
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions for cor-
Without gallery With 2 tier gallery With 3 tier gallery ner connectors
* + 1 mm with TIP-ON T55.7150
min 7
min 7
137
180.5*
87
22.5
min 7
130.5*
22.5
43.5*
37*
37*
37*
16
16
16
21 21 21 22.5 19
Cabinet profile screw positions Pull-out surround Pull-out surround

250, 270 TB Shelf width TL Shelf length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length
300, 320 [1] Rear fixing bracket
350, 380
TANDEM
400, 420
TB =
LW - 42 +– 0.0
1.5
450, 480
12 - 15
500, 520, 550
600
x = max. 16

Page instructions
Overview – TANDEM plus BLUMOTION – basic
elements 400
458
508
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 439

▶ Basic elements

51/138/188
closing action
1
sation +2
NL
NL Nominal length
Nominal TANDEM plus

length NL BLUMOTION
450 mm 566H4500B
500 mm 566H5000B 3 tier gallery surround rail
520 mm 566H5200B
550 mm 566H5500B
580 mm 566H5800B 9
TANDEM
600 mm 566H6000B
650 mm 566H6500B 4
700 mm 566H7000B
750 mm 566H7500B 10 1

4 Rear fixing bracket (optional) 3

natural T51.7000 5
Nylon
5 POSISTOP (optional) 2 tier gallery surround rail

Depth stop without TIP-ON
9
9 Corner connectors
2 tier ZTU.00Z0 4
3 tier ZTU.00D0
RAL 7037 dust grey 10
1
10 Gallery rail
Cutting Cabinet width KB - 106 mm
Nominal length NL - 64 mm
3
5
Catalogue 2009 440

▶ Basic elements
Planning
min 7
min 7
137
180.5
87
min 7
22.5
130.5
22.5
43.5
37
16
37
37
16
16
21 21 21 22.5 19

450 TB Shelf width TL Shelf length
96 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length
500 [1] Rear fixing bracket
192
520
TANDEM
550
TB =
LW - 42 +– 0.0
1.5
580
12 - 15
600
650
700 x = max. 16
750
14 32 9
64 288 37

Page instructions
elements 400
458
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 441

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – pull-out surround – 550H

51/138/188
less closing action
device
1
NL
sation
NL Nominal length
1 Runners left/right 10 Gallery rail
Nominal TANDEM * Suitable for Cutting Cabinet width KB - 106 mm
length NL BLUMOTION TANDEM * TIP-ON Nominal length NL - 64 mm
270 mm 550H2700B 550H2700.03
300 mm 550H3000B 550H3000.03 3 tier gallery surround rail
350 mm 550H3500B 550H3500.03 6
400 mm 550H4000B 550H4000.03
450 mm 550H4500B 550H4500.03
TANDEM
500 mm 550H5000B 550H5000.03 9

550 mm 550H5500B 550H5500.03
600 mm 550H6000.03 4
650 mm 550H6500.03
6 10


3
natural T51.7000
5
Nylon
5 POSISTOP (optional) 2 tier gallery surround rail

Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey 298.5500 6

4
6 10
1
9 Corner connectors
2 tier ZTU.00Z0
3 tier ZTU.00D0
RAL 7037 dust grey
3
5
Catalogue 2009 442

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – pull-out surround – 550H
Planning
A 3 mm distance to interchange
with full extension
min 7
137
min 7
180.5
87
22.5
130.5
min 7
22.5
43.5
34
24.5
34
34
24.5
24.5
16
16
16
A
A
21 22.5 19
21 21

270 TB Shelf width TL Shelf length
300, 350, 400, 450 [1] Rear fixing bracket
500, 550
TANDEM
600
TB =
LW - 42 +– 0.0
1.5
650
max 13
x = max 16

Page instructions
elements 400
458
508
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 443

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – video pull-out – 560H

closing action
device
sation
- For cabinet and base fixing
1 Runners for cabinet fixing left/right
Nominal TANDEM plus

length NL BLUMOTION
350 mm 560H3500B
400 mm 560H4000B Cabinet fixing
2 Runners for base fixing left/right

TANDEM
Nominal TANDEM plus 11

4
length NL BLUMOTION
350 mm 560H3500BU
400 mm 560H4000BU
11 1

3
5
natural T51.7000
Nylon
Base fixing
11 Lock-open stop (optional) 11

4
natural 295.5600
Nylon 2
11
3
5
Catalogue 2009 444

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – video pull-out – 560H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Video runner Video runner
– cabinet fixing – base fixing
TB Shelf width TL Shelf length
[1] Rear fixing bracket
TB =
LW - 42 +– 0.0
1.5
12 - 15
27.5
37
27.5
21 8.8 x = max. 16
21

Cabinet fixing
350
400
64 128
32 9
TANDEM
224 37
Base fixing
350
400
256 9
352 55

Page instructions
elements 400
Accessories 450
Assembly – lock-open stop 456
Catalogue 2009 445

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – video pull-out – 550H

less closing action
- For cabinet and base fixing
NL Nominal length
1 Runners for cabinet fixing left/right
Nominal TANDEM
length NL BLUMOTION
350 mm 550H3500B
400 mm 550H4000B Cabinet fixing
2 Runners for base fixing left/right

TANDEM
Nominal TANDEM 11
4
length NL BLUMOTION
350 mm 550H3500BU
400 mm 550H4000BU
11 1
3
5
natural T51.7000
Nylon
Base fixing
11 Lock-open stop (optional) 11

4
natural 295.5600
Nylon 2
11
3
5
Catalogue 2009 446

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – video pull-out – 550H
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Video runner Video runner
– cabinet fixing – base fixing
A 3 mm distance to interchange TB Shelf width TL Shelf length
with full extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length
[1] Rear fixing bracket
TB =
LW - 42 +– 0.0
1.5
max 13
24.5
34
24.5
A
21 8.8 x = max 16
21

Cabinet fixing
350
400
TANDEM
Base fixing
350
400

Page instructions
elements 400
Accessories 450
Assembly – lock-open stop 456
Catalogue 2009 447

▶ Basic elements
Product Description
- The larder unit is equipped with inner draw-
ers, with shelves in the upper section
- Enough space and plenty of stability, even
for large, bulky items
- ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for
pull-outs puts everything in order and allows
easy access
- Up to 55 % more storage space through the
use of higher back and side walls
- Allows access from all sides
- Available with BLUMOTION for silent and
effortless closing action
Basic element
Inner pull-out
Application recommendation
Inner pull-out 432
Provisions 520
Door
TANDEM

92
Recommended cabinet widths: 450 - 600 mm

Page instructions
ORGA-LINE-application – provisions
520
92
BLUMOTION for doors
167
Accessories 450
Catalogue 2009 448

▶ Basic elements
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling dimensions All dimensions are aligned with the 32 mm system.
276
32
32
Page instructions
TANDEM
Number of Hinges 666
921
32
37
276
1st system drilling used for cabinet base 16 mm and bottom gap = 0 mm.
37*
16
Catalogue 2009 449

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories

Ø7
- Ø 3.5 mm 15 mm 609.1500
X 17 mm 609.1700
Ø3.5

Ø8
- Ø 6 mm 10 mm 661.1000.HG
13 mm 661.1300.HG
X
14.5 mm 661.1450.HG
Ø6 20 mm 661.2000.HG

Ø7
- Ø 6 mm 11.5 mm 662.1150.HG
14.5 mm 662.1450.HG
X
Ø6
TANDEM
Centre bit
- Hardened Part no.

natural 993.710
8 mm Ø door buffer
- Two-part
Catalogue 2009 450

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories
Slotted screwdriver
TANDEM
Catalogue 2009 451

▶ Basic elements
Cabinet profile 560H – 30 kg Cabinet profile 566H – 50 kg

Fixing onto cabinet Fixing onto cabinet A
B
Ø 4 x 15 mm Ø 4 x 15 mm
450
Part no. 661.145 Part no. 661.145 A
B
500 - 550
A
B
580 - 600
A
B
650 - 750
Cabinet profile 561H – 30 kg Cabinet profile 550H – 30 kg

TANDEM
Fixing onto cabinet A Fixing onto cabinet A

B B
Ø 4 x 15 mm Ø 4 x 15 mm
260 - 385 270
Part no. 661.145 A Part no. 661.145 A
B B
410 - 485 300 - 450
A A
B B
510 - 535 500 - 600
A A A
A B B
560 650
Catalogue 2009 452

▶ Basic elements
Cabinet profile 551H – 30 kg

Fixing onto cabinet A
B
A Chipboard screws
Ø 4 x 15 mm
260 - 485
B Chipboard screws
Part no. 661.145 A
B
510 - 535
A
B
560
Cabinet profile 560H – 30 kg – base fixing

Fixing onto cabinet A A
A B
A Chipboard screws
Ø 4 x 15 mm 350
B Chipboard screws
Part no. 661.145 A A
TANDEM
A B
400
Cabinet profile 550H – 30 kg – base fixing

Fixing onto cabinet A A
A B
A Chipboard screws
Ø 4 x 15 mm
350
B Chipboard screws
Part no. 661.145 A A
A B
400
Catalogue 2009 453

▶ Basic elements
Locking device
°
75
75
Four sided drawer Three sided drawer Inner drawer
Adjustment
2
1
Height adjustment: + 3 mm 560/566: tilt adjustment

TANDEM
1 3
2 1
3 2
Glass BOXSIDE – Z36H000G.02
Assembly Removal
Catalogue 2009 454

▶ Basic elements
Drawer insertion and removal (560/566/550H)
Insertion Removal
Drawer insertion (561/551H)
Insertion Lock 561H Lock 551H
TANDEM
Drawer removal (561/551H)
Unlock 561H Unlock 551H Removal
Height adjustment (561/551H)
561H: + 2.5 mm 551H: + 2.5 mm
Catalogue 2009 455

▶ Basic elements
Front adjuster
20 10.5
Insertion ram for MINIPRESS + Use screw M4x20

PRO-CENTER MZM.0095
Pull-out surround and video pull-out
20
16
Rear fixing bracket assembly Locking device assembly

TANDEM
POSISTOP – depth stop

°
75
Four sided drawer Three sided drawer
Lock-open stop
NL X X X NL X X X
560H 566H 550H 560H 566H 550H
250 79 - - 520 80 80 -
x 270 74 - 134 550 60 80 176
10 300 74 - 134 580 - 80 -
12
3 320 70 - - 600 80 80 219

9.0 8
350 80 - 134 650 - 80 219
380 82 - - 700 - 80 -
6.5 400 60 - 154 750 - 73 -
420 80 - -
450 60 80 154
480 70 - -
500 60 80 176
NL Nominal length
Catalogue 2009 456

▶ Basic elements
TANDEM
Catalogue 2009 457

▶ SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM
High opening comfort for each living area

SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening sup-
port system, is now also available for drawers
and high fronted pull-outs made from wood.
Your customers will be amazed at the opening
comfort in the entire living area. BLUMOTION,
for silent and effortless closing action, com-
pletes the picture in high quality of motion.
A light touch on the handle-less front or a

light pull of the handle, and drawers and
pull-outs will open as if by themselves. It also
doesn‘t matter how or where you touch the
front. Whether heavy or light, wide or narrow
pull-outs – the gentle opening support always
remains the same.
Opening is that easy

TANDEM
A light touch on the front is enough and drawers open as if by themselves
Easily-integrated, high performance technology
The electrical drive unit, which is Using SERVO-DRIVE, requires no The most important SERVO-DRIVE
attached to the inside of the cabinet changes to the TANDEM pull-out components can be attached with-
back panel, opens the pull-outs system out the need of tools
Catalogue 2009 458

▶▶ Overview

Standard cabinet Cabinet with different drawer depths
460 480
Sink cabinet Cabinet with individual drawer
468 488
Two drawers with a continuous front Cabinet with inset fronts
474 494
Symbol photo
▶▶ Accessories
Synchronisation cable 461
Cable holder 461
Symbol photo

Horizontal cross member 464 Assembly – Blum transformer 100 W 500
Vertical cross member 467 Assembly – Blum transformer 70 W 503
Sink cabinet 472 Cabling 501
Two drawers with a continuous front 478 Assembly and adjustment 505
Cabinet with different drawer depths 486 Assembly – Blum distance bumper 505
Cabinet with individual drawer 492 Removal 506
Symbol photo Cabinet with inset fronts 498
TANDEM
Pictograph
General Information
Accessories
SERVO-DRIVE
Sink cabinet
Planning
Cutting
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 459

Product
TANDEM
Order information
1a Blum distance bumper Vertical cross member – alternative to 3a
Ø 8 mm 993.0830.01 3b Lower/back bracket profile attachment
Ø 5 mm 993.0530 RAL 7037 dust grey Z10D01EA
Up to front height 300 mm use 2 pcs. Nylon
Front height 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs. Incl. bracket profile cover cap
9 Drive unit
1b Blum distance bumper – inner drawer RAL 7037 dust grey Z10A3000.01
Ø 10 mm 993.2000
Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers

2 Bracket profile For cutting to size, 8 m Z10K800AE
Alu, length 700 mm, with cable Z10T700AA tions cable
Alu, length 710 mm, with cable ☎ Z10T710AA Composed of:
Alu, length 750 mm, with cable Z10T750AA 11a Distribution cable 1x
Alu, length 800 mm, with cable Z10T800AA 11b Cable end protector 5x
Alu, for cutting to size, 1170 mm, without cable Z10T1170A
12 Connecting node and cable end protector
Horizontal cross member black Z10V100E
3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom
Nylon Composed of:
Catalogue 2009 460

13a Blum transformer Panel fixing – alternative to 15a

14 Flex
Europe Z10M200E Alternative to 13a
CH Z10M200C 13b Blum transformer
US, CA Z10M200U 70 W Z10NE010.01
JP Z10M200J For a max. of 10 individual or 2 synchronised (50 kg load each)
BR Z10M200S drive units
BR Z10M200S.01
UK Z10M200B Panel fixing
DK Z10M200D 15c Transformer unit housing
IL Z10M200I black Z10NG110
AU Z10M200K For Blum transformer 70 W
CN Z10M200N
AR Z10M200A
IN Z10M200H
CL Z10M200L
TW Z10M200T
ZA Z10M200Z
Base fixing
With cover
TANDEM
Accessories
Two drive units that need to open simultaneously must be
connected via the synchronisation cable
Page instructions
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM Assembly – horizontal cross member 464
458 Assembly – vertical cross member 467
Overview – TANDEM plus BLUMOTION – basic Assembly – Blum transformer 100 W 500
elements 400 Assembly – Blum transformer 70 W 503
Overview – TIP-ON for TANDEM Cabling 501
508 Adjustment 505
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEM Assembly – Blum distance bumper 505
512 Removal 506
Planning – horizontal cross member 462 Assembly devices 556
Planning – vertical cross member 465 More technical details 658
Catalogue 2009 461

Planning
Cabinet dimensions
KB Cabinet width SWS Side panel thickness

LW Inner cabinet width FS Front thickness
NL Nominal length

TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW 225 - 245 mm Inner cabinet width LW 246 - 340 mm Inner cabinet width LW > 340 mm
Drawer with overlay front

X Drilling position
Z Distance from cabinet front edge to drilling
X NL + 16 mm
Y min. LT = NL + 30 mm
Z 37 mm
Inner drawer
X NL + Z - 21 mm
Y min. LT = FS + NL + 33 mm
Z FS + 39.5 mm
Catalogue 2009 462

Planning

Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER tains the required trigger path of 2 mm
and MINIPRESS FA Front overlay
FH Front height
TANDEM
Page instructions Inner drawer
Assembly – horizontal cross member 464 Cabling 501
Assembly – Blum transformer 100 W 500 Assembly – Blum distance bumper 505
Runner X (mm) Y (mm)

56XH 16.5 ± 1 18.5 ± 0.5
55XH 12.0 ± 1 13.5 ± 0.5
Front thickness FS * Drilling depth ** Adjustment

13.0 mm 10.0 mm +1.75/-0.25
14.5 mm and higher 11.5 mm ±1.75
LH Internal cabinet height * Distance from drawer to top panel The front drillings should be made before com-
PL Bracket profile length pleting the drawer
Inner cabinet width LW X (mm) Y (mm)

< 420 mm 50 71
> 420 mm 35 68
Catalogue 2009 463

Drive unit
Assembly
TANDEM
Bracket profile
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 464

Planning
Cabinet dimensions

NL Nominal length
TANDEM

X Drilling position
X NL + 16 mm
Y LT = NL + 31 mm
Z 37 mm
Inner drawer
X NL + Z - 21 mm
Y LT = FS + NL + 33.5 mm
Z FS + 39.5 mm
Catalogue 2009 465

Planning

and MINIPRESS FA Front overlay
FH Front height
TANDEM

Assembly – vertical cross member 467 Cabling 501

56XH 16.5 ± 1 18.5 ± 0.5
55XH 12.0 ± 1 13.5 ± 0.5

13.0 mm 10.0 mm +1.75/-0.25
LH Internal cabinet height * Distance from drawer to top panel The front drillings should be made before com-
PL Bracket profile length pleting the drawer

< 420 mm 50 91
> 420 mm 35 76
Catalogue 2009 466

Drive unit
Assembly
TANDEM
Bracket profile
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 467

▶▶ Sink cabinet
Product
TANDEM
Order information
1a Blum distance bumper 11 Distribution cable and cable end protector
Nylon black Z10V100E

9 Drive unit
Catalogue 2009 468

▶▶ Sink cabinet

14 Flex
US, CA Z10M200U 70 W Z10NE010.01
BR Z10M200S.01
CN Z10M200N
AR Z10M200A
IN Z10M200H
CL Z10M200L
TW Z10M200T
ZA Z10M200Z
Base fixing
With cover
TANDEM
Accessories
18 Cable holder
white Z10K0009
Page instructions
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM Assembly – Blum transformer 100 W 500
458 Assembly – Blum transformer 70 W 503
Overview – TANDEM plus BLUMOTION – basic Cabling 501
elements 400 Adjustment 505
Overview – TIP-ON for TANDEM Assembly – Blum distance bumper 505
508 Removal 506
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEM Assembly devices 556
Planning 470
Assembly 472
Catalogue 2009 469

▶▶ Sink cabinet
Planning
Cabinet dimensions
KB Cabinet width
NL Nominal length
Drilling distances base

TANDEM
Cabinet width KB starting at 900 mm

X Drilling position
X NL + 16 mm
Z 37 mm
Catalogue 2009 470

▶▶ Sink cabinet
Planning
Lower cabling bumper

tains the required trigger path of 2 mm
Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER FA Front overlay
and MINIPRESS FH Front height
TANDEM
Page instructions
Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier

Position Drilling pattern – top plan view Drilling position in cabinet
Cabinet width KB starting at Drilling depth 8 mm * Measured from cabinet front edge
900 mm * Measured from cabinet front edge
Catalogue 2009 471

▶▶ Sink cabinet

stalled (optional)

TANDEM
Drive unit
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 472

▶▶ Sink cabinet
TANDEM
Catalogue 2009 473

▶▶ Two drawers with a continuous front
Product
TANDEM
Order information
1a Blum distance bumper 12 Connecting node and cable end protector
Ø 8 mm 993.0830.01 black Z10V100E
Ø 5 mm 993.0530
RAL 7037 dust grey/zinc plated Z10D7101
Nylon
9 Drive unit

tions cable
Composed of:
Catalogue 2009 474


14 Flex
US, CA Z10M200U 70 W Z10NE010.01
BR Z10M200S.01
CN Z10M200N
AR Z10M200A
IN Z10M200H
CL Z10M200L
TW Z10M200T
ZA Z10M200Z
Base fixing
With cover
TANDEM
Accessories
Two drive units that need to open simultaneously must be
connected via the synchronisation cable
Page instructions
508 Removal 506
Planning 476
Assembly 478
Catalogue 2009 475

Planning
Cabinet dimensions
KB Cabinet width
NL Nominal length

TANDEM
Inner cabinet width LW > 340 mm

X Drilling position
X NL + 16 mm
Z 37 mm
Catalogue 2009 476

Planning
Cabling in the cabinet Front assembly – position of Blum distance
bumper

FA Front overlay
FH Front height
TANDEM
Page instructions
Catalogue 2009 477

Drive unit
Insert synchronisation cable Drive unit installation

TANDEM
Assembly
Do not damage piercing tips
Catalogue 2009 478

TANDEM
Catalogue 2009 479

▶▶ Cabinet with different drawer depths
Product
TANDEM
Order information
1a Blum distance bumper 7 Bracket profile attachment left/right
Ø 8 mm 993.0830.01 RAL 7037 dust grey Z10D5210
Ø 5 mm 993.0530 Chipboard screws and system screws can be used
7a Bracket profile attachment left/right 1x
7b Bracket profile adapter for bracket profile horizontal 1x
1b Blum distance bumper – inner drawer
Ø 10 mm 993.2000 9 Drive unit
Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers RAL 7037 dust grey Z10A3000.01

RAL 7037 dust grey/zinc plated Z10D7201 11 Distribution cable and cable end protector
Nylon For cutting to size, 8 m Z10K800AE
tions cable
RAL 7037 dust grey/zinc plated Z10D7101 11a Distribution cable 1x
6 Bracket profile horizontal

Alu, for cut to size, 1143 mm Z10T1143B
For cabinet width KB 275 - 1200 mm
Catalogue 2009 480

12 Connecting node and cable end protector Base fixing

black Z10V100E 15a Transformer unit housing
With cover
Composed of: For Blum transformer 100 W
11b Cable end protector 2x Panel fixing – alternative to 15a
15b Transformer unit housing
13a Blum transformer RAL 7037 dust grey Z10NG100
100 W Z10NE050.01 For Blum transformer 100 W
Alternative to 13a
14 Flex 13b Blum transformer
Europe Z10M200E 70 W Z10NE010.01
CH Z10M200C For a max. of 10 individual or 2 synchronised (50 kg load each)
US, CA Z10M200U drive units
JP Z10M200J
BR Z10M200S Panel fixing
BR Z10M200S.01 15c Transformer unit housing
UK Z10M200B black Z10NG110
DK Z10M200D For Blum transformer 70 W
IL Z10M200I
AU Z10M200K
CN Z10M200N
AR Z10M200A
IN Z10M200H
CL Z10M200L
TW Z10M200T
TANDEM
ZA Z10M200Z
Accessories
18 Cable holder
white Z10K0009
Page instructions
508 Removal 506
Planning 482
Assembly 486
Catalogue 2009 481

Planning – attachment bracket 1 or 2 tier

Cabinet dimensions
KB Cabinet width
NL Nominal length

TANDEM

X Drilling position
X NL + 16 mm
Z 37 mm
Catalogue 2009 482

Planning – attachment bracket 1 or 2 tier


Alternative drilling pattern for PRO-CENTER FA Front overlay
and MINIPRESS FH Front height
TANDEM
Page instructions
Inner cabinet width LW Attachment bracket * (mm)

< 420 mm 2 tier 50
> 420 mm 1 tier 35
Catalogue 2009 483

Planning – bracket profile horizontal

Cabinet dimensions

NL Nominal length
Inner drawer
TANDEM
X Drilling position X NL + Z - 13 mm Inner cabinet width LW * (mm)

< 420 mm 4
Y Min. space requirement Y min. LT = FS + NL + 36 mm
> 420 mm 19
Z Distance from cabinet front edge to drilling Z FS + 39.5 mm
Catalogue 2009 484

Planning – bracket profile horizontal

Front assembly – position of Blum distance Bracket profile cutting dimensions
bumper
Inner drawer

56XH 16.5 ± 1 18.5 ± 0.5
55XH 12.0 ± 1 13.5 ± 0.5
Front thickness FS * Drilling depth ** Adjustment LW Inner cabinet width

13.0 mm 10.0 mm +1.75/-0.25
The front drillings should be made before com-

pleting the drawer
TANDEM
Page instructions
Inner cabinet width LW < 390 mm
Catalogue 2009 485


stalled (optional)

TANDEM
Drive unit
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 486

Equip bracket profile adapter
Drive unit
Assembly
TANDEM
Bracket profile adapter
Assembly
Bracket profile
Chipboard screws and system

screws can be used
Catalogue 2009 487

▶▶ Cabinet with individual drawer
Product
TANDEM
Order information
1a Blum distance bumper 11 Distribution cable and cable end protector
1b Blum distance bumper – inner drawer
Ø 10 mm 993.2000 12 Connecting node and cable end protector
Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers black Z10V100E
8 Upper attachment bracket Composed of:

With pre-mounted adapter for the drive unit 11b Cable end protector 2x
9 Drive unit
Catalogue 2009 488


14 Flex
US, CA Z10M200U 70 W Z10NE010.01
BR Z10M200S.01
CN Z10M200N
AR Z10M200A
IN Z10M200H
CL Z10M200L
TW Z10M200T
ZA Z10M200Z
Base fixing
With cover
TANDEM
Accessories
18 Cable holder
white Z10K0009
Page instructions
508 Removal 506
Planning 490
Assembly 492
Catalogue 2009 489

Planning
Cabinet dimensions

NL Nominal length

Inner cabinet width LW 245
- 340 mm
The cross bare must be securely

fixed to the cabinet cross member
TANDEM
to ensure good function
The cross bare must be securely

fixed to the cabinet cross member
to ensure good function
Inner cabinet width LW 245 Inner cabinet width LW > 340 mm

- 340 mm

X Drilling position
X NL - 5 mm
Z 37 mm
Inner drawer
X NL + Z - 42 mm
Z FS + 39.5 mm
Catalogue 2009 490

Planning
Front assembly – position of Blum distance
bumper

FA Front overlay
FH Front height
TANDEM

56XH 16.5 ± 1 18.5 ± 0.5
55XH 12.0 ± 1 13.5 ± 0.5

13.0 mm 10.0 mm +1.75/-0.25
* Distance from drawer to top panel
Inner cabinet width LW X (mm) min. Y (mm) max. Y (mm)

< 420 mm 50 91 181
> 420 mm 35 76 166
Catalogue 2009 491

Assembly
Drive unit
Assembly
TANDEM
Catalogue 2009 492

TANDEM
Catalogue 2009 493

▶▶ Cabinet with inset fronts
Product
TANDEM
Order information
1b Blum distance bumper – inner drawer 9 Drive unit
Ø 10 mm 993.2000 RAL 7037 dust grey Z10A3000.01
Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers
2 Bracket profile 11 Distribution cable and cable end protector

Alu, length 650 mm, with cable Z10T650AA For cutting to size, 8 m Z10K800AE
Alu, length 710 mm, with cable ☎ Z10T710AA tions cable
Alu, length 750 mm, with cable Z10T750AA Composed of:
Alu, length 800 mm, with cable Z10T800AA 11a Distribution cable 1x
Alu, for cutting to size, 1170 mm, without cable Z10T1170A 11b Cable end protector 5x
Horizontal cross member 12 Connecting node and cable end protector

3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom black Z10V100E
Nylon
Composed of:
Vertical cross member – alternative to 3a 11b Cable end protector 2x
3b Lower/back bracket profile attachment
RAL 7037 dust grey Z10D01EA
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 494


14 Flex
US, CA Z10M200U 70 W Z10NE010.01
BR Z10M200S.01
CN Z10M200N
AR Z10M200A
IN Z10M200H
CL Z10M200L
TW Z10M200T
ZA Z10M200Z
Base fixing
With cover
TANDEM
Accessories
18 Cable holder
white Z10K0009
Page instructions
508 Removal 506
Planning 496
Assembly 498
Catalogue 2009 495

Planning
Cabinet dimensions

NL Nominal length

TANDEM
Inner drawer
X Drilling position
X NL + Z - 21 mm
Z FS + 39.5 mm
Catalogue 2009 496

Planning

and MINIPRESS
TANDEM

56XH 16.5 ± 1 18.5 ± 0.5
55XH 12.0 ± 1 13.5 ± 0.5

13.0 mm 10.0 mm +1.75/-0.25
LH Internal cabinet height * Distance from drawer to top panel


< 420 mm 50 71
> 420 mm 35 68
Catalogue 2009 497

Drive unit
Assembly
TANDEM
Bracket profile
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 498

TANDEM
Catalogue 2009 499

Space requirement and safety distance

Maintain a 30 mm safety distance Air must be able to circulate, other-
from the bottom edge (base fixing) wise the Blum transformer could
and/or front edge (panel fixing) overheat
and side edges of the transformer
unit housing to the neighbouring
elements

TANDEM
Base fixing
Pull-out stop
Panel fixing
Pull-out stop
Catalogue 2009 500

Standard cabinet – lower cabling

cable.
Standard cabinet – back cabling
TANDEM
Sink cabinet
Base fixing Panel fixing Lower cabling
Cabling Connecting node
Lower cabling Back cabling Assembly Do not damage piercing tips
Catalogue 2009 501

Cabinet with different drawer depths – bracket profile horizontal

cable.
Lower cabling
Cabinet with individual drawer – attachment bracket upper
Lower cabling
TANDEM
Connecting node
Catalogue 2009 502

The 70 W transformer has been It is designed for use with up to 10
specially developed for the require- drive units or a max. of 2 synchro-
ments of free-standing furniture nised drive units with a max. load of
50 kg each
Panel fixing
Placement options
When installing the bracket profil
cable in the cabinet behind the
bracket profile an additional space
requirement of min. 4 mm must be
maintained
TANDEM
Panel fixing
Catalogue 2009 503

Two drawers with a continuous front

cable.
Internal cabling
Connecting node

TANDEM
Catalogue 2009 504

▶▶ Assembly and adjustment
Drive unit
Selector switch Mode (1) Selector switch Power (2)
Single: Only one drive unit moves Full: Standard setting
(standard setting) Half: for short nominal lengths and
Multiple: When set to „Multiple,“ single extensions – pull-out only
drive units move simultaneously moves a short distance
Operating mode display (LED) (3)
Selector switch
Lever extension
The drive unit comes with the lever
extension. Up to a internal cabinet
width of 234 mm the lever extension
must be removed
Removal Assembly
TANDEM
Synchronisation cable
Two drive units that need to open
simultaneously must be connected
via the synchronisation cable

not glue)
Catalogue 2009 505

▶▶ Removal
Bracket profile
Removal
Removal
TANDEM
Removal
Removal
Catalogue 2009 506

▶▶ Removal
Bracket profile
Horizontal cross member Vertical cross member
Removal
TANDEM
Blum transformer
Catalogue 2009 507

▶ TIP-ON for TANDEM
Opening comfort for handle-less fronts

Handle-less furniture is becoming more and
more popular in the living area. With TIP-ON,
we offer a mechanical opening support
system for handle-less fronts. It allows your
customers to easily open handle-less pull-
outs. TIP-ON can be used in the kitchen as
well as other living areas.
TANDEM
A light touch is enough and the pull- The pull-out opens at a position that To close the pull-out, it can be lightly pressed shut or closed with a light
out opens easily is comfortable for the furniture user push
TIP-ON can be combined with TANDEM full and single extensions with-
out BLUMOTION and it offers tool-free assembly
Catalogue 2009 508

▶▶ TIP-ON T55
Product Description
- TIP-ON for handle-less fronts
- Mechanical opening support system
- Suitable for 30 kg loads
- Can be combined with full and single exten-
sions without BLUMOTION
- Integrated depth adjustment function for
fronts
Full extension
Drawer 560H 404
Drawer 561H 410
High fronted pull-out 560H 414
TANDEM
TIP-ON left/right
Part no.
Locking device, pegs T55.7150
Single extension
Drawer 550H 408
Drawer 551H 412
High fronted pull-out 550H 418
A 4 mm distance to interchange with full

extension
TIP-ON left/right
Part no.
Locking device T55.1150
Pegs T55.3150
Catalogue 2009 509

TIP-ON – 56x
Assembly Only for 560H
click
Assembly Latch
TANDEM
TIP-ON – 550/551
Assembly Only for 550H
TIP-ON – 550
Assembly Latch
Catalogue 2009 510

TIP-ON – 551
Assembly Latch
Adjustment
+
-
+
-
Depth adjustment – TIP-ON

56X/550/551
TANDEM
Catalogue 2009 511

▶ ORGA-LINE for TANDEM
Everything you need at a glance

ORGA-LINE for TANDEM inner dividing sys-
tems are adjustable so that they can be fitted
to wooden drawers & pull-outs – regardless
of the side thickness. They make optimal use
of the storage space in drawers and adjust
perfectly to the different storage items. Lateral
and cross dividers are used for tall storage
items in high fronted pull-outs. Containers and
utensil dividers are used for smaller items.
TANDEM
Each item and utensil is stored With ORGA-LINE, the search is All spices are stored securely in the The high fronted pull-out is espe-
properly in durable stainless steel over. Cross and lateral dividers ORGA-LINE spice holder cially well-suited for storing bottles
containers provide organisation of every size
Plate-holder Spice holder Flexible frames Cleaning

- Ergonomic solution for storing - Innovative solution for storing - Adjustable lengths up to 24 mm - Removable containers made from
crockery spices high-quality stainless steel
- Optimal carrying comfort
Catalogue 2009 512

▶▶ Overview
▶ ORGA-LINE for TANDEM 514

■ Provisions ■ Spices
■ Cutlery ■ Bottles
■ Odds and ends ■ Cooking utensils
■ Crockery ■ Pots/lids/pans/cooking utensils
■ Nylon tray ■ Baking ingredients
■ Kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances
Symbol photo ■ Open provisions
▶▶ Accessories
Cross divider for cutting to size 524
Cross divider connector 524
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size 524
Cross gallery connector 524
Lateral divider 524
Symbol photo

Cutlery 525
Kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances 525
Deep pull-out 525
Symbol photo
TANDEM
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Deep pull-out
Accessories DYNAMIC SPACE-consumables zone
General Information DYNAMIC SPACE-non-consumables

zone
Larder unit with door DYNAMIC SPACE-cleaning zone
Drawer DYNAMIC SPACE-preparation zone
Inner drawer DYNAMIC SPACE-cooking zone
High fronted pull-out Cutting
Inner pull-out Assembly, removal and adjustment
Gallery Dishwasher-proof up to 65°C
Double gallery
Glass-BOXSIDE
Catalogue 2009 513

DYNAMIC SPACE-zone overview

Optimised storage organisati-
on in every zone.
Consumables
Provisions
520
Non-consumables
TANDEM
Cutlery Crockery
516 520
Odds and ends Plastic containers
516 520
Cleaning
Cleaning utensils
Catalogue 2009 514

Preparation
Kitchen utensils/knives/small Spices
electric appliances
516 521
Open provisions Bottles
521 521
Cooking
Cooking utensils Baking ingredients
517 522
Pots/Lids/Pans/Cooking
utensils
TANDEM
522
Accessories
Sets Plate holder
518 523
Containers Spice holder
519 523
Adjustable cross dividers
519
Catalogue 2009 515

▶▶ Sets for special cabinet widths
Cutlery
Sets
Cabinet width KB
(mm) ZHI.xxxBI1 ZHI.xxxBI3 ZHI.xxxFI3 ZHI.xxxKI2 ZHI.xxxMI3 ZHI.xxxKI4 ZHI.xxxTI5
275 - 299 1x
300 - 399 2x
400 - 549 1x
550 - 699 1x
600 1x
700 - 899 1x 1x
900 - 1199 1x 1x
≥ 1200 2x 1x
When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length NL - 63 (NL 450 - 63 = 387; NL 500 - 63 = 437; NL 550 - 63 = 487)!
Odds and ends

Sets
Cabinet width KB
(mm) ZHI.xxxBI1 ZHI.xxxBI3 ZHI.xxxFI3 ZHI.xxxKI2 ZHI.xxxMI3
TANDEM
275 - 349 1x
350 - 449 1x
450 - 699 1x
700 - 899 1x 1x
900 - 1199 1x 1x
≥ 1200 1x 1x 1x
Kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances

Sets
Cabinet width KB
(mm) ZHI.xxxBI1 ZHI.xxxBI3 ZHI.xxxFI1 ZHI.xxxFI2 ZHI.xxxFI3 ZHI.xxxKI2 ZHI.xxxMI3
275 - 349 1x
350 - 449 1x
450 - 599 1x
600 - 699 1x
700 - 899 1x 1x
900 - 1199 1x 1x
≥ 1200 1x 1x 1x 1x
Catalogue 2009 516

▶▶ Sets for special cabinet widths
Cooking utensils
Sets
Cabinet width KB
(mm) ZHI.xxxBI3 ZHI.xxxFI3 ZHI.xxxKI2 ZHI.xxxMI3
600 - 699 1x
700 - 899 1x 1x
900 - 1199 1x 1x
≥ 1200 1x 1x 1x
TANDEM
Page instructions
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEM
512
518
519
525
More technical details
658
Catalogue 2009 517

Cutlery insert Cutlery insert Utensil divider
65.5
65.5
65.5
0- 0-
24 24
0- 285
-4
8 108 24 - 48 108
NL 8 NL
-4
NL
450 mm ZHI.387BI1 450 mm ZHI.387BI3 450 mm ZHI.387FI1
Utensil divider Utensil divider Cutlery insert and utensil divider
65.5
65.5
65.5
0- 0-
24 205 0- 294 24 205
8 24
8
-4 8 -4
NL -4 NL
NL
TANDEM
450 mm ZHI.387FI2 450 mm ZHI.387FI3 450 mm ZHI.387KI2
Cutlery insert and utensil divider Cutlery insert and utensil divider Cutlery insert and utensil divider
65.5
65.5
65.5
382 0- 302 512 - 528

0- 24
24 0-
8 - 48 24
4 NL
N L- 4 8
N L-
450 mm ZHI.387KI4 450 mm ZHI.387MI3 450 mm ZHI.387TI5
Catalogue 2009 518

Containers Adjustable cross dividers
Part no.
88 x 88 mm ZSI.010SI
88 x 176 mm ZSI.020SI Part no.
88 x 264 mm ZSI.030SI 88 mm ZSI.010Q
88 x 352 mm ZSI.040SI 176 mm ZSI.020Q
TANDEM
Planning
Page instructions
512
523
65.5

525
X 382 More technical details
658
For additional inserts:
e.g. wooden knife holder
Example:
Cabinet width 600 mm
Cutlery & utensil combination ZHI.500KI4
X = internal cabinet width LW - 382 mm - 42 mm
Catalogue 2009 519

▶▶ Application – high fronted pull-out/inner pull-out
Provisions
Required components
Nominal length Cabinet width

NL (mm) KB (mm) Z40H1077A Z40H000A Z43H100X
450 300 - 449 1x 2x
450 450 - 799 1x 2x 2x
450 800 - 1200 1x 2x 3x
500, 550 300 - 449 2x 4x
500, 550 450 - 799 2x 4x 3x
500, 550 800 - 1200 2x 4x 6x
Crockery
Required components

NL (mm) KB (mm) ZTH.0350
450, 500, 550 starting at 400 2x
450, 500, 550 starting at 800 4x
TANDEM
450, 500, 550 starting at 1000 6x
Plastic containers
Required components

450, 500, 550 300 - 449 1x 2x
450, 500, 550 450 - 799 1x 2x 2x
450, 500, 550 800 - 1200 1x 2x 3x
Catalogue 2009 520

Open provisions
Required components

450 300 - 449 1x 2x
450 450 - 799 1x 2x 2x
450 800 - 1200 1x 2x 3x
500, 550 300 - 449 2x 4x
500, 550 450 - 799 2x 4x 3x
500, 550 800 - 1200 2x 4x 6x
Spices
Required components

NL (mm) KB (mm) ZFZ.XXG0I Z40H1077A Z40H000A Z43H100X
450, 500, 550 300 2x 1x 2x
450, 500, 550 400 2x 1x 2x
TANDEM
450, 500, 550 450 2x 1x 2x 2x
Bottles
Required components

NL (mm) KB (mm) Z40H1077A Z40H000A
450 275 - 300 3x 6x
500, 550 275 - 300 4x 8x
Catalogue 2009 521

Pots/Lids/Pans/Cooking utensils
Required components

450 600 - 799 1x 2x 2x
450 800 - 1200 1x 2x 3x
500, 550 600 - 799 2x 4x 3x
500, 550 800 - 1200 2x 4x 6x
Baking ingredients
Required components

450 300 - 449 1x 2x
450 450 - 799 1x 2x 2x
450 800 - 1200 1x 2x 3x
500, 550 300 - 449 2x 4x
TANDEM
500, 550 450 - 799 2x 4x 3x

500, 550 800 - 1200 2x 4x 6x
Catalogue 2009 522

▶▶ Individual parts and accessories
Cross divider for cutting to size Cross divider connector Lateral divider
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW
- 91 mm
For cutting to size, 1077 mm Part no. Nylon Part no. white, met. grey Stainless steel
Alu Z40H1077A RAL 7037 dust grey Z40H000A Length Steel (Inox)
white, met. grey, nickel Order 2 x for each cross divider 100 mm Z43H100S.01 Z43H100I.01
Plate holder Spice holder

120
B 5
2.
17
TANDEM
Part no. Cabinet width KB Width Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey ZTH.0350 300 mm 212 mm ZFZ.30G0I
Diameter of plates 180 - 320 mm 400 mm 312 mm ZFZ.40G0I
Stacking height of plates 144 mm 450 mm 362 mm ZFZ.45G0I
Overall height 171 mm Stainless steel (Inox)
Page instructions
512
More technical details
658
Catalogue 2009 523

▶▶ Accessories

- Cross divider for cutting to size For cutting to size, 1077 mm Part no.
- Material: aluminium white, met. grey, alu, nickel Z40H1077A
Cutting
Cross divider connector

- Cross divider connector for gallery RAL 7037 dust grey Part no.
- Material: nylon Nylon Z40H0002.R
- Slide-on connection of cross divider to cross
divider connector

- Cross gallery rails for cutting to size For cutting to size, 1094 mm Part no.
- Material: aluminium white, m. grey, alu, chrome ZRG.1094U
Cutting
TANDEM

- Cross gallery connector for two cross gallery RAL 7037 dust grey Part no.
rails Nylon ZRU.00Z0
- Material: nylon
ing
Lateral divider
- Gallery division RAL 7037 dust grey Part no.
- Material: nylon Nylon ZRU.00F0
Catalogue 2009 524

ORGA-LINE – cutlery
ORGA-LINE – kitchen utensils/odds and ends
TANDEM
ORGA-LINE – deep pull-out
Catalogue 2009 525

The long-term success story for wood furniture

STANDARD runner technology has proved The success of STANDARD is based on a Quality – for the lifetime of the furniture
itself time and time again over the years. It is simple concept. These include: As with all of Blum‘s products, STANDARD
the optimum entry level product for a func- fulfils the high demands that we place on
tional wood furniture construction. ■ Good runner action ourselves for perfect function that will last for
■ High lateral stability the lifetime of the furniture.
■ Full and single extension
Full extension STANDARD Single extension STANDARD Full extension STANDARD Single extension STANDARD
430E – 30 kg 230M/E – 25 kg Pull-out surround Pull-out surround
430E – 30 kg 230M/E – 25 kg
Catalogue 2009 526

▶ Basic elements
▶ Basic elements
Drawer – full extension 528
Drawer – single extension 530
Pull-out surround – full extension 532
Pull-out surround – single extension 534
Symbol photo
▶▶ Accessories
Screw-on 536
Centre bit 536
Door buffer 536
Screwdriver 537
Symbol photo

Drawer 539
Front adjuster 539
Front fixing bracket 540
Door protector 540
Symbol photo
STANDARD
Pictograph
General Information
Accessories
Drawer
Pull-out surround
Full extension
Single extension
Dynamic carrying capacity in kg
Planning
Cutting
Catalogue 2009 527

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – drawer

- BLUMATIC self closing feature with closed
position stops
- Epoxy coated, cream (RAL 9001) or brown
- Full extension dyn. carrying capacity 30 kg
- Built-in locator for easy assembly
- Integrated pull-out stop (for runners over
300 mm long)
- Two-side guided runner system
+3
NL
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet, centre and drawer profile left/right
Nominal RAL 9001 brown

length NL Steel Steel
250 mm 430E2500 430E2500
300 mm 430E3000V 430E3000V
350 mm 430E3500V 430E3500V
400 mm 430E4000V 430E4000V
450 mm 430E4500V 430E4500V
500 mm 430E5000V 430E5000V
550 mm 430E5500V 430E5500V
600 mm 430E6000V 430E6000V
650 mm 430E6500V
700 mm 430E7000V
2
750 mm 430E7500V
1
800 mm 430E8000V
STANDARD
2 Front adjuster
natural 295.1000
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 528

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – drawer
Planning
min 50
min 3
44
12.5

250 Base
192
NL
300, 350 LW A
32 A
KB
400
96
LW - 25 mm
450 KB Cabinet width
64
550, 600
650
STANDARD
96
700, 750
128 128 128 128 96 128 37
800 4
9

Page instructions
Overview – STANDARD 527
Accessories 536
Catalogue 2009 529

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – drawer

- BLUMATIC self closing feature (230M) and/
or closed position stops (230E)
- Single extension dyn. carrying capacity
25 kg
- Lock-out stop
- One-side guided runner system
+3
NL
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet and drawer profile left/right

250 mm 230M2500 230M2500
300 mm 230M3000 230M3000
350 mm 230M3500 230M3500
400 mm 230M4000 230M4000
450 mm 230M4500 230M4500
500 mm 230M5000 230M5000
550 mm 230M5500 230M5500
600 mm 230M6000 230M6000
650 mm 230M6500
700 mm 230E7000 2
750 mm 230E7500 1
800 mm 230E8000
STANDARD
2 Front adjuster
natural 295.1000
Nylon
Catalogue 2009 530

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – drawer
Planning
min 17
min 20 (18.5)
14 (12.5)
() 230E 12.5

250 Base
192 NL
300, 350 LW A
A
32
KB
400
96 LW - 25 mm
450 KB Cabinet width
64
550, 600
650
STANDARD
96
700, 750
128 128 128 128 96 128 37
800
9 2

Page instructions
Accessories 536
Catalogue 2009 531

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – pull-out surround

- BLUMATIC self closing feature with closed
position stops
- Full extension dyn. carrying capacity 30 kg
65/122/172
- Built-in locator for easy assembly
- Integrated pull-out stop (for runners over
300 mm long)
- Gallery system for pull-out surround +3
NL
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet, centre and drawer profile left/right

250 mm 430E2500 430E2500
300 mm 430E3000V 430E3000V
350 mm 430E3500V 430E3500V
400 mm 430E4000V 430E4000V
450 mm 430E4500V 430E4500V
500 mm 430E5000V 430E5000V
550 mm 430E5500V 430E5500V
600 mm 430E6000V 430E6000V
650 mm 430E6500V
700 mm 430E7000V
750 mm 430E7500V
800 mm 430E8000V
STANDARD
3 Corner connectors
2 tier ZTU.00Z0
3 tier ZTU.00D0
RAL 7037 dust grey, RAL 9001 cream
4 Gallery rail
RAL 9001 cream ZRG.1104U
Cutting
Longside gallery rail: nominal length NL - 60 mm
Cross gallery rail: internal cabinet width LW - 58 mm
1
5 Door protector (optional)
RAL 9001 cream 298.2200
Steel 6
5
6 Front adjustment element left/right
RAL 9001 cream 296.4500
Steel
Catalogue 2009 532

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Full extension – pull-out surround
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Inst. dimensions for corner
With 2 tier gallery With 3 tier gallery conn./front adj. element
* + 15 mm with door protector
298.2200
22.5
22.5
min 15
min 122
22.5 24.5
137
min 72
154
12.5
7
87
104
min 50
min 50
15
min 50*
12.5 12.5 2
32 32 10
Cabinet profile screw positions Space requirements in cabinet Installation dimensions for front
250
192
300, 350
32
400
32
96
450 32
32
500
64
32
550, 600
12
650
STANDARD
96
19
700, 750
21
128 128 128 128 96 128 37
800 4
9
Base
NL LW A
A
KB
LW - 25 mm KB Cabinet width
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm NL Nominal length
Page instructions
Accessories 536
Catalogue 2009 533

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – pull-out surround

- BLUMATIC self closing feature (230M) and/
or closed position stops (230E)
- Single extension dyn. carrying capacity
25 kg
44/122/172
- Lock-out stop
- One-side guided runner system
- Gallery system for pull-out surround
+3
NL
NL Nominal length
1 Cabinet and drawer profile left/right

250 mm 230M2500 230M2500
300 mm 230M3000 230M3000
350 mm 230M3500 230M3500
400 mm 230M4000 230M4000
450 mm 230M4500 230M4500
500 mm 230M5000 230M5000
550 mm 230M5500 230M5500
600 mm 230M6000 230M6000
650 mm 230M6500
700 mm 230E7000
750 mm 230E7500
800 mm 230E8000
STANDARD
3 Corner connectors
2 tier ZTU.00Z0
3 tier ZTU.00D0
RAL 7037 dust grey, RAL 9001 cream
4 Gallery rail
For cutting to size, 1094 mm 1
RAL 9001 cream ZRG.1104U
Cutting
Longside gallery rail: nominal length NL - 60 mm
Cross gallery rail: internal cabinet width LW - 58 mm
5 Door protector (optional)

RAL 9001 cream 298.2200
Steel 6
5
6 Front adjustment element left/right
RAL 9001 cream 296.4500
Steel
Catalogue 2009 534

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Single extension – pull-out surround
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Inst. dimensions for corner
With 2 tier gallery With 3 tier gallery conn./front adj. element
* + 15 mm with door protector
298.2200
22.5
22.5
22.5 12
min 152
min 24
137
154
min 102
87
104
12.5
7
15
min 20
min 20
min 20*
12.5 12.5 2
32 32 10
Cabinet profile screw positions Space requirements in cabinet Installation dimensions for front
250
192
300, 350
32
400
32
96
450 32
min 152
147
32
500
64
29 32
550, 600
14
650
STANDARD
min 20
96
700, 750 21
12.5
128 128 128 128 96 128 37
800
9 2
Base
NL LW A
A
KB
LW - 25 mm KB Cabinet width
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm NL Nominal length
Page instructions
Accessories 536
Catalogue 2009 535

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories

Ø7
- Ø 3.5 mm 15 mm 609.1500
X 17 mm 609.1700
Ø3.5

Ø8
- Ø 6 mm 10 mm 661.1000.HG
13 mm 661.1300.HG
X
14.5 mm 661.1450.HG
Ø6 20 mm 661.2000.HG

Ø7
- Ø 6 mm 11.5 mm 662.1150.HG
14.5 mm 662.1450.HG
X
Ø6
Centre bit
- Hardened Part no.
STANDARD

natural 993.710
8 mm Ø door buffer
- Two-part
Catalogue 2009 536

▶ Basic elements
▶▶ Accessories
Slotted screwdriver
STANDARD
Catalogue 2009 537

▶ Basic elements
Cabinet profile 430E – 30 kg

Fixing onto cabinet A C
B
A Chipboard screws
Ø 4 x 15 mm 250 - 350
B Chipboard screws
Part no. 661.145 A C
C Chipboard screws B
Ø 3.5 x 15 mm
For high fronted pull-out 400 - 450
A C
B
500 - 600
A C
B
650 - 700
A C
B
750 - 800
Cabinet profile 230M/E – 25 kg

Fixing onto cabinet Fixing onto cabinet
A Chipboard screws C Chipboard screws

Ø 4 x 15 mm Ø 3.5 x 15 mm
B Chipboard screws D Special system screws
STANDARD
Part no. 661.145 Part no. 662.1450.HG

C Chipboard screws
Ø 3.5 x 15 mm
For high fronted pull-out
Catalogue 2009 538

▶ Basic elements
Assembly 430E
For loads greater than 15 kg: use

additional screw
Assembly and stop system for centre profile 430E
Pull-out stop
Assembly 230
STANDARD
For loads greater than 15 kg: use

additional screw above roller
Front adjuster
20 10.5
Insertion ram for MINIPRESS + Use screw M4x20

PRO-CENTER MZM.0095
Catalogue 2009 539

▶ Basic elements
Front fixing bracket
Assembly
Front fixing bracket

1
3 ±3
2 2
2
± 2.5
1 1
3 3
Side adjustment Height adjustment Tilt adjustment
Door protector
STANDARD
Assembly
Catalogue 2009 540

▶ Basic elements
STANDARD
Catalogue 2009 541

Further products
POCKET DOOR FLIPPER DOOR Wall hanging bracket Connectors

The practical furniture hardware In this solution no doors protrude Blum hanging brackets withstand The Blum programme contains
choice for an unhindered view into into the room. They are simply high loads and are exception- connectors that can be used in
the unit – a TV or Hi-Fi cabinet “lifted” and closed under the top ally safe. This kind of reliability is numerous furniture applications
would be a typical application. The edge of the cabinet very important for heavily loaded
doors “disappear” into the cabinet furniture
Catalogue 2009 542

Further products
Overview
▶ „Open & slide“ door assembly

POCKET DOOR 544
POCKET DOOR – assembly 548
FLIPPER DOOR 546
FLIPPER DOOR – assembly 548
Symbol photo
▶ Wall hanging bracket

Screw-on 549
Knock-in 549
Symbol photo
▶ Connectors
Cabinet connectors Cabinet and shelf connectors
Screw-on 550 Overlay application 554
Knock-in 550 Corner application system 32 555
With screw 551
With dowel and expansion pin 552
Base connectors 552
Symbol photo With connector section (system 32) 553
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Inset application
Accessories Inset application with inline hinge arm

Further prod.
General Information Planning
POCKET DOOR Assembly, removal and adjustment
FLIPPER DOOR
Wall hanging bracket
Cabinet connectors
Cabinet and shelf connectors
Hinge with straight hinge arm
Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
Overlay application
Catalogue 2009 543

Further products
▶ Open & slide door assembly
▶▶ POCKET DOOR

- “Open & slide” door assembly
- Epoxy coated steel roller runner
- CLIP top-profile door hinge and cruciform
mounting plate with cam height adjustment
- For fixing to cabinet side
- For inset or overlay doors
POCKET DOOR set right or left
4
3 8
Nominal
6 5
length NL Part No. r Part No. l
350 mm 270E3500.02 270E3500.03 7
400 mm 270E4000.02 270E4000.03
1
450 mm 270E4500.02 270E4500.03
500 mm 270E5000.02 270E5000.03 2
550 mm 270E5500.02 270E5500.03
600 mm 270E6000.02 270E6000.03
Composed of:
1 Cabinet profiles, brown
2x
2 CLIP top-profile door hinges
2x
3 CLIP top-mounting plates
2x
4 Ni M5x11.5 mm, countersunk
4x
5 M5x7 mm, pan head
6x
6 Spacers, brown
Further prod.
2x
7 Cam, brown
2x
8 270E follow strip
2x
9 FLIPPER DOOR-rollers
2x
Page instructions
Overview – further products 543
Catalogue 2009 544

Further products
▶▶ POCKET DOOR
Planning
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Min. internal cabinet depth
Nominal length Inset application Overlay applica-
NL 16 mm doors 19 mm doors tion
350 mm 369 mm 372 mm 353 mm
400 mm 419 mm 422 mm 403 mm 96
450 mm 469 mm 472 mm 453 mm
500 mm 519 mm 522 mm 503 mm
550 mm 569 mm 572 mm 553 mm
600 mm 619 mm 622 mm 603 mm
32 64 32 32 32 9
For inset application:
128 128 96 128 37
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm + door
thickness
Inset application with Inset application Overlay application
inline hinge arm
Max. door weight 12 Max. door weight 12 Max. door weight 12

6 kg! 6 kg! 6 kg!
max 22
max 19
max 19
2 3.5 2
5 7 7
Using 3 mm spacer and 3 mm mounting plate Furniture hinge 71T9650 (9.5 mm cranked) and Door thickness 16 mm:
mounting plate 175H9100 (0 mm raised) must Max. front overlay of 5 mm can be achieved by
be ordered separately. turning side adjustment screw 2 mm.
This application does not require the 3 mm Using 3 mm spacer and 0 mm mounting plate.
spacer! Door thickness 19 mm:
Adjustments 0 mm spaced mounting plate must be used. Max. front overlay of 2 mm can be achieved by
+ turning side adjustment screw 2 mm.
- - Using 3 mm spacer and 3 mm mounting plate.
- + +
max. ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
plates
Further prod.
Fixing
T Door thickness X Internal height

max 187.5
min 62.5
X= min 637 / max 1143

min 512 / max 768
270E0009
X– 4
max 187.5
19.5 + T
min 62.5
8.5 37
8.5
130
40
Catalogue 2009 545

Further products
▶▶ FLIPPER DOOR

- “Open & slide” door assembly
- Epoxy coated steel roller runner
- CLIP top-profile door hinge and cruciform
mounting plate with cam height adjustment
- For fixing to cabinet top
- For inset or overlay doors
FLIPPER DOOR
8
Nominal 6
3
length NL Part no. 4 5
350 mm 270E3500.03
1
400 mm 270E4000.03
450 mm 270E4500.03 9
500 mm 270E5000.03
2
550 mm 270E5500.03
600 mm 270E6000.03
Composed of:
1 Cabinet profiles, brown
2x
2 CLIP top-profile door hinges
2x
3 CLIP top-mounting plates
2x
4 Ni M5x11.5 mm, countersunk
4x
5 M5x7 mm, pan head
6x
6 Spacers, brown
Further prod.
2x
7 Cam, brown
2x
7
8 270E follow strip
2x
9 FLIPPER DOOR-rollers
2x
Page instructions
Overview – further products 543
Catalogue 2009 546

Further products
▶▶ FLIPPER DOOR
Planning
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Min. internal cabinet depth
Nominal length Inset application Overlay applica-
NL 16 mm doors 19 mm doors tion
350 mm 369 mm 372 mm 353 mm
400 mm 419 mm 422 mm 403 mm 96
450 mm 469 mm 472 mm 453 mm
500 mm 519 mm 522 mm 503 mm
550 mm 569 mm 572 mm 553 mm
600 mm 619 mm 622 mm 603 mm
32 64 32 32 32 9
For inset application:
128 128 96 128 37
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm + door
thickness
Inset application with Inset application Overlay application
inline hinge arm
Max. door weight 12 Max. door weight 12 Max. door weight 12

6 kg! 6 kg! 6 kg!
max 22
max 19
max 19
2 3.5 2
5 7 7
Using 3 mm spacer and 3 mm mounting plate Furniture hinge 71T9650 (9.5 mm cranked) and Door thickness 16 mm:
mounting plate 175H9100 (0 mm raised) must Max. front overlay of 5 mm can be achieved by
be ordered separately. turning side adjustment screw 2 mm.
This application does not require the 3 mm Using 3 mm spacer and 0 mm mounting plate.
spacer! Door thickness 19 mm:
Adjustments 0 mm spaced mounting plate must be used. Max. front overlay of 2 mm can be achieved by
+ turning side adjustment screw 2 mm.
- - Using 3 mm spacer and 3 mm mounting plate.
- + +
max. ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm
plates
Further prod.
Fixing
9.5
X Internal height
max 187.5
42
Warning!
40
min 62.5
X= min 637 / max 1143
Use FLIPPER DOOR

min 512 / max 768
130 rollers (270E0005)

instead of door guides
X– 4
(270E0009)!
Maximum door weight
max 187.5
min 62.5
270E0005 6 kg!
37
Catalogue 2009 547

Further products
POCKET DOOR
1 2
Suitable for door sizes: Use countersunk screws 642.1150 Fix cabinet profiles:Using 609.1500 For door guidesUsing 609.1500 or
Use pan head screws 647.0700 or 609.1700 chipboard screws 609.1700 chipboard screws
Clip on door
FLIPPER DOOR
1 2
Further prod.
Suitable for door sizes: Use countersunk screws 642.1150 Fix cabinet profiles Fix FLIPPER DOOR rollers
Use pan head screws 647.0700
Clip on door
Catalogue 2009 548

Further products
▶ Wall hanging bracket
▶▶ Screw-on, knock in
Screw-on
- Nylon housing with Assembly
steel arm zinc plated
- 3-dimensional adjust-
ment
- Tested to DIN 68840
with a load bearing of
130 kg per pair
white, brown, RAL 9001 Part no.

right hand 48N0510.02
left hand 48N0510.03 Page instructions
Other colours available upon request Testing standards 662
Space requirement Fixing positions on cabinet side and dimensions of

back cut-out
18 57 31-45 32 22 Adjustment areas:
- Down 7 mm
- Up 11 mm
- Back 3.5 mm
18
33
33
- Forward 12.5 mm
41
14
Knock-in
steel arm zinc plated
- 3-dimensional adjust-
ment
- Tested to DIN 68840
with a load bearing of
130 kg per pair
white, brown, RAL 9001 Part no.

Further prod.
right hand 48N0610.02

left hand 48N0610.03 Page instructions
Other colours available upon request Testing standards 662
Space requirement Fixing positions on cabinet side and dimensions of

back cut-out
18 57 31-45 32 min 11.5 22 Adjustment areas:
- Down 7 mm
- Up 11 mm
- Back 3.5 mm
18
24
33
- Forward 12.5 mm
41
Ø 10
14
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS
78 MZM.0078
Catalogue 2009 549

Further products
▶ Connector
▶▶ Cabinet connector
Screw-on
integral die-cast cam
- Nylon connector piece
Part no.
white, brown 40.2000
Base Cabinet side
19.5
13
32
47
32
7.5
Knock-in
Further prod.
Part no.
white, brown 40.2100.02
Base Cabinet side
19.5
13
32
47
min 11.5 32
MINIPRESS
Ø 10 Housing
min 11.5
72 MZM.0072
7.5
Ø 10
Cabinet connectors
73 MZM.0073
Catalogue 2009 550

Further products
▶ Connector
With screw
- Zinc die-cast connec-
tor screw
Part no.
white, brown 42.0700.01
Other colours available upon request
Base Cabinet side
E = W - X + 8 mm
X max. = 9.5 mm
Ø5 27 min 12 Ø 25
E
W
8
X
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS
77 MZM.0077
With screw
- Zinc die-cast connec-
tor screw
Further prod.
Part no.
white, brown 40.0700N
Base Cabinet side
E = W - X + 5.8 mm
X max. = 8 mm
Ø5 33 min 12 Ø 25
W
5.8
X
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS
70 MZM.0070
Catalogue 2009 551

Further products
▶ Connector
With dowel and expansion pin

- Nylon connector with
steel expansion pin
Part no.
Base Cabinet side
E = W - X + 7.4 mm
X max. = 9 mm
Ø8 25 min 12 Ø 25
W
E
X
7.4
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS
70 MZM.0070
Base connectors
Further prod.
Part no.
Base Cabinet side
10 E = W + 1.5 mm
Ø 25
min 12 Ø 25
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS
W
Housing
min 10.5
1.5
70 MZM.0070
Cabinet connectors
71 MZM.0071
Catalogue 2009 552

Further products
▶ Connector
With connector section (system 32)

Part no.
Base Cabinet side
32 10 E = W + 1.5 mm
Ø 25
min 12 Ø 25
PRO-CENTER
W
MINIPRESS
E
Housing
min 10.5
Ø 10
1.5
70 MZM.0070
Cabinet connectors
71 MZM.0071
Further prod.
Catalogue 2009 553

Further products
▶ Connector
▶▶ Cabinet and shelf connectors
Overlay application
- Nylon housing and Assembly
cover cap
Housing Part no.

MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER
75 MZM.0075
Cover caps
Variant 1: application with screw

- For overlay application Base Cabinet side
- Steel screw, zinc 11
plated, 6 x 14.5 mm
Ø 28
min 11.5
Ø5
12.5
min
Steel screw, zinc plated Part no.

6 x 14.5 mm 653.1450
Variant 2: application with screw and bush

plated, 6 x 10.5 mm
- Nylon bush 11.5 mm
Ø 28
min 12
6
Further prod.

12.5
Ø 10
min
6 x 10.5 mm 653.1050
Nylon bush 11.5 mm 41.1100

plated, 6 x 10.5 mm
Ø 28
min 18
6

12.5
Ø 10
min
6 x 10.5 mm 653.1050
Nylon bush 17.7 mm 41.1600.21
Catalogue 2009 554

Further products
▶ Connector
▶▶ Cabinet and shelf connectors
Corner application system 32

- Nylon housing and Assembly
cover cap
Housing Part no.

MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER
75 MZM.0075
Cover caps
Variant 1: application with screw

- Steel screw, zinc
plated, 6 x 14.5 mm
32 11
Ø 28
min 11.5
Ø5
12.5
min
Ø 10
6 x 14.5 mm 653.1450

- Steel screw, zinc
plated, 6 x 10.5 mm
32 11
Ø 28
min 12
6
Further prod.

Ø 10
6 x 10.5 mm 653.1050
12.5
min
Ø 10
Nylon bush 11.5 mm 41.1100

- Steel screw, zinc min 18
plated, 6 x 10.5 mm
32 11
6
Ø 28
Ø 10

6 x 10.5 mm 653.1050
12.5
min
Ø 10
Nylon bush 17.7 mm 41.1600.21
Catalogue 2009 555

Assembly devices
Assembly made easy

Blum‘s assembly devices support the manu- Our assembly devices, drilling and insertion Each device is characterised by its straight-
facture of furniture to the highest quality. machines, as well as templates and gauges, forward simplicity, high user-friendliness and
ensure the precise assembly of all Blum high durability.
products.
DYNALOG 2.6 – easy planning Templates, jigs and assembly Drilling and insertion machines
and ordering devices Our wide range of drilling and inser-
DYNALOG 2.6 is software for plan- Ensures precise assembly for lift, tion machines are well equipped to
ning cabinets and ordering fittings hinge, pull-out and runner systems deal with any assembly situation
Catalogue 2009 556

Assembly devices
Overview
▶ DYNALOG 2.6 558

■ Overview
■ Assembly examples
Symbol photo
▶ Templates, jigs and assembly devices 564

■ Lift system assembly ■ Drawer assembly
■ Hinge system assembly ■ Front assembly
■ TIP-ON for doors assembly ■ Cabinet assembly
■ BLUMOTION for doors assembly ■ System drilling
■ SERVO-DRIVE assembly
■ SPACE CORNER assembly
Symbol photo ■ Drawer assembly with BOXFIX
▶ Drilling and insertion machines 620

■ PRO-CENTER
■ MINIPRESS PRO
■ MINIPRESS P
■ MINIPRESS M
Symbol photo
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Drawer assembly
Accessories Front assembly
General Information Cabinet assembly
DYNALOG 2.6 System drilling 32 mm
Lift system assembly PRO-CENTER
Hinge system assembly MINIPRESS PRO

Assembly dev.
Assembly BLUMOTION for doors MINIPRESS P
Assembly TIP-ON for doors MINIPRESS M
Assembly SERVO-DRIVE
Assembly SPACE CORNER
Drawer assembly
Catalogue 2009 557

Assembly devices
▶ DYNALOG 2.6
DYNALOG 2.6 – easy planning and ordering

DYNALOG 2.6 is a user-friendly CD-ROM
catalogue and planning programme. It offers
more security for furniture planning – ensuring
that you are able to order the right products.
In addition to standard cabinets, complex ap-
plications such as SERVO-DRIVE, AVENTOS,
SPACE CORNER as well as angled cabinets
can be planned simply and with a collision
check.
Easy to learn: DYNALOG makes computer

planning easy. It is easy to learn and apply
– even if you don’t use it every day.
Data for manufacturing and ordering
Drawings for all relevant wooden Complete cutting dimensions and Information on planning, assembly Simplified 3-D CAD data for use in
components and fittings. components lists. and adjustment CAD software, etc.
Export format: 2-D dxf Export formats: xls, csv Export formats: dxf, dwg, igs, sat,
x_t, jpg
Examples of complex planning using collision checks

Assembly dev.
SERVO-DRIVE SPACE CORNER AVENTOS Angled cabinet
Catalogue 2009 558

Assembly devices
▶ DYNALOG 2.6
▶▶ Order information
Product
DYNALOG 2.6 includes 3 modules:
- DYNACAT (CD-ROM product catalogue)

- DYNASHOP (shopping basket)
- DYNAPLAN (cabinet planner)
Its modular design makes it easy to use and

supports product selection, ordering and Part no.
cabinet planning. DYNALOG 2.6 DYA.2642
Page instructions
DYNAPLAN – assembly examples
560
DYNALOG 2.6 at a glance

DYNACAT DYNAPLAN
CD-ROM Product Catalogue Cabinet planner
Fittings selection Cabinet planning incl. fittings selection
Fittings parts list Fittings parts list
CAD data for fixings in 2D and 3D DYNASHOP Drawings + CAD data of cuttings
Shopping Basket
Adjustment and assembly information Optional Dealer part numbers Fixing positions for fittings
Distributor-prices
Construction and manufacturing Ordering Construction and manufacturing

By fax or e-mail, connection can be
established to dealer ordering system
DYNACAT – the CD-ROM product catalogue

DYNACAT contains a complete list of Blum fittings as well as a large selection of fittings applications which can be added directly to your shopping
basket. Along with quick searches and fast ordering, DYNACAT also provides detailed information about the entire range of Blum products.
DYNAPLAN – the cabinet planner

Use this cabinet planning software to design your own individual cabinets to meet specific needs of your customers. Alternatively you can use the ex-
tensive in-built database of pre-defined cabinets. DYNAPLAN will then provide all information that is required for assembly and ordering. The collision
check ensures that the finished furniture will function properly when everything is installed.
Assembly dev.
DYNASHOP – the shopping basket

DYNASHOP acts as the interface between DYNACAT and DYNAPLAN, and is used for ordering. DYNASHOP provides many easy-to-use options.
For example, you can change the colour or finish for your order with just a simple mouse-click. You can also integrate distributor part numbers and
prices into DYNASHOP.
Catalogue 2009 559

Assembly devices
▶ DYNALOG 2.6
▶▶ DYNAPLAN – assembly examples
Cabinet profile assembly with drilling template

- Transfer drilling dimensions from
DYNAPLAN printout to drilling template
65.1000
- Pre-drill fixing positions for cabinet profile
- Fix cabinet profile
197.0
161.0
0.0
49.0
37.0
224.0
224.0
224.0
2.5 / 3.0 2.5 / 3.0 2.5 / 3.0
Page instructions
Universal drilling template
614
Frontal processing with marking template
Cutting dimensions front Position standard marking template Line up the drawer front and mark Fix front brackets
Take front cutting dimensions from onto closed drawer fixing positions with a light tap on
DYNAPLAN printout either side
Assembly dev.
Page instructions
Drawer/High fronted pull-out
605
Wooden drawer
602
Catalogue 2009 560

Assembly devices
▶ DYNALOG 2.6
Drawer front processing with universal drilling template

- Transfer drilling dimensions from
DYNAPLAN printout to universal drilling
template ZML.0040
- Mark fixing positions for front fixing brackets
or drill with Ø 10 mm drill bit
0.0
29.5
- Attach front fixing bracket

64.0
32.0
10.0 / 12.0
63.5
Page instructions
604
Front assembly with MINIPRESS M/P and MINISTICK

- Position MINISTICK
- Drill fixing positions for front fixing brackets
- Suitable for the various pull-out systems N,
M, K, H with or without gallery
0.0
29.5
64.0
32.0
Assembly dev.
10.0 / 12.0
63.5
Page instructions
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
MINISTICK 609
Catalogue 2009 561

Assembly devices
▶ DYNALOG 2.6
TANDEM-drawer assembly
- Suitable for TANDEM runner used in con-
junction with front adjuster 295.1000
- Position drilling template ZML.0050 onto
drawer and drill
- Transfer front drilling dimension from
0.0
87.5
DYNAPLAN printout to the stop system

(MINIPRESS M, P, PRO or PRO-CENTER),
drill front holes and insert front adjuster
4.5
- Fix front onto drawer
52
40,5
20.0 / 10.5
84.0
Page instructions
Drilling template for TANDEM-front fixing
bracket 602
STANDARD-drawer assembly
- Suitable for STANDARD-runner used in
conjunction with front adjuster 295.1000
- Transfer measurements from DYNAPLAN
printout to DIY template (drilling distances
are always 50 or 62.5 mm)
0.0
89.0
- Position DIY template onto wooden drawer

and drill
- Transfer front drilling dimension from
Ø 4.5 DYNAPLAN printout to the stop system
(MINIPRESS M, P, PRO or PRO-CENTER),
drill front holes and insert front adjuster
295.1000
62
.5 - Fix front onto drawer
50
Assembly dev.
20.0 / 10.5
72.0
Catalogue 2009 562

Assembly devices
▶ DYNALOG 2.6
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 563

Assembly devices
▶ Templates, jigs and assembly devices
Assembly made easy

Blum assembly devices support the manufac-
ture of furniture to the highest quality.
Our assembly devices, drilling and insertion

machines, as well as templates and gauges,
ensure the precise assembly of all Blum
products.
Each device is characterised by its straight-

forward simplicity, high user-friendliness and
high durability.
Blum assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machines Assembly devices Templates and assembly devices
For the assembly of all Blum products

Assembly dev.
Lift systems Hinge systems Pull-out and runner systems Further products
Catalogue 2009 564

Assembly devices
▶▶ Overview
▶▶ Lift system assembly

Universal indivi- Lift mechanism, Lift mechanism,
dual template MINIPRESS M/P MINIPRESS PRO/
PRO-CENTER
568 569 570

Template Universal drilling Front, MINIPRESS
template M/P
571 572 573

Front, MINIPRESS
PRO/PRO-CEN-
TER
574
▶▶ Hinge system assembly

Drilling template Template Drilling template
for CLIP and MO- for mounting
DUL-hinges plates
576 577 578

Drilling template Cabinet angle ECODRILL
for INSERTA- template
hinges
579 580 581

Drilling and inser- Adhesion temp-
tion machine late for CRISTAL-
LO glass door
hinges
582 583
▶▶ BLUMOTION for doors assembly

Drilling template Drilling template
for BLUMOTION for BLUMOTION
970A1002 970.1002
Assembly dev.
584 585
▶▶ TIP-ON for doors assembly

Positioning TIP-ON for doors
template for catch drilling template
plate
586 587
Catalogue 2009 565

Assembly devices
▶▶ Overview
▶▶ SERVO-DRIVE assembly
Drilling template MINIPRESS M/P MINIPRESS PRO/
for bracket profile PRO-CENTER
attachment
588 589 590

Drilling template Drilling template Test jack con-
of positioning for damper nector
drive unit
591 592 593
▶▶ SPACE CORNER assembly

Drilling temp- Drilling temp-
late for SPACE late for SPACE
CORNER with CORNER-cabinet
SYNCROMOTION profiles
594 595
▶▶ Drawer assembly
BOXFIX M BOXFIX PRO
596 597
Universal drilling Drilling and inser- Drilling temp-
template tion machine late for pull-out
surround corner
connectors
598 599 600

Drilling template Drilling template Marking template
for TANDEM for TANDEM-front
fixing bracket
601 602 603

Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 566

Assembly devices
▶▶ Overview
▶▶ Front assembly
Universal drilling Marking template Marking template
template
604 605 606

Marking template MINIPRESS M/P MINISTICK with
with MINIPRESS drilling and inser-
M/P tion machine
607 608 609

L
MINIPRESS M/P MINIPRESS PRO/

PRO-CENTER
610 611
▶▶ Cabinet assembly
Drilling template MINIFIX Universal drilling
for connectors template
612 613 614

MINIPRESS M/P MINIPRESS PRO/
PRO-CENTER
615 616
▶▶ System drilling
MINIPRESS M/P MINIPRESS M/P MINIPRESS PRO/
with drilling head PRO-CENTER
with drilling head
617 618 619

Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 567

Assembly devices
Universal individual template

- For pre-drilling peg positions for all AVENTOS
lift mechanism types
- Ensures screws are fixed at a right angle
- Suitable for the assembly of other Blum fittings
- Including:
Drilling depth stop Ø 5 mm and reducing bush
Ø 2.5 mm
Symbol photo
Part no.
Drilling template 65.1051
Fixing peg drilling
Mark cabinet profile height position Line up template with mark, drill Attach lift mechanism
(Ø 5 mm)
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 568

Assembly devices
Lift mechanism assembly with MINIPRESS M/P

- For drilling the peg position for all AVENTOS
lift mechanism types with an 8 spindle drilling
head (MKZ.8000)
Symbol photo
Page instructions
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
For drilling peg hole with 8 spindle drilling head
Set stop to determined location, Attach lift mechanism

position workpiece and drill fixing
holes
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 569

Assembly devices
Lift mechanism assembly with MINIPRESS PRO/PRO-CENTER

- For drilling the peg position for all AVENTOS
lift mechanism types with an 8 spindle drilling
head (MKZ.2200.01)
- Simple set-up of MINIPRESS PRO/
PRO-CENTER through a colour coding sys-
tem: Revolving handle, drilling head and swivel
stops are colour coded
Symbol photo
Page instructions
PRO-CENTER 624
MINIPRESS PRO 634
Set-up for MINIPRESS PRO/PRO-CENTER
All settings are colour coded in the The drilling head needs to be The revolving stop/spindle enables The ruler with the pre-set stops is
set-up plan. Colour coding makes pre-equipped with the required drill fast and tool free adjustments to inserted and secured without any
machine adjustment simple, quick bits and insertion rams and can be drilling distance and drilling depth tools. The ruler is accurately posi-
and accurate attached quickly and without any tioned with a centering pin
tools
For drilling peg hole with 8 spindle drilling head

Assembly dev.
Attach 8 spindle drilling head. Posi- Attach lift mechanism

tion cabinet side against the stop
and drill the fixing holes
Catalogue 2009 570

Assembly devices
Template
- For pre-drilling the mounting plate for the top
AVENTOS HF lift system
Symbol photo
Part no.
Template 65.5310
Transferring measurements by marking centre of hinge arm
Mark hinge arm centre Pre-drill (Ø 2.5 mm) Screw on mounting plate
Transferring measurements by marking outside edge of hinge arm

Assembly dev.
Mark hinge arm outline Pre-drill (Ø 2.5 mm) Screw on mounting plate
Catalogue 2009 571

Assembly devices

- For marking the fixing holes of horizontal
mounting plates for the AVENTOS HF tel-
escopic arm
- For marking the fixing holes of all front fixings
for AVENTOS HK, HS, HL
- Universal drilling template includes:
1 pce. Drilling depth stop for drill bits Ø 5 mm,
1 pce. Drilling depth stop for drill bits Ø 10 mm,
1 pce. Marking template Ø 5 mm,
1 pce. Marking template Ø 10 mm
Symbol photo
Part no.
Universal drilling template ZML.0040
Adding the markings (example: AVENTOS HF)
Set stops using the calibration Mark fixing position Screw on mounting plate
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 572

Assembly devices
Front assembly with MINIPRESS M/P

- For drilling fixing holes and inserting hori-
zontal mounting plates for the AVENTOS HF
telescopic arm
- Note: The 7 spindle drilling head (MZK.1000) is
used for the front drillings of AVENTOS HS, HL
and HK
Symbol photo
Page instructions
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
Front drillings (example: AVENTOS HF)
Position cabinet side against the Screw on mounting plate

stop and drill the fixing holes
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 573

Assembly devices
Front assembly with MINIPRESS PRO/PRO-CENTER

- For drilling fixing holes and inserting hori-
zontal mounting plates for the AVENTOS HF
telescopic arm with the 2 spindle drilling head
(MZK.2110)
- Note: The 9 spindle drilling head (MZK.2800) is
used for the front drillings of AVENTOS HS, HK
and HL
Symbol photo
Page instructions
PRO-CENTER 624
MINIPRESS PRO 634
tools
Front drillings (example: AVENTOS HF)

Assembly dev.
Attach 2 spindle drilling head Posi- Screw on mounting plate

tion cabinet side against the stop
and drill the fixing holes
Catalogue 2009 574

Assembly devices
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 575

Assembly devices
Drilling template for CLIP top and MODUL hinges

- Simple and quick transfer of hinge and mount-
ing plate (cruciform & in-line) fixing positions
- Transfer of measurements from door to cabinet
and from cabinet to door
- Measurements can be transferred from cabi-
nets (either assembled or unassembled)
- Adjustable stop for various front overlays (cali-
bration simplifies set-up)
- Drilling template includes:
1 pce rail, length 1000 mm with calibration and
stop,
2 pcs templates with marking pin
Symbol photo
Drilling template Part no. Template Part no.

CLIP top 65.7500.01 CLIP top 65.7510.01 Part no.
MODUL 65.9500 MODUL 65.9510 Extension rail 2200 mm 65.7590
Cabinet with line drilling or fixed mounting plate – door undrilled
Position drilling template onto Attach mounting plate to cabinet. Transferring the fixing position to Drill hinge drilling pattern and as-
cabinet. To determine the exact Position drilling template in cabinet. the door. Position drilling template semble hinge
fixing position of the mounting plate, The template is located on the onto door, mark hinge drilling pat-
place the marking pin into hole of mounting plate tern with marking pin
line drilling
Pre-drilled door or pre-mounted hinge – cabinet undrilled

Assembly dev.
Set stop to desired front overlay. Set stop to desired front overlay. Transferring the fixing position to Assemble hinge and mounting plate
Insert template into hinge hole Insert template into hinge boss the cabinet. Position drilling tem-
plate in cabinet. Mark or pre-drill
drilling pattern of mounting plates
Catalogue 2009 576

Assembly devices
Template
- Simple location of mounting plate fixing posi-
tions
- If mounting plate fixing positions are standard
throughout, then it is possible to fix several
templates to a wooden strip
- Can be used for:
Horizontal mounting plates (29/32 and 22/32)
Cruciform mounting plates (37/32)
Symbol photo
Part no.
Template 65.5310
Mark hinge arm centre Pre-drill (Ø 2.5 mm) Screw on mounting plate

Assembly dev.
Mark hinge arm outline Pre-drill (Ø 2.5 mm) Screw on mounting plate
Catalogue 2009 577

Assembly devices
Mounting plate drilling template

- Simple location of cruciform mounting plate
fixing positions
- Precise 32 mm system drilling thanks to posi-
tioning pin (particularly important for INSERTA
mounting plates)
- Drilling template incl. 1 pce. drilling depth stop
for drill Ø 5 mm
- Suitable for: Cruciform mounting plate 37/32
(systems screws, EXPANDO or INSERTA)
- Can be used for BLUMOTION-/TIP-ON-cruci-
form adapter plate
Symbol photo
Part no.
Mark hinge arm centre Position template on marking line. Turn template round, insert posi- Attach mounting plate
Drill first fixing hole Ø 5 mm (for tioning pin into drilling hole, drill
system screws, EXPANDO or second Ø 5 mm hole
INSERTA)

Assembly dev.
Mark hinge arm outline Position template on marking line. Turn template round, insert posi- Attach mounting plate
Drill first fixing hole Ø 5 mm (for tioning pin into drilling hole, drill
system screws, EXPANDO or second Ø 5 mm hole
INSERTA)
Catalogue 2009 578

Assembly devices
Drilling template for INSERTA hinges

- To drill Ø 8 mm side holes for hinges
- To mark and pre-drill the fixing positions for
cruciform mounting plates
- Drilling template incl. 1 pce. reducing bush Ø 5
to Ø 2.5 mm
- For CLIP top-hinges with INSERTA/EXPANDO
hinge boss fixing and cruciform mounting
plates as well as BLUMOTION/TIP-ON cruci-
form adapter plate
Symbol photo
Part no.
Drill side holes for hinges
ø8
35
X
Pre-drill door (e.g. with pillar drill) Adjust drilling distance setting (x), Attach INSERTA hinge
using Ø 35 mm drill bit position template and drill side
holes Ø 8 mm
Drilling fixing holes for cruciform mounting plates

37
ø5
Assembly dev.
Mark hinge arm centre Position template on marking line Pre-drill fixing holes for cruciform Attach mounting plate
mounting plate with Ø 2.5 mm
(for chipboard screws) or Ø 5 mm
(for system screws, EXPANDO or
INSERTA)
Catalogue 2009 579

Assembly devices
Cabinet angle template

- To determine cabinet angle and suitable hinge
with mounting plate
- For determining the BLUMOTION 970A1002
drilling distance
Symbol photo
Part no.
Cabinet angle template 65.5810
Determining cabinet angle with suitable hinge solution

-2
5
°
-2
71
-50°
-2
5°
0
°
26
45
.5
-45° 27
.5
24
-40° 28
73
16
45
-35°
.5
29
.5
23
-30° 30
11
16
31 -25° 12
32 13
-20° 14
-15° 33 15
--
34
-10
--
16
° 35
--
46
-5°
--
1
7
36
0°
2
+5
37
°
+1
Position template Read cabinet angle and angled Cabinet angle or angled application See chapter CLIP top – overview of
application leads to suitable hinge angled applications
Calculation of drilling distance for BLUMOTION 970A1002

Assembly dev.
Position template Read drilling distance of Transfer drilling distance to cabinet

BLUMOTION
Catalogue 2009 580

Assembly devices
ECODRILL
- Simple hand held tool to drill accurate hole pat-
terns for Blum hinges
- Driven by hand drill
- Variable drilling distance (from 2 to 8 mm)
- Clamps to work piece
- ECODRILL includes:
1 pce. drilling template,
1 pce. drill Ø 35 mm,
2 pcs. drills Ø 8 mm,
2 pcs. Torx bits
Symbol photo
Ø Part no.
Part no. Drill bit for dowels 8 mm M31.ZB08.02 Part no.
ECODRILL M31.1000 Fittings drill bit 35 mm M31.ZB35.02 Tool set MZW.1300
Drilling the hinge pattern
Mark desired hinge position. Posi- Drill Blum hinge pattern with hand Attach INSERTA hinge
tion ECODRILL on marking line and drill
fix with clamping lever
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 581

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machine

- For fixing hole drilling and insertion of hinges
and mounting plates
- Suitable for the processing of other Blum com-
ponents
Symbol photo
Page instructions
PRO-CENTER 624
MINIPRESS PRO 634
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
Set-up for swivel stop
Set stop to desired location, posi- Insert hinges

tion workpiece and drill fixing holes
Application with centre stop/laser-centre stop

Assembly dev.
Marking, e.g. with drilling template. Line up with centre stop and drill Insert hinges
Marking – draw a line from the pin fixing holes
hole to the edge of the work piece
Catalogue 2009 582

Assembly devices
Drilling template for CRISTALLO hinge

- For easy determination of the position of the
CRISTALLO adhesion plate
- For attaching the CRISTALLO adhesion plate
to the proper position
- Setting template using integrated calibration
- Drilling template includes:
1 pcs. rail length 1000 mm with calibration and
stop,
2 pcs. template with vacuum clamp
Symbol photo
Part no. Part no.

Drilling template set 65.4000.01 Template 65.4010.01
Fixing adhesion plate to the door

C
B
A
C
Set height position (A/B) and depth Fix template with vacuum clamp Position adhesion plate, apply
position (C) using the calibration adhesive according to instructions
(UV glue set necessary)
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 583

Assembly devices
BLUMOTION for doors (hinge side) drilling template

The template is used to attach BLUMOTION
for doors (970A1002) to the hinge side of the
cabinet
- For horizontal drilling for BLUMOTION for
standard cabinets
- For horizontal drilling for BLUMOTION for an-
gled cabinets (in combination with the cabinet
angle template 65.5810)
- Template incl. drilling depth stop Ø 10 mm
- Suitable for the processing of other Blum fit-
tings (TIP-ON for doors)
Symbol photo
Part no. Part no.

Drilling template 65.5010 Cabinet angle template 65.5810
For drilling for BLUMOTION 970A1002 for standard cabinet
Position template on marking line Use a Ø 10 mm drill for Fix BLUMOTION

BLUMOTION drilling
Drilling for BLUMOTION 970A1002 for angled cabinet

Assembly dev.
The drilling distance is transferred Position template on marking line Use a Ø 10 mm drill for Fix BLUMOTION
to the cabinet using the template BLUMOTION drilling
(65.5810)
Catalogue 2009 584

Assembly devices
BLUMOTION for doors (handle side) drilling template

The template is used to fix BLUMOTION for
doors (970.1002) to the handle side of the
cabinet.
- For horizontal drilling for BLUMOTION
- For the drilling of BLUMOTION/TIP-ON cruci-
form/horizontal adapter plate fixing positions
- BLUMOTION door drilling template comprises
1 pce. drilling depth stop Ø 10 mm,
1 pce. drilling depth stop Ø 5 mm,
1 pce. drilling depth stop Ø 2.5 mm
Symbol photo
Part no.
For horizontal drilling for BLUMOTION 970.1002
Position template on marking line. Use a Ø 10 mm drill for Fix BLUMOTION

You can pre-set repeating drilling BLUMOTION drilling
positions using the stop rod
Positioning of adapter plate for BLUMOTION 970.1002

Assembly dev.
Position template on marking line Use a Ø 2.5 or Ø 5 mm drill for Fix BLUMOTION horizontal adapter Fix BLUMOTION cruciform adapter
BLUMOTION cruciform/horizontal plate plate
adapter plates
Catalogue 2009 585

Assembly devices
Catch plate positioning template

- For determining the position of the TIP-ON
catch plate (glue-on)
- For determining the position of the TIP-ON
catch plate (screw-on)
- Suitable for overlay and inset applications
- For use with:
TIP-ON with adapter plate
TIP-ON face mounted
Symbol photo
Part no.
Aligning and marking template 65.5210
Positioning the TIP-ON glue-on catch plate
Place template on the TIP-ON fitting Remove protective film Gently close door Press on catch plate
and then insert the catch plate
Positioning the TIP-ON screw-on catch plate

Assembly dev.
Position template on the TIP-ON Gently close door Attach fitting at marked location
fitting
Catalogue 2009 586

Assembly devices

- For horizontal drilling of TIP-ON on the cabinet
- Template incl. drilling depth stop Ø 10 mm
- Suitable for the processing of other Blum fit-
tings (BLUMOTION for doors)
Symbol photo
Part no.
Drilling the TIP-ON drilling part
Mark cabinet profile height position Line up template with mark, drill Attach TIP-ON for drilling
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 587

Assembly devices
Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment

- For marking or pre-drilling the fixing positions
of SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachments
- The template can be attached to the cabinet
as well as to individual components (bottom
panel/top panel/cross bar)
- Drilling template including:
1 pce. drilling depth stop for drill Ø 10 mm,
1 pce. marking template Ø 10 mm
- Suitable for: TANDEMBOX, TANDEM
Symbol photo
Part no.
Drilling template ZML.1150.02
Drilling on the cabinet
Mark cabinet profile height position Attach drilling template to marking Mark or make required drillings Insert bracket profile attachment
line. Pin holes on the template back and secure
prevent it from moving
Drillings for the loose cross bar

Assembly dev.
Set drilling template on the cross Pin holes on the template prevent it Mark or make required drillings Insert bracket profile attachment
bar assembly and drill at pre- from moving and secure
marked line
Catalogue 2009 588

Assembly devices
SERVO-DRIVE assembly with MINIPRESS M/P

- Fixing position drillings for SERVO-DRIVE
bracket profile attachment in connection with a
7 spindle drilling head
Symbol photo
Page instructions
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
Bracket profile attachment drilling with the 7 spindle drilling head
Set swivel stop to required location, Attach fitting

position work piece and drill
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 589

Assembly devices
SERVO-DRIVE assembly with MINIPRESS PRO/PRO-CENTER

- Fixing position drillings for SERVO-DRIVE
bracket profile attachment in connection with a
9 spindle drilling head
Symbol photo
Page instructions
PRO-CENTER 624
MINIPRESS PRO 634
tools
Bracket profile attachment drilling with the 9 spindle drilling head

Assembly dev.
Place the work piece on the ma- Attach fitting

chine and drill
Catalogue 2009 590

Assembly devices
Spacing template for positioning the SERVO-DRIVE drive unit

- For determining the position of the
SERVO-DRIVE drive unit on the bracket profile
- Can only be used with drilling template part no.
T65.5000 and 65.1000
- Suitable for: TANDEMBOX with
SERVO-DRIVE
Symbol photo
Part no.
Assembly Device ZML.1200
Setup
The drilling template (T65.5000 or The upper stop of the drilling tem- The spacing template (ZML.1200) is The thickness of the cabinet bottom
65.1000) is first used to drill or posi- plate (T65.5000 or 65.1000) must attached at the bottom to the drilling panel is set using the calibration
tion the cabinet profiles be removed template (T65.5000 or 65.1000)
Transfer of measurements to the bracket profile

Assembly dev.
Positioning of the drilling gauge on Transfer of measurements to the For determining the assembly posi-
the bracket profile bracket profile tion of the SERVO-DRIVE drive unit
on the bracket profile
Catalogue 2009 591

Assembly devices
Bumper drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE distance bumper

- For bumper drilling on the unattached and at-
tached front
- For bumper drilling on the cabinet (front side)
- Suitable for Blum distance bumper Ø 5 and
Ø 8 mm
- Drilling template including:
Drilling depth stop Ø 8 mm
Reducing bush Ø 5 mm
Symbol photo
Part no.
Drilling template ZML.1090
Using the bumper template on the front
Front height less than 300 mm: Front height more than 300 mm: Insert Blum distance bumper (do
Attach drilling template to marking Attach drilling template to front top not glue)
line (centre front) and drill edge and front bottom edge and
drill
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 592

Assembly devices
Test jack connector for SERVO-DRIVE

- For an easy check of correct cabling for
SERVO-DRIVE elements and SERVO-DRIVE
cabinets using a tool-free plug-in device
- Can only be used with the SERVO-DRIVE
transformer
Symbol photo
Part no.
Test jack connector ZML.1290
Checking SERVO-DRIVE components
Connect transformer to test jack The connection and/or cabling of

connector and SERVO-DRIVE the individual components is cor-
components rect when all LEDs light up
Checking SERVO-DRIVE in the cabinet

Assembly dev.
Checking SERVO-DRIVE in the Press on pull-out front or if possible If the pull-out opens, the connec-
cabinet pull on attached handle tion and/or cabling of the individual
components is correct
Catalogue 2009 593

Assembly devices
Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

- For attaching SPACE CORNER with
SYNCROMOTION fittings to the drawer base
- Suitable for: SPACE CORNER for
TANDEMBOX
Symbol photo
Part no.
SYNCROMOTION drillings
Position the drilling template in the Place drilling template on the side Complete drilling pattern
corner and drill for the front Syncro and drill for corner front piece
fitting
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 594

Assembly devices
SPACE CORNER cabinet profile assembly

- For pre-drilling the fixing positions of cabinet
profiles for SPACE CORNER in combination
with the universal drilling template part no.
65.1000
- For pre-drilling the fixing positions of cabinet
profiles for SPACE CORNER in combination
with the universal individual template part no.
65.1051
- Ensures screws are fixed at a right angle
- Suitable for: TANDEMBOX and TANDEM
Symbol photo
Accessories Part no.

Individual template 65.1107
Cabinet profile drilling for SPACE CORNER (65.1000 + 65.1106)
Attach additional parts (65.1106) to Set the template to the correspond- Position drilling template, clamp Attach cabinet profile
the drilling template (65.1000) ing height and depth positions onto cabinet and pre-drill fixing
holes
Cabinet profile drilling for SPACE CORNER (65.1051 + 65.1107)

Assembly dev.
Attach additional parts (65.1107) to Mark cabinet profile height position Line up template with mark, drill Attach cabinet profile
the individual template (65.1051)
Catalogue 2009 595

Assembly devices
BOXFIX M
- For the assembly of:
TANDEMBOX 30, 50 and 65 kg (for all drawer
side heights and materials)
- Screw-on assembly type
- Drawer side lengths 270 to 650 mm
- Cabinet widths 275 to 1200 mm
- Back heights up to 350 mm
- BOXFIX M includes:
1 pce. centre bit,
1 pce. width stop
Symbol photo

BOXFIX M ZMM.3350 Width stop MZS.4010 Centre bit M01.ZZ03
Assembly of drawers and high fronted pull-outs
Nominal length and pull-out width Wooden back fixing brackets are Back, base and drawer sides are The drawer base is attached to the
are set attached to the wooden back inserted and secured TANDEMBOX drawer sides using
screws
Precision technology increases efficiency

Assembly dev.
Width setting Fix back fixing bracket Fix parts Screw on
Catalogue 2009 596

Assembly devices
BOXFIX PRO
- For the assembly of:
TANDEMBOX 30, 50 and 65 kg (for all drawer
side heights and materials)
- Press-fit connection assembly type
- Drawer side lengths 270 to 650 mm
- Cabinet widths 275 to 1200 mm
- Back heights up to 350 mm
- BOXFIX PRO includes:
1 pce. centre bit
1 pce. width stop
Symbol photo

BOXFIX PRO ZMM.7350 Width stop MZS.4010 Centre bit M01.ZZ03
Assembly of drawers and high fronted pull-outs
Nominal length and pull-out width Wooden back fixing brackets are Back, base and drawer sides are The TANDEMBOX drawer sides
are set attached to the wooden back inserted and secured are attached to the pre-grooved
drawer base by means of press-fit
technology
New feature saves time

Assembly dev.
Width setting Fix back fixing bracket Attach parts and press-fit
Catalogue 2009 597

Assembly devices

- For marking or pre-drilling fixing holes for front
brackets including gallery, drawer back and
base (only METABOX quick assembly version
C15)
ponents
1 pcs. drilling depth stop for drill Ø 5 mm,
1 pce. marking template Ø 5 mm,
- Suitable for: METABOX, TANDEMBOX,
AVENTOS
Symbol photo
Part no.
Assembly of drawer base (METABOX quick assembly version C15)
69 1
10
Position template and pre-drill For inner drawers, position template Fix base
base with Ø 5 mm drill bits (for (stop notch for inner drawer set
METABOX quick assembly version) back by 16 mm) and pre-drill
base with Ø 5 mm drill bits (for
METABOX quick assembly version
C15)
Assembly of drawer back

Assembly dev.
Set stops using the calibration Mark fixing position Fix back with chipboard screw, fix Fix back with chipboard screws
gallery back fixings
Catalogue 2009 598

Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machine

- For drawer base and back drilling (METABOX
quick assembly version C15)
- With MINISTICK: speeds up assembly and
set-up times for front, base and back
- Fix back and gallery back fixings with special
system screws Ø 5 mm (662.1xx0)
- Suitable for: METABOX, TANDEMBOX
Symbol photo
Page instructions
PRO-CENTER 624
MINIPRESS PRO 634
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
Part no.
MINISTICK MZS.0040
Assembly of drawer base with swivel stop or MINISTICK
Set swivel stop to the required Set MINISTICK to required dimen- Fix base
dimension, position base and drill sion, position base and drill Ø 5 mm
Ø 5 mm holes for METABOX quick holes for METABOX quick assem-
assembly version C15 bly version C15
Assemble drawer back with swivel stop or MINISTICK

Assembly dev.
Set swivel stop to desired location, Set MINISTICK to desired location, For back of high fronted pull-out Fix back and gallery back fix-
position back and drill fixing holes position back and drill fixing holes use next pin ings with special system screws
Ø 5 mm Ø 5 mm (662.1XX0)
Catalogue 2009 599

Assembly devices
Drilling template for pull-out surround corner connectors

- The drilling template can be used to pre-drill
the fixing positions of the corner connectors for
the following pull-out systems: TANDEMBOX,
METABOX, TANDEM, STANDARD
- Individual parts:
1 pcs. drilling template,
3 pcs. Ø 2.5 mm drill bits,
1 pcs. screw driver blade
Symbol photo
Part no.
Base assembly with drilling template for pull-out surround
For drilling the corner connector

fixing positions on the base
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 600

Assembly devices
Drilling template for TANDEM

- Enables simple wooden drawer drilling
- To pre-drill for back fixing hook
- To pre-drill fixing positions of TANDEM locking
device
Symbol photo
Part no. Part no.

Drilling template T65.1000.02 Tool set T65.9000
Hook drilling
Drilling of hook position Slide drawer onto hook
Drilling for TANDEM-locking

Assembly dev.
Pre-drilling of TANDEM locking Screw on TANDEM locking device

device fixing positions
Catalogue 2009 601

Assembly devices
Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing bracket

- Fixing hole drilling for front adjusters onto 4-
sided drawer
- Application in conjunction with front adjuster
295.1000 and DYNAPLAN
- Suitable for: TANDEM 550/560H, 551/561H,
566H
Symbol photo
Part no.
Application in combination with front adjuster and DYNAPLAN

Ø 4.5
0.0
87.5
20.0 / 10.5 40.5

84.0
Useful application only if front Transfer front drilling dimensions Position template onto wooden Fix front onto drawer
adjuster (295.1000) is used in con- from DYNAPLAN printout to the drawer and drill
junction with TANDEM runner and stop system, drill front holes and
DYNAPLAN insert front adjuster
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 602

Assembly devices
Marking template
- For marking hole centres of the 295.1000 front
adjuster fixing positions
- For TANDEM and STANDARD runners (4-
sided drawers)
Symbol photo
Part no.
Marking template 65.2950
Drawer assembly with marking pin
Insert marking template into pre- Line up the drawer front onto the Insert front adjuster 295.1000 and
drilled holes in the drawer fascia cabinet. Mark fixing positions with a fix front onto drawer
light tap on either side
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 603

Assembly devices

- For marking or pre-drilling fixing holes for front
brackets including gallery, drawer back and
base (only METABOX quick assembly version
C15)
ponents
1 pcs. drilling depth stop for drill Ø 5 mm,
1 pce. marking template Ø 5 mm,
- Suitable for: METABOX, TANDEMBOX,
AVENTOS
Symbol photo
Part no.
Front assembly, e.g. TANDEMBOX
Set stops using the calibration Pre- drill (Ø 10 mm drill bit) or mark Insert front fixing brackets and
fixing positions INSERTA gallery
Front assembly, e.g. METABOX

Assembly dev.
Set stops using the calibration Pre- drill (Ø 10 mm drill bit) or mark Screw on front fixing brackets – at- Fix EXPANDO front fixing brackets
fixing positions tach INSERTA gallery or knock in front fixing brackets with
dowels using the hand insertion tool
– attach INSERTA gallery
Catalogue 2009 604

Assembly devices
Marking template
- For marking all drawer front fixing positions
- For marking the drilling position for the gallery
front fixing using add-on gallery marking tem-
plate
Symbol photo
Gallery marking template Part no. Marking template Part no. Marking template Part no.
TANDEMBOX with gallery ZML.3600 TANDEMBOX 358N ZML.3510 METABOX 320, 330N ZML.1510
METABOX with gallery ZML.8000.02 TANDEMBOX 35x M+K ZML.3580 METABOX 320, 330M+K+H ZML.1500
Drawer front processing
Position standard marking template Line up the drawer front and mark Fix front brackets
onto closed drawer fixing positions with a light tap on
either side
High fronted pull-out front assembly

Assembly dev.
Position marking template onto the Insert gallery marking template into Line up the drawer front and mark Fix front brackets. Drill Ø 10 mm
closed high fronted pull-out. Set standard marking template fixing positions with a light tap on holes for INSERTA gallery. Insert
height positions of gallery back fix- either side INSERTA gallery
ing with gallery marking template
Catalogue 2009 605

Assembly devices
Marking template
- For marking INSERTA gallery front fixing posi-
tions for B height drawers (having fixed front
brackets)
Symbol photo
Marking template Part no.

TANDEMBOX ZML.8030
METABOX ZML.805S
Application
Locate template over pre-attached Drill Ø 10 mm holes using a drilling

front fixing bracket, mark drilling machine. Attach INSERTA gallery
positions with a pencil
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 606

Assembly devices
With marking template and MINIPRESS M/P

- Fixing hole drilling and front bracket insertion in
conjunction with special centre stop MZR.2000
- When assembling the front using
MINIPRESS M/MINIPRESS P, swivel stops are
not required
- Suitable for: METABOX 320/330M, K, H
Symbol photo
Page instructions
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
Part no. Part no.

Marking template ZML.1500 Dual application MZR.2000
Mark the front fixing bracket position using the ZML.1500 marking template
Position standard marking template Line up the drawer front and mark
onto closed drawer fixing positions with a light tap on
either side
Front assembly with MINIPRESS M/MINIPRESS P and dual application

Assembly dev.
Procedure for METABOX Procedure for METABOX Procedure for METABOX Line up with centre stop drill fix-
320/330M: draw a line from the 320/330K: draw a line from the top 320/330H: draw a line from the top ing holes and insert front fixing
central pin hole to the edge of the pin hole to the edge of the drawer pin hole to the edge of the drawer brackets
drawer front. Line up with the centre front. Line up with the centre of the front. Line up with the outside of the
of the special stop special stop special stop
Catalogue 2009 607

Assembly devices
MINIPRESS M/P
- For drilling of fixing holes and insertion of front
brackets
ponents
- Suitable for: TANDEMBOX, METABOX
Symbol photo
Page instructions
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
From assembly with swivel stop, e.g. METABOX
Set stop to desired location, posi- Assemble front brackets

tion front and drill holes
From assembly with centre stop, e.g. METABOX

Assembly dev.
Draw a centre line to the edge of Line up front with centre stop and Assemble front brackets
the work piece drill fixing holes
Catalogue 2009 608

Assembly devices
MINISTICK with drilling and insertion machine

- For fixing hole drilling and insertion of front
brackets
- Once set, the various pull-out systems: N, M,
K, H (with or without gallery) can be assembled
- Can also be used for base and back drillings
- Replaces up to 16 swivel stops
- Suitable for: TANDEMBOX, METABOX
Symbol photo
Part no.
MINISTICK MZS.0040
Front assembly using MINISTICK, e.g. TANDEMBOX
5 5 5
4 4
3 3
12
TANDEMBOX 358M + gallery. Posi- Insert front fixing brackets and

tion front at 1st, 3rd and 5th pin and INSERTA gallery
drill fixing holes
Front assembly using MINISTICK, e.g. METABOX
5
5 4
4 3
2
1
Assembly dev.
METABOX 320M + gallery. Position Insert front fixing bracket – attach Insert front fixing brackets and
front at 4th and 1st pin and drill INSERTA-gallery INSERTA gallery
fixing holes
Catalogue 2009 609

Assembly devices
MINIPRESS M/P with 8 spindle drilling head

- For drilling all front fixing positions of drawers
with gallery
ponents
- Suitable for: TANDEMBOX 356, 358, 359;
METABOX 320, 330
Symbol photo
Page instructions
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
From assembly, e.g. TANDEMBOX
Set stop, position front and drill Insert front fixing brackets and
holes INSERTA gallery
From assembly, e.g. METABOX

Assembly dev.
Set stop, position front and drill Fix EXPANDO front fixing brackets
holes or knock in front fixing brackets with
dowels using the hand insertion tool
– attach INSERTA gallery
Catalogue 2009 610

Assembly devices
MINIPRESS PRO/PRO-CENTER with 8 spindle drilling head

- For fixing hole drilling and insertion of front
brackets and gallery
ponents
PRO-CENTER through colour coding system:
set revolving handle, drilling head and swivel
stops to violet
- Suitable for: TANDEMBOX 30, 50, 65 kg;
METABOX 320, 330
Symbol photo
Page instructions
PRO-CENTER 624
MINIPRESS PRO 634
tools

Assembly dev.
For front bracket fixing hole drilling, Assemble front brackets Insert front fixing brackets and
attach violet drilling head. Position INSERTA gallery
front against violet stop and drill
fixing holes
Catalogue 2009 611

Assembly devices
Drilling template for connectors

- For making the side drilling for the 42.0700
connector
- Including the drilling depth stop Ø 5 mm
Symbol photo
Part no.
Using reference edge to make connector drilling
Set drilling depth Place connector drilling template Attach the connector drilling tem- Attach connector screw
flush on the cabinet bottom panel plate and drill
and/or cabinet top panel
Make connector drilling on marking line

Assembly dev.
Transfer measurement of vertical Position connector template on Attach the connector drilling tem- Attach connector screw
connector drilling marking line plate and drill
Catalogue 2009 612

Assembly devices
MINIFIX
- Ensures precise positioning of cabinet profile
fixing screws
- Suitable for:
METABOX
STANDARD 230M/E, 240E
Symbol photo
Part no.
MINIFIX 65.3300
Fixing cabinet profile using MINIFIX

24
Mark desired height on the cabinet Line up MINIFIX with the mark, MINIFIX allows cabinet profiles to
side and clip cabinet profile onto the screw on cabinet profile (pre-drilling be fixed 24 mm from the underside
MINIFIX tool with centre bit M01.ZZ03 recom- of the top rail (= minimum dimen-
mended) sion for insertion of METABOX
single extension)
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 613

Assembly devices

- Setting the height and depth position using
calibration
- Drilling template can be used with assembled
and unassembled cabinets
- Can be used with several product groups
- Suitable for overlay and inset applications
- For system and wood screws
- Also available as an individual template, part
no. 65.1051
- Including: drilling depth stop Ø 5 mm, reducing
bush Ø 2.5 mm
Symbol photo
Page instructions
SPACE CORNER cabinet profile assembly
595
Part no.
Universal individual template 65.1051
Universal drilling template 65.1000
Universal drilling template (65.1000) case studies
The template depth can be set. This Drill for cabinet profiles Ø 2.5 mm Fix cabinet profile
also enables you to assemble inset (wood screws) or Ø 5 mm (system
applications screws)
Universal individual template (65.1051) case studies

Assembly dev.
The universal individual template Mark cabinet profile height position Place template on marking line and Fix cabinet profile
depth can be set. This also enables drill Ø 2.5 mm (wood screws) or
you to assemble inset applications Ø 5 mm (system screws)
Catalogue 2009 614

Assembly devices

- Drilling of fixing holes for cabinet profiles
ponents
- Suitable for: TANDEMBOX, TANDEM,
METABOX, STANDARD
Symbol photo
Page instructions
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
Cabinet assembly, e.g. TANDEMBOX
Set stop to desired location, posi- Fix cabinet profile

Cabinet assembly, e.g. METABOX

Assembly dev.
Set stop to desired location, posi- Fix cabinet profile

Catalogue 2009 615

Assembly devices

- Drilling of fixing holes for cabinet profiles
ponents
revolving handle, drilling head and swivel stops
are colour coded
- Suitable for: TANDEMBOX, TANDEM,
METABOX, STANDARD
Symbol photo
Page instructions
PRO-CENTER 624
MINIPRESS PRO 634
tools
For drilling cabinet base holes with 8 spindle drilling head

Assembly dev.
For fixing hole drilling of cabinet The PRO-CENTER can be used Fix cabinet profile with system Fix cabinet profile with system
profile, attach blue drilling head. with 17 spindle drilling head for this screws screws
Position cabinet side against blue application
stop and drill fixing holes
Catalogue 2009 616

Assembly devices
▶▶ Line drilling 32
MINIPRESS M/P
- Drilling hole groups with 3 spindles
ponents
Symbol photo
Page instructions
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
Part no.
Distance template ☎ M30.0901
Set stop to desired location, posi- Depending on the length of the hole Distance template simplifies set-up
tion workpiece and drill hole group group, use two or more stops
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 617

Assembly devices

- For efficient drilling of hole groups with 7 spin-
dles in the 32 mm system
ponents
Symbol photo
Page instructions
MINIPRESS P 642
MINIPRESS M 650
Set stop to desired location, posi- Depending on the length of the hole Distance template simplifies set-up
tion workpiece and drill hole group group, use two or more stops
Assembly dev.
Set stop to desired location, posi- Engage line-up pin in the last hole
tion workpiece and drill hole group of the previously drilled line – drill
second hole group. Only use line-
up pin for 3 to 4 cycles
Catalogue 2009 618

Assembly devices

- Efficient line drilling using either a 9 spindle
drilling head. The PRO-CENTER can be used
with 17 spindle drilling head for this application
ponents
- Simple set-up of MINIPRESS PRO
revolving handle, drilling head and swivel stops
are colour coded
Symbol photo
Page instructions
PRO-CENTER 624
MINIPRESS PRO 634
tools
Assembly dev.
For line drilling, attach green drilling Depending on the length of the The PRO-CENTER can be used Depending on the length of the
head. Position cabinet side against line-drilling pattern, use two or with 17 spindle drilling head for this line-drilling pattern, use two or more
green stop and drill fixing holes more stops. Line-drilling ruler: “star application stops. Line-drilling ruler: “square
marks” simplify set-up marks” simplify set-up
Catalogue 2009 619

Assembly devices
▶ Drilling and insertion machines
Assembly made easy with drilling and insertion machines

Blum drilling and insertion machines are
designed for the assembly of Blum products.
They enable precision drilling and insertion of
fittings.
The wide range of drilling and insertion

machines provides the right solution for any
application. Quick setup and easy operation
ensure efficient assembly of all Blum fittings.
Blum drilling and insertion machines
PRO-CENTER MINIPRESS PRO MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M

- Horizontal/Vertical drilling and - Vertical drilling and insertion - Vertical drilling and insertion - Can be used on site (i.e. portable)
insertion - Tool-free drilling head/ruler - Vertical drilling and insertion
- Tool-free drilling head/ruler change
change
Examples of applications with drilling and insertion machines

Assembly dev.
Hinge drilling Knock-in Dowel drilling (only possible with System drilling
PRO-CENTER)
Catalogue 2009 620

Assembly devices
▶▶ Overview
▶▶ PRO-CENTER
Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview 622
Description 624
Assembly possibilities 625
Basic machine 626
Accessories 626
Applications 627
Symbol photo
▶▶ MINIPRESS PRO
Description 634
Basic machine 636
Accessories 636
Applications 637
Symbol photo
▶▶ MINIPRESS P
Description 642
Basic machine 644
Accessories 644
Applications 645
Symbol photo
▶▶ MINIPRESS M
Description 650
Basic machine 652
Accessories 652
Applications 653
Symbol photo
Pictograph
Accessories
General Information
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO
MINIPRESS P
Assembly dev.
MINIPRESS M
Drilling and insertion machines – hori-

zontal drillings
Drilling and insertion machines – vertical
drillings
Drilling and insertion machine – insertion
function
Catalogue 2009 621

Assembly devices
■ Recommended
○ Possible
– Not possible
Assembly type
Base
Basic machine
Accessories 626 636 644 652
Lift systems (AVENTOS HF)
■ ■ ■ ■
627 637 645 653

■ ■ ■ ■
627 637 645 653

■ ■ ○ ○
627 637 645 653

■ ■ ■ ■
627 637 645 653

■ ■ ■ ■
627 637 645 653

■ ■ ○ ○
628 638 645 653
Lift systems (AVENTOS HS, HL, HK)
○ ○ ○ ○
628 638 646 654

■ ■ ○ ○
628 638 646 654
Hinge systems
1 ■ ■ ■ ■
628 638 646 654

Assembly dev.
2 ■ ■ ■ ■
628 638 646 654

3 ■ ■ ■ ■
629 629 646 654

4 ■ ■ ■ ■
629 639 647 655
Catalogue 2009 622

Assembly devices
■ Recommended
○ Possible
– Not possible
Assembly type
Hinge systems
5 ■ ■ ■ ■
629 629 647 655

6 ■ – – –
629
Pull-out systems
7 ■ ■ ○ ○
629 639 647 655

7 ■ ■ ○ ○
629 639 647 655

9 ■ ■ ○ ○
630 640 648 656

10 ■ ■ ○ ○
630 640 648 656

■ ■ ○ ○
630 640 648 656
Cabinet
■ ■ ■ ■
630 640 648 656

■ – – –
631
■ ■ ■ ■
631 640 649 657

■ ■ ■ ■
Assembly dev.
631 641 649 657

■ ■ ■ ■
631 641 649 657

16 ■ – – –
632
17 ■ ■ ○ ○
632 641 649 657
Catalogue 2009 623

Assembly devices
▶▶ PRO-CENTER
Professional assembly facility in the process centre
PRO-CENTER is a processing and assembly station for small to mid

scale manufacturing requirements. It consists of a basic machine for
vertical drilling and component insertion. As an optional extra it can
also be used for horizontal drilling. The equipment and accessories for
PRO-CENTER can be adapted to individual customer requirements and
supplemented with additional components at any time.
■ Vertical drilling and component insertion

■ Horizontal drilling
■ Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits and
insertion rams
■ Fast changeover of dedicated rulers with pre-set stops
■ Drilling depth and drilling distance settings through revolving stops
Each work step is illustrated systematically The colour coded system simplifies The pre-equipped drilling head, which is also
and colour coded in the set-up plan PRO-CENTER’s set-up colour coded, is inserted and secured using a
locking device without the need for tools
Assembly dev.
The appropriate drilling distance for the drilling The dedicated ruler with colour coded stops Drilling depth can be pre-set on fixed posi-
positions of the hinges, mounting plates, con- can be fitted in a matter of seconds without tions using the colour coded revolving handle
nectors, line drilling and wooden dowels are the need for tools (revolving stop)
pre-set. Other dimensions, which are required
on a regular basis, can also be pre-set
Catalogue 2009 624

Assembly devices
▶▶ PRO-CENTER – assembly options
Hinge systems
Front
1 Hinge ■
Cabinet
2 Cruciform mounting plate ■
3 Horizontal mounting plate ■
4 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate ■
5 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate ■
6 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON – for drilling ■
Pull-out systems
Front
7 TANDEMBOX/METABOX-front fixing bracket ■
8 Front adjuster ■
Drawer
9 Base/back ■
Cabinet
10 Cabinet profiles ■
11 SERVO-DRIVE-bracket profile attachment ■
Further products
12 Vertical cabinet connectors ■
13 Horizontal cabinet connectors ■
15 Wall hanging bracket ■
Cabinet assembly
16 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling ■
17 Line drilling ■

Front
18 Hinge ■
20 Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm ■
Cabinet
23 Lift mechanism ■

Front
Assembly dev.
24 Front fixing ○
Cabinet
■ Recommended
○ Possible
– Not possible
Catalogue 2009 625

Assembly devices
▶▶ PRO-CENTER – basic machine and accessories
Basic machine
PRO-CENTER
For vertical and horizontal drilling and component insertion
- Including horizontal drilling head (3-spindle)
- Supplied with ruler system, work table and tools
- Different voltage can be supplied upon request Part no.
3x400V, 50/60Hz M65.2000
1x230V, 50Hz ☎ M65.2050
Optional (accessory)
- Set systems for application-specific construction
(setup plans, drilling heads and rulers)
- Quick connect chuck
- Drill, insertion rams
Accessories
Part no.
Extension ruler, 1700 mm (right and left hand, calibration from 850 - 2550 mm) MZL.2090
Extension ruler, 1700 mm (left hand, calibration from 850 - 2550 mm) MZL.2090.03
Support for extension ruler MZV.2100
Swivel stop MZS.1000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left MZS.2000
Centre marking stop MZR.1200
MINISTICK MZS.0040
Drill bit for dowels with roof tip, 5 mm x 57 mm, right ☎ M01.ZB05.D2
Drill bit for dowels with roof tip, 5 mm x 57 mm, left ☎ M01.ZB05.D3
Countersink for drill diameter 10 mm, right M01.ZS01.02
Countersink for drill diameter 10 mm, left M01.ZS01.03
Quick connect chuck sleeve, left hand MZF.2000
Quick connect chuck sleeve, right hand MZF.2000
Quick connect chuck MZF.1030
Cover for quick connect chuck MZF.1050
MINIPRESS PRO/PRO-CENTER drilling head and ruler storage rack MZA.2600
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 626

Assembly devices
▶▶ PRO-CENTER – applications
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HF)

Front – hinge Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and insertion 1 Piece MZK.2000
Fittings drill bit, 35 mm x 57 mm, right hand 1 Piece M01.ZB35.02
Drill bit, 8 mm x 57 mm, left hand 2 Piece M01.ZB08.03
Drill bit, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand 2 Piece ☎ M01.ZB02.D3
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0 to 850 mm) 1 Piece MZL.2010
Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) 1 Piece MZL.2000
Swivel stop 4 Piece MZS.1000
Front – horizontal mounting plates Quantity

required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand 1 Piece M01.ZB10.02
Front – horizontal mounting plates, telescopic arm Quantity

required Part no.
Cabinet – cruciform mounting plates Quantity

required Part no.
Insertion ram, 174H71xx dowel plates 1 Piece MZM.0061.01
Cabinet – horizontal mounting plates Quantity

required Part no.
Assembly dev.
Insertion ram, dowel plates 1 Piece MZM.0050
Catalogue 2009 627

Assembly devices
Cabinet – lift mechanism Quantity

required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1 Piece MZK.2200.01
Assembly lift systems (AVENTOS HS, HL, HK)

Front Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling 1 Piece MZK.2800
Drill bit, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, right hand 2 Piece M01.ZB02.D2

required Part no.
Hinge system assembly

1 Hinge Quantity
required Part no.
Insertion ram, 100° and profile door hinge 1 Piece MZM.0011
Insertion ram, 107°/110°/120° hinges 1 Piece MZM.0010
Insertion ram, wide angle hinge, zinc boss 1 Piece MZM.0017
Insertion ram, wide angle hinge, steel boss 1 Piece MZM.0018
Insertion ram, blind corner hinge 1 Piece MZM.0019
Insertion ram, bi-fold hinge 1 Piece MZM.0021
Insertion ram, cross corner hinge 1 Piece MZM.0020
2 Cruciform mounting plates Quantity

required Part no.
Assembly dev.

Catalogue 2009 628

Assembly devices
3 Horizontal mounting plate Quantity

required Part no.
4 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate Quantity

required Part no.
5 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate Quantity

required Part no.
6 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON Quantity
For drilling (only with horizontal drilling head) required Part no.
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) 1 Piece MZL.2060
Pull-out system assembly

7 TANDEMBOX-front fixing bracket Quantity
required Part no.
7 METABOX-front fixing bracket Quantity

required Part no.
Assembly dev.

Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300/1800 1 Piece MZM.0292.01
Catalogue 2009 629

Assembly devices
9 Drawer assembly Quantity

Base/back required Part no.
10 Cabinet profiles Quantity

17 spindle drilling head required Part no.

SERVO-DRIVE-bracket profile attachment Quantity

required Part no.
Cabinet connector assembly

Cabinet connectors Quantity
40.0500N, 40.0600N, 40.4001, 40.5001 required Part no.
Assembly dev.

Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0200 + 40.0500, 40.0600, 40.0700 1 Piece MZM.0070
Insertion ram, connector 40.0500/40.0600 1 Piece MZM.0071
Catalogue 2009 630

Assembly devices

42.0700.1, 40.0200 (only with horizontal drilling head) required Part no.
Insertion ram, connector housing 42.07 1 Piece MZM.0077

40.2100.02 required Part no.
Processing of wall hanging brackets

Wall hanging bracket Quantity
48N0610.02/03 required Part no.
Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610 1 Piece MZM.0078
Front adjuster assembly

Front adjuster Quantity
295.1000 required Part no.
Insertion ram, 295.1000 front adjuster 1 Piece MZM.0095
Wooden dowel connections assembly

16 Wooden dowel drilling Quantity
Assembly dev.

Catalogue 2009 631

Assembly devices
16 Wooden dowel drilling Quantity

Line drilling
17 System drilling Quantity
Line drilling ruler, 953 mm (right and left hand, calibration 0 - 832 mm) 1 Piece MZL.2080

Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 632

Assembly devices
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 633

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS PRO
MINIPRESS PRO: versatile

MINIPRESS PRO consists of a basic machine for vertical drilling and
inserting components. The equipment of the MINIPRESS PRO can be
adapted to suit individual customer requirements and suplimented with
additional components at any time.

■ Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits and
insertion rams
■ Fast changeover of dedicated rulers with pre-set stops
■ Drilling depth and distance settings using spindle or revolving stop
Each work step is illustrated systematically The colour coded system simplifies the set-up The equipped drilling head, which is also
and colour coded in the set-up plan of MINIPRESS PRO colour coded, is inserted and secured using a
tool-free locking mechanism
Assembly dev.
The drilling distance is set using the calibrated The dedicated ruler with colour coded stops Drilling depth can be pre-set on fixed posi-
spindle can be fitted in a matter of seconds without tions using the colour coded revolving handle
the need for tools (revolving stop)
Catalogue 2009 634

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS PRO – assembly options
Hinge systems
Front
1 Hinge ■
Cabinet
6 BLUMOTION/TIP-ON – for drilling –
Pull-out systems
Front
7 TANDEMBOX/METABOX-front fixing bracket ■
Drawer
9 Base/back ■
Cabinet
10 Cabinet profiles ■
11 SERVO-DRIVE-bracket profile attachment ■
Further products
13 Horizontal cabinet connectors –
Cabinet assembly
16 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling –
17 Line drilling ■

Front
18 Hinge ■
20 Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm ■
Cabinet

Front
Assembly dev.
24 Front fixing ○
Cabinet
■ Recommended
○ Possible
– Not possible
Catalogue 2009 635

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS PRO – basic machine and accessories
Basic machine
MINIPRESS PRO
For vertical drilling and component insertion
- Supplied with stop bar system, work table and tools
- Different voltage can be supplied upon request
Part no.
3x400V, 50/60Hz M54.2000
1x230V, 50Hz ☎ M54.2050
- Set systems for application-specific construction
(setup plans, drilling heads and rulers)
- Quick connect chuck
- Drill, insertion rams
Accessories
Part no.
Extension ruler, 1700 mm (right and left hand, calibration from 850 - 2550 mm) MZL.2090
Extension ruler, 1700 mm (left hand, calibration from 850 - 2550 mm) MZL.2090.03
Centre marking stop laser MZR.5400
MINISTICK MZS.0040
MINIPRESS PRO/PRO-CENTER drilling head and ruler storage rack MZA.2600
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 636

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS PRO – applications

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 637

Assembly devices

required Part no.

Front Quantity
required Part no.

required Part no.

1 Hinge Quantity
required Part no.

required Part no.
Assembly dev.

Catalogue 2009 638

Assembly devices

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.
Assembly dev.

Catalogue 2009 639

Assembly devices



required Part no.

40.0500N, 40.0600N, 40.4001, 40.5001, 40.0200, 42.0700 required Part no.
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2 Piece MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left 2 Piece MZS.2000
Swivel stop, distance: 11 mm 1 Piece MZS.1440

Assembly dev.

Catalogue 2009 640

Assembly devices


Line drilling
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 641

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS P: specialised
MINIPRESS P is a specialised machine for drilling hinges. Once it’s set,

it carries out routine work with precision and efficiency. A pneumatic
feed for drilling and insertion as well as a spindle for the drilling distance
setting makes working with MINIPRESS P safe and precise.

■ Drilling distance settings using spindle
■ Pneumatic feed
Drilling of various patterns Insertion of Blum components Practical and precise ruler system
With the multi-swivel drilling head, various MINIPRESS P is equally efficient when it The drilling distance is set easily from the front
drilling patterns for furniture fixings can be set comes to inserting Blum fittings. The opera- using a calibrated spindle
quickly, precisely and without the need for tion is both simple and precise
tools
Assembly dev.
Quick connect chuck 7 spindle drilling head 8 spindle drilling head

For quick and comfortable drill bit changeo- For efficient drilling of hole groups within the For the assembly of BOX front fixings and
vers. The quick connect chucks can be 32 mm system cabinet profiles
retrofitted individually
Catalogue 2009 642

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS P – assembly options
Hinge systems
Front
1 Hinge ■
Cabinet
Pull-out systems
Front
7 TANDEMBOX/METABOX-front fixing bracket ○
Drawer
9 Base/back ○
Cabinet
10 Cabinet profiles ○
11 SERVO-DRIVE-bracket profile attachment ○
Further products
Cabinet assembly
17 Line drilling ○

Front
18 Hinge ■
20 Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm ○
Cabinet
23 Lift mechanism ○

Front
Assembly dev.
24 Front fixing ○
Cabinet
■ Recommended
○ Possible
– Not possible
Catalogue 2009 643

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS P – basic machine and accessories
Basic machine
MINIPRESS P
For vertical drilling and component insertion
- With standard swivel drilling head
- Including stop bar system and tools
Part no.
1x230V, 50Hz M53.1050
- Work table, digital position indicator, setting clamps, laser centre stop
- Hole line drilling head
- Drilling head for cabinet profiles and front brackets
- Quick connect sleeves, insertion rams, drills
Accessories
Part no.
Work table for MINIPRESS P MZA.5300
Position indicator for MINIPRESS P MZE.2110
Hold down clamp (pneumatic) for MINIPRESS P M53.0720
Locking device MZE.1300
Centre marking stop laser MZR.5300.02
Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 300 - 1550 mm) MZL.1250
Dual application MZR.2000
MINISTICK MZS.0040
Swivel stop, distance: 11 mm MZS.1440
Quick connect chuck (5 pcs., sleeve, retainer, cover), right+left MZF.1000.01
Locking device for MZK.1000/8000 MZK.1120
Drillhead connector f. quick connect chucks f. MZK.1000/8000 MZK.1130
Drill depth stop for MINIPRESS M/MINIPRESS P M30.1304
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 644

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS P – applications

required Part no.
Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 300 - 1550 mm) 2 Piece MZL.1250

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.
Assembly dev.

required Part no.
Catalogue 2009 645

Assembly devices

Front Quantity
required Part no.

required Part no.

1 Hinge Quantity
required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.
Assembly dev.

Catalogue 2009 646

Assembly devices

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.
7 TANDEMBOX-front fixing bracket with gallery Quantity

Hand insertion tool, front fixing bracket ZSF.3602 1 Piece ZME.2700

required Part no.
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1610 1 Piece MZM.0093.02
Assembly dev.
7 METABOX-front fixing bracket with gallery Quantity

Hand insertion tool, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300/1800 1 Piece ZME.1600.01
Catalogue 2009 647

Assembly devices



required Part no.


Assembly dev.
Insertion ram, connector housing 40.212 1 Piece ☎ MZM.0073
Catalogue 2009 648

Assembly devices


Line drilling

Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 649

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS M: mobile
The MINIPRESS M from Blum is a compact tool that is flexible enough

to be used onsite or in the workshop. MINIPRESS M requires neither
pressurized air nor heavy electricity supply, but can be operated using
just lighting current.

■ Manual feed for drilling and insertion
Drilling of various patterns Insertion of Blum components Drilling and insertion

With the multi-swivel drilling head, various MINIPRESS M is equally efficient when it The lever is pulled down manually for drilling
drilling patterns for furniture fittings can be comes to inserting Blum fittings. The opera- or insertion
set quickly, precisely and without the need for tion is both simple and precise
tools
Assembly dev.
Quick connect chuck 7 spindle drilling head 8 spindle drilling head

For quick and comfortable drill bit changeo- For efficient drilling of hole groups within the For the assembly of BOX front fixings and
vers. The quick connect chucks can be 32 mm system cabinet profiles
retrofitted individually
Catalogue 2009 650

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS M – assembly options
Hinge systems
Front
1 Hinge ■
Cabinet
Pull-out systems
Front
7 TANDEMBOX/METABOX-front fixing bracket ○
Drawer
9 Base/back ○
Cabinet
10 Cabinet profiles ○
11 SERVO-DRIVE-bracket profile attachment ○
Further products
Cabinet assembly
17 Line drilling ○

Front
18 Hinge ■
20 Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm ○
Cabinet

Front
Assembly dev.
24 Front fixing ○
Cabinet
■ Recommended
○ Possible
– Not possible
Catalogue 2009 651

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS M – basic machine and accessories
Basic machine
MINIPRESS M
For vertical drilling and manual component insertion
- With standard swivel drilling head
- Including stop bar system and tools
Part no.
1x230V, 50Hz M52.1050
- Work table
- 7 an 8 hole line drilling head
- Drilling head for cabinet profiles and front brackets
- Quick connect sleeves, insertion rams, drills
Accessories
Part no.
Work table for MINIPRESS M MZA.5200
Stop MZS.1020
MINISTICK MZS.0040
Quick connect chuck (5 pcs., sleeve, retainer, cover), right+left MZF.1000.01
Dual application MZR.2000
Locking device for MZK.1000/8000 MZK.1120
Drillhead connector f. quick connect chucks f. MZK.1000/8000 MZK.1130
Drill depth stop for MINIPRESS M/MINIPRESS P M30.1304
Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 652

Assembly devices
▶▶ MINIPRESS M – applications

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.
Assembly dev.

required Part no.
Catalogue 2009 653

Assembly devices

Front Quantity
required Part no.

required Part no.

1 Hinge Quantity
required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.
Assembly dev.

Catalogue 2009 654

Assembly devices

required Part no.

required Part no.

required Part no.
7 TANDEMBOX-front fixing bracket with gallery Quantity

Hand insertion tool, front fixing bracket ZSF.3602 1 Piece ZME.2700

required Part no.
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1610 1 Piece MZM.0093.02
Assembly dev.
7 METABOX-front fixing bracket with gallery Quantity

Hand insertion tool, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300/1800 1 Piece ZME.1600.01
Catalogue 2009 655

Assembly devices



required Part no.


Assembly dev.
Insertion ram, connector housing 40.212 1 Piece ☎ MZM.0073
Catalogue 2009 656

Assembly devices


Line drilling

Assembly dev.
Catalogue 2009 657

Information
Quality for the lifetime of the furniture

Our goal is to ensure that furniture buyers can To reach our objective we are monitoring our Over the course of time, this has allowed us
enjoy the convenience and perfect function of products in real working environments as well to tailor new products to the requirements of
our fittings for the lifetime of their furniture. as in testing labs. Test results are incorpo- the market.
rated into the manufacture and development
of our products.
General Information Lift systems Hinge systems Pull-out and runner systems
Catalogue 2009 658

Information
Overview
▶ General Information
Information 660
Safety rules 661
Testing standards at Blum 662
Glossary 678
Part No. Index 684
Symbol photo
▶ Information about lift systems

Symbol photo
▶ Information about hinge systems

Number of hinges 666 Factory setting 670
Parts and technology 666 Minimum gap 670
Theoretical space needs for assembly/removal 666 Motion sequences 671
Fixing 667
Angled hinges 668
Dimensions 669
Symbol photo Changing the front overlay 670
▶ Information about pull-out and runner systems

Overview 672
Space requirement in cabinet 673
Dimensions 673
Tolerance compensation 674
Stop design and screw head protection 675
Loss of extension 675
Symbol photo Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts 676
Pictograph
General Information
Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application
Angled application inset
Angled application half overlay
Angled application overlay
Angled application max. overlay
Angled application mitered

Information
Catalogue 2009 659

Information
▶▶ Information
General assembly, application and user instructions

All Blum products undergo strict quality control The manufacturer must decide on the screws For any additional information or advice please
procedures through all stages of production. or fixing methods to suit the material being used contact your Blum representative. Anyone sell-
All Blum fittings are designed for furniture and (i.e. wood, chipboard, etc.). The fittings must ing Blum fittings must ensure that their custom-
furniture components made from wood, chip- not be exposed to acidic or corrosive materi- er is aware of any relevant information given in
board or MDF. Careful attention must be paid als (i.e. some household cleaning solutions). To this catalogue.
to fitting or operating instructions when using ensure that Blum products function correctly,
Blum products (see catalogues and operating they must be kept clean and undamaged.
manuals for all technical information).
General conditions of sale and delivery

All deliveries and services are based on the The technical presentations and dimensions in We do not accept any responsibility for any er-
“general conditions of sale” which are available illustrations and drawings are non-binding. We rors which may occur in the production of this
upon request. reserve the right to make changes to specifica- catalogue.
tions at any time.
Information
Catalogue 2009 660

Information
▶▶ Safety rules
Attention!
Wide angle hinges – warning Page instructions
If standard wide angle hinges are used in CLIP top-0-protrusion hinge
furniture that can be accessed or reached by 92
small children, then it should be noted that it
is possible for small fingers to get in-between
the working mechanism of the hinge. In these
cases all relevant doors should be fitted with
child safety latches. Alternatively, manufactur-
ers should use the zero protrusion hinge, part
no. 71T75X0B.
Manufacturers must ensure that the end user

is aware of this.
Pull-outs with dangerous contents We provide the relevant safety accessories for the following products
Blum drawer systems are designed for domes-
tic and contract use. If the drawer or pull-out is TANDEMBOX plus Integrated pull-out stop
used to carry potentially dangerous items (e.g. BLUMOTION
sharp knives, domestic electrical appliances METABOX 330 Separate pull-out lock, part no. 330.0009 additional tilt device for central
with sharp edges), then it is recommended locking
that they are fitted with pull-out stops or pull- METABOX 320 Separate pull-out lock, part no. 320M0009 additional tilt device for
out locks and child safety latches. This is es- central locking
pecially important when contents may pose a TANDEM 550H/560H Pull-out lock integrated into locking device
risk of injury (e.g. electrical appliances such as
bread slicing machines, knives or other items TANDEM 551H/561H Integrated pull-out lock
with sharp edges).
STANDARD 430E Integrated pull-out lock
All systems Child safety latch part no. 295.5500
All other running systems do not come with safety accessories and are, therefore, unsuitable for
use with potentially dangerous items.
Machine Safety
Blum assembly devices and machines are de-
signed, constructed and tested according to
the latest international safety standards. Extra
attention is also paid to operator safety in this
regard. A comprehensive operations manual
is supplied with each device and incorporates
extensive instructions on installation and use. It
is absolutely necessary that all operators read
and adhere to the instructions therein. Under
no circumstances should changes be made to
any safety feature.
Information
Catalogue 2009 661

Information
▶▶ Testing standards at Blum
Lift systems (AVENTOS HF, HS, HL, HK)
Wear and fatigue test Static load test Side load test
80.000 opening and closing cycles 300 N; 10 times for 10 seconds 200 N; 10 times for 10 seconds
each each
Hinge systems
5 kg 20 kg
300 N
kg kg
Wear and fatigue test without Wear and fatigue test with ad- Static load test Dynamic load test
additional load ditional load 45° opening angle; 300 N; 20 kg load, 50 opening and closing
200.000 opening and closing cycles This test is used to locate weak 10 x for 5 sec cycles
100.000 opening and closing cycles points of the various hinge systems Opening angle: closed to max.
for mini hinges Opening angle: closed to max. opened negative 10°
Opening angle: closed to max. opened negative 5°
opened negative 5°
Abuse test Wear and fatigue test without Detailed testing standards and
50 N; 10 x for 5 seconds door additional load limiting values are defined in our
opened completely 200.000 opening and closing cycles internal guidelines
Information
Catalogue 2009 662

Information
▶▶ Testing standards at Blum
Pull-out systems
Drawer (height of front 130 mm) 15 kg loaded as per dynamic load capacity resp. stated in catalogue
150 N 150 N
kg kg kg
kg
Wear and fatigue test Static load test Side load test Slam open/slam shut test
100.000 opening and closing cycles 10 times for 10 seconds each time 10 times for 10 seconds each time 10 times with 1.3 m/s, at 15 kg total
when completely extended, with a when completely extended, with a weight
150 N force applied to the corner of 150 N force applied to the side of
the drawer front the drawer front
High fronted pull-out (height of front 300 mm) Loaded as per dynamic load capacity stated in catalogue
300 N
200 N
kg kg kg
kg
Wear and fatigue test Static load test Side load test Slam open/slam shut test
80.000 opening and closing cycles 10 times for 10 seconds each time 10 times for 10 seconds each time 10 times with 1.05 m/s, at 30 kg total
when completely extended, with a when completely extended, with a weight
300 N force applied to the corner of 200 N force applied to the side of
the drawer front the drawer front
Wall hanging bracket
kg
Load test according to DIN 68840 Detailed testing standards and

- 260 kg per pair (load bearing as limiting values are defined in our
per catalogue: 130 kg) internal guidelines
- Duration of test: 8 days
Information
Catalogue 2009 663

Information
▶ Lift system
▶▶ Reference values for door weights
Wooden fronts
FH Front height (mm) Calculating the door weight
FB Front width (mm)
FS Front thickness (mm) FG (kg) = FH (m) x FB (m) x FS (m) x density
FG Door weight (kg) (kg/m³)
Note
The handle weight must be taken into account
for lift mechanism selection.
References values for chipboard

Front thickness FS 19 mm AVENTOS HF/HS/HL + handle weight
Density 680 kg/m³ AVENTOS HK + double handle weight
Reference values for door weight FG (kg) without handle
Front width FB (mm)
Front height FH (mm) 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800
300 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.7 5.8 7.0
350 1.8 2.0 2.3 2.5 2.7 3.2 3.6 4.1 4.5 5.4 6.8 8.1
400 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.7 5.2 6.2 7.8 9.3
450 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5 4.1 4.7 5.2 5.8 7.0 8.7 10.5
500 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.5 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.8 9.7 11.6
550 2.8 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.3 5.0 5.7 6.4 7.1 8.5 10.7 12.8
600 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.4 6.2 7.0 7.8 9.3 11.6 14.0
650 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.9 6.7 7.6 8.4 10.1 12.6 15.1
700 3.6 4.1 4.5 5.0 5.4 6.3 7.2 8.1 9.0 10.9 13.6 16.3
750 3.9 4.4 4.8 5.3 5.8 6.8 7.8 8.7 9.7 11.6 14.5 17.4
800 4.1 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 7.2 8.3 9.3 10.3 12.4 15.5 18.6
850 4.4 4.9 5.5 6.0 6.6 7.7 8.8 9.9 11.0 13.2 16.5 19.8
900 4.7 5.2 5.8 6.4 7.0 8.1 9.3 10.5 11.6 14.0 17.4 20.9
950 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.8 7.4 8.6 9.8 11.0 12.3 14.7 18.4 22.1
1000 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.1 7.8 9.0 10.3 11.6 12.9 15.5 19.4 23.3
1040 5.4 6.0 6.7 7.4 8.1 9.4 10.7 12.1 13.4 16.1 20.2 24.2
Reference values for MDF

Front thickness FS 19 mm AVENTOS HF/HS/HL + handle weight
Front width FB (mm)
300 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.4 2.6 3.0 3.5 3.9 4.3 5.2 6.5 7.8
350 2.0 2.3 2.5 2.8 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.1 6.1 7.6 9.1
400 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5 4.0 4.6 5.2 5.8 6.9 8.7 10.4
450 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.5 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.8 9.7 11.7
500 2.9 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.3 5.1 5.8 6.5 7.2 8.7 10.8 13.0
550 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.4 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.1 7.9 9.5 11.9 14.3
600 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.8 5.2 6.1 6.9 7.8 8.7 10.4 13.0 15.6
650 3.8 4.2 4.7 5.2 5.6 6.6 7.5 8.4 9.4 11.3 14.1 16.9
700 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.6 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 12.1 15.2 18.2
750 4.3 4.9 5.4 6.0 6.5 7.6 8.7 9.7 10.8 13.0 16.2 19.5
800 4.6 5.2 5.8 6.4 6.9 8.1 9.2 10.4 11.6 13.9 17.3 20.8
850 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.8 7.4 8.6 9.8 11.0 12.3 14.7 18.4 22.1
900 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.1 7.8 9.1 10.4 11.7 13.0 15.6 19.5 23.4
950 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.5 8.2 9.6 11.0 12.3 13.7 16.5 20.6 24.7
Information
1000 5.8 6.5 7.2 7.9 8.7 10.1 11.6 13.0 14.4 17.3 21.7 26.0
1040 6.0 6.8 7.5 8.3 9.0 10.5 12.0 13.5 15.0 18.0 22.5 27.0
Catalogue 2009 664

Information
▶ Lift system
▶▶ Reference values for door weights
Width and narrow alu frames

FH Front height (mm)
FB Front width (mm)
FS Front thickness (mm)
FG Door weight (kg)
Reference values for alu frames/glass

Front thickness FS Alu frames 19 mm/glass 4 mm AVENTOS HF/HS/HL + handle weight
Front width FB (mm)
300 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.8 4.6 5.7 6.8
350 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.7 3.1 3.5 4.0 4.4 5.2 6.5 7.7
400 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.4 4.9 5.9 7.3 8.7
450 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.9 4.4 4.9 5.5 6.5 8.1 9.6
500 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 6.0 7.1 8.8 10.6
550 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.7 5.3 5.9 6.5 7.8 9.6 11.5
600 3.0 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.4 5.0 5.7 6.4 7.1 8.4 10.4 12.4
650 3.3 3.6 4.0 4.3 4.7 5.4 6.2 6.9 7.6 9.0 11.2 13.4
700 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.0 5.8 6.6 7.4 8.1 9.7 12.0 14.3
750 3.7 4.1 4.6 5.0 5.4 6.2 7.0 7.8 8.7 10.3 12.8 15.2
800 4.0 4.4 4.8 5.3 5.7 6.6 7.5 8.3 9.2 10.9 13.6 16.2
850 4.2 4.7 5.1 5.6 6.1 7.0 7.9 8.8 9.7 11.6 14.3 17.1
900 4.4 4.9 5.4 5.9 6.4 7.4 8.3 9.3 10.3 12.2 15.1 18.0
950 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 6.7 7.7 8.8 9.8 10.8 12.8 15.9 19.0
1000 4.9 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.1 8.1 9.2 10.3 11.3 13.5 16.7 19.9
1040 5.1 5.7 6.2 6.8 7.3 8.4 9.5 10.7 11.8 14.0 17.3 20.7
Information
Catalogue 2009 665

Information
▶ Hinge system
▶▶ Planning
Number of hinges
The number of hinges depends on the door
height and weight.
2 3 4 5
To achieve a good stability, distances be-
tween hinges should be as large as possible.
2000 Indications on weight and height apply to a

standard door width of 600 mm.
kg For doors above 600 mm we recommend that

17-22
Door height (mm)
12-17 an individual test is carried out before specifi-

1000
6-12 cations are finalised.
500 4-6
Parts and technology

1 Mounting plate
2 Hinge arm
1 2 3 Hinge boss
3
4 Three location pins
5 Safety locking pin
4
6 CLIP mechanism
5
7 Screw (depth adjustment)
6
8 Height adjustment cam (on mounting pate)
9 Side adjustment screw
10 Plate retention holder
11 Closing mechanism
7 12 Outer link
8 9 10
11 12 13 Inner link
13 14 Fixing screws
14
CLIP/CLIP top: theoretical space requirement for assembly/removal

Theoretical max. door thickness TS (mm)
16 mm cabinet 19 mm cabinet
Mounting plate 0 mm
100° 21 24
107° 20 23
120° 20 23
120° special 18 21
155° 9 12
170° 19 22
95° 26 29
94° 17 20
16 mm cabinet 19 mm cabinet
Mounting plate 3 mm
100° 24 27
TS 107° 23 26
120° 23 26
120° special 21 24
155° 12 15
170° 22 25
95° 29 32
Information
TS Maximum door thickness in mm Consider space requirements for removal! 94° 20 23
Catalogue 2009 666

Information
▶ Hinge system
▶▶ Fixing
Hinge arm fixing
CLIP top-assembly CLIP-assembly MODUL-assembly

Tool free assembly/removal through clip Tool free assembly/removal through clip Hinge arm slides onto mounting plate and is
mechanism mechanism fixed with pre-mounted screw
Hinge boss fixing
INSERTA Screw fixing Dowel fixing

Tool-free assembly Hinge boss is fixed with 2 chipboard screws Inserted by machine
Mounting plate fixing
Screw-on System screw fixing Knock-in dowel

Fixing with chipboard screws Fixing using system screws in line drilling Inserted by machine
INSERTA-fixing EXPANDO-assembly (split dowel)

Tool-free assembly in line drilling Fixing using pre-mounted special screws and
split dowels in line drilling
Information
Catalogue 2009 667

Information
▶ Hinge system
▶▶ Angled hinges
Angled hinges – angle definitions

The nominal opening angle can be de- Applications from -50° to +50° are feasible
creased slightly through: E.g. 20° hinge
- Small gap between doors
- Thick doors
- Large drilling distance
- Side adjustment being used to reduce the
door overlay
-5° K
KS
KS Cabinet angle = application
e.g. 45°
OW Opening angle 15°
OW e.g. 95° 20°
25°
+5° K
K with +5°/-5° angled spacer
Angled hinges – applications

How to achieve the
relevant application:
- Angled hinges
- Mounting plate height
- Mounting plate fixing
- Angled spacers
- Hinge adjustment
Inset application Half overlay applica- Overlay application Full overlay applica- Mitered application
Outer edge of door and tion Outer edge of door and tion Inner and outer
inner edge of cabinet Inner edge of door and outer edge of cabinet Dependent on hinge edges of door and
are flush inner edge of cabinet are in a line design cabinet are flush
are flush
Angle and cranking marked on angled hinge

E.g. 30° II
30° Cabinet angle
II Cranking overlay application
Cranking:
I Half overlay application
II Overlay application
III Full overlay application
Information
Catalogue 2009 668

Information
▶ Hinge system
▶▶ Dimensions
Hinge dimensions
Overlay application Dual or twin application Inset application
Straight hinge arm 9.5 mm cranked hinge arm 18 mm cranked hinge arm
BH BH BH
BL
BL
BL
TE TE TE
BH Hinge arm height

BL Hinge arm length
TE Door protrusion
Overlay application Dual or twin application Inset application18 mm cranked hinge arm
Straight hinge arm 9.5 mm cranked hinge arm
EB
F
TO
TS Door gap
EB Drilling distance
TO Boss overlay = fixed dimension
FA Front overlay
F Gap
Hinge boss dimensions and drilling patterns

BT BT FB FH
EB
EB
TB TB
PB
BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth FB Flange width

EB Drilling distance EB Drilling distance FH Flange height
Information
TB Diameter of hinge boss drilling TB Diameter of hinge boss drilling PB Space requirement
Catalogue 2009 669

Information
▶ Hinge system
▶▶ Front overlay
How to alter the front overlay
Side adjustment Hinge cranking Use spaced mounting plate Alter drilling distance
Factory setting/zero protrusion for overlay application

CLIP top/CLIP MODUL Tolerance
Boss overlay TO 100° - 170° 11.0 mm 100° - 170° 11.0 mm
(fixed dimension) Mini/glass door 10.0 mm Refrigerator door 10.5 mm ± 0.5 mm
120° special 13.0 mm
TS
Profile/thick door 11.0 mm

Adjustment area 100° - 170° ± 2.0 mm 100° - 170° ± 2.0 mm
(gap) Mini/glass door +0.5 / -3.5 mm Refrigerator door 0 / -4 mm –
TO Profile/thick door ± 2.0 mm
Gap TS CLIP top 1.5 mm

CLIP 1.2 mm ± 0.3 mm
Adjustment area CLIP top -2 / +3 mm 100° - 170° ± 2.0 mm

TS Door gap (depth) CLIP -1 / +3 mm Refrigerator door ± 2.0 mm ± 0.5 mm
TO Boss overlay (fixed dimen- Mini/glass door ± 2.0 mm
sion)
Minimum gap
MF MF
MF Minimum gap required to open door The minimum gap is based on doors with 1 mm radiused edges. With
more pronounced radiuses the gaps can be reduced
Catalogue 2009 670

Information
▶ Hinge system
▶▶ Motion sequences
Door movements and points where the closing mechanism comes into action
Furniture hinge 100° Furniture hinge 107° Furniture hinge 120°
10°
95° profile door hinge Mini hinge 94° Glass door hinge 94°
8°
30° 30°
Furniture hinge 170° Bi-fold hinge 60° Note
The maximum opening angle can be limited

depending on the door shape, door thickness
and hinge setting.
Information
20°
Catalogue 2009 671

Information
▶ Pull-out and runner system
▶▶ Overview
Wooden drawer Locking device
Visible STANDARD 230 METABOX 320

Single extension
Visible STANDARD 430 METABOX 330

Full extension
Concealed TANDEM 550/551

Single extension
Concealed TANDEM 560/566/561 TANDEMBOX

Full extension
Information
Catalogue 2009 672

Information
▶▶ Dimensions
Space requirements in cabi-

net
MO
EA
H
MU
MU
EB
EB
H Drawer side height EA Insertion/removal space requirement

EB Mounting width EB Mounting width
MO Min. distance top MU Min. distance bottom
MU Min. distance bottom
Cabinet dimensions Front overlay Drilling pattern

Minimum gap Front fixing brackets
LT
BO
LW
BO
BT
LW Internal cabinet width MF Minimum gap BT Drilling depth

LT Internal cabinet depth FA Front overlay BO Drilling distance
Information
Catalogue 2009 673

Information
▶▶ Tolerance compensation
Tolerance compensation for the various systems

TANDEMBOX
Built-in tolerance compensation ± 1.5 mm
METABOX
Left tolerance compensation + 1.5 / - 1 mm Right guided
1.5 1
TANDEM
Tolerance compensation (drawer width) Right guided
Up to max.
15.5 mm drawer
thickness:
+2.0/-0 mm
Up to max.
16.0 mm drawer
thickness:
+1.5/-0 mm
STANDARD
Left tolerance compensation + 1.5 / - 1 mm Right guided
1.5 1
Information
Catalogue 2009 674

Information
▶▶ Planning
Stop design and screw head protection for roller runners
Standard pull-out stop at first indentation Lock open position (e.g. for cleaning of drawer), Spacing beads prevent rollers from fouling
roller locates between 1st and 2nd indentation protruding screw heads
Loss of extension
Single extension Over extension
AF TU
TA UF
TA Actual loss of extension UF Over extension of runner system

AF Loss of extension of runner system TU Actual over extension
Full extension
0
Information
Catalogue 2009 675

Information
▶▶ Cutlery inserts
BOX-systems
The curved design of drawer sides of BOX- The cutlery insert width required is dependant
systems must be taken into account when upon the cutlery insert height.
calculating the width of the cutlery insert.
For drawer side height “M”
H
60 A
BB
50
40 BH 42
30 Cutting dimensions for cuttlery insert:

Height BH as desired
Length = nominal length of drawer side - 26 mm
20 8.8 Width BB = internal width - 2 x A
1.25
Example:
R 10.5
10 Cutlery insert height BH = 40 mm
14 Internal width = 330 mm
55.8 Cutlery insert width BB = 330 - 2 x 26 = 278 mm
0
20 25 30 35 40 A
METABOX
Cutlery inserts need to be cut out on both
sides to make room for the protruding front
fixing brackets.
3
28
BB
BH
15.5
Cutting dimensions for cutlery insert:

Height BH as desired
Wooden back: length = nominal length of drawer side - 2 mm - back thickness
Steel back: length = nominal length of drawer side - 16 mm
Information
Width BB = internal width - 31 mm

For cut-out dimensions, see drawing opposite
Catalogue 2009 676

Information
Information
Catalogue 2009 677

Information
▶▶ Glossary
3 Bracket profile adapter For fixing the drive unit to the horizon- 300
3-dimensional adjust- Side, height and depth adjustment 82 tal bracket profile 304
ment 396
Bracket profile attach- For fixing the bracket profile in the 278
A ment cabinet 306
Actual loss of exten- Dimension from front of cabinet to the 269
sion inside of the drawer back Bracket profile cable Electrical cable in the bracket profile 282
291
Adapter plate For fixing BLUMOTION and/or 178
TIP-ON for doors Bracket profile cover Protection against contact for the 278
cap open cable end at the cut edge of 460
Angled hinge Hinge for angled cabinet sides, e.g. 81 the bracket profile – this is used for
display cabinets or corner units a cabinet construction with a vertical
cross member
Attachment bracket Attachment brackets can be used 294
when a single pull-out element is 306 Bracket profile The drive units are attached to the 278
being operated or when the instal- bracket profile 280
lation situation does not permit a
continuous bracket profile C
Cabinet connectors Connector for cabinet parts (cabinet 550
AVENTOS HF Lift system fitting for bi-fold lift sys- 36 sides, top and base, and cross rail,
tems etc.)
AVENTOS HK Lift system fitting for stay lifts 68 Cabinet profiles Part of the runner system that fixes to 528
the cabinet side
AVENTOS HL Lift system fitting for lift ups 60
Cable end protector Protection against contact – is in- 278
AVENTOS HS Lift system fitting for up & over lift 52 serted onto the open cable end 460
systems
Cable holder For tool-free fixing of the electrical 279
B cable to the cabinet 461
Bi-fold hinge Hinge for corner cabinet with bi-fold 116
doors; used in combination with wide Cam Offset pivot location, facilitates height 550
angle hinges adjustment
Bits Sleeve for fixing to drill bit 642 Cam height adjustment The cam is used to adjust the height 155
of mounting plates
Blind corner hinge Hinges for blind corners 96
Centre marking stop Ruler stop with height adjustable zero 626
Blum distance bumper Distance bumper for SERVO-DRIVE 278 position for special drilling functions
– ensures the required trigger path to 281 e.g. angled work pieces
activate the drive unit
Child safety latch Prevents accidental opening of doors 661
BLUMATIC self closing Drawer closes automatically over 404 and drawers
feature the last closing distance to prevent
bouncing out if slammed shut Chipboard screws Screws for chipboard with correspon- 74
ding thread
BLUMOTION The perfect motion, silent and 166
effortless, for lift systems, drawers, Chuck sleeve for quick Sleeve for fixing to drill bit to suit quick 642
pull-outs and doors connect chuck connect chucks
Blum transformer The transformer can be used worldwi- 279 CLIP-adapter plate CLIP adapter plates are used with 40
de. It converts the county-specific 312 AVENTOS HF fittings in combination
mains voltage to 24 V DC (direct with narrow alu frames
current)
CLIP top-centre hinge It is positioned between the upper 38
Boss cover cap Decorative cover cap designed to 82 and lower front of an AVENTOS bi-
hide hinge boss fixing screws fold lift system
Information
Catalogue 2009 678

Information
▶▶ Glossary
Concealed runner Drawer profile of opened drawer is 672 Drawer profile Part of the runner system that fixes to 528
hidden from view the pull-out element
Connecting node This connecting node establishes 278 Drawer side Metal or wooden drawer side 221
the electrical connection between 313
the distribution cable and the bracket Drilling depth Drilling depth for hinge boss, moun- 669
profile and/or transformer ting plates or front fixing parts 673
Contoured profile To simplify cleaning of METABOX 389 Drilling depth spacer Makes it possible to have the same 642
drawers drilling pattern for work pieces of
varying thickness
Cover caps Decorative covers for hinges, lift 38
system fittings or drawer systems 161 Drilling distance Distance from outer edge of door to 669
can also be supplied printed with a 220 edge of drilled hole
customer’s brand name
Drilling head Gearbox with several spindles. 624
Cranking Cranking of hinge arm to achieve twin 669 Available for various drilling patterns
or inset application
Drilling pattern Drillings required to attach the hinge 669
CRISTALLO See „CRISTALLO“ furniture hinges for 110 boss or front fixing brackets for pull- 673
glass and mirror doors. Fixing using out/lift systems
adhesive technology without door
drilling Drive unit The drive unit opens the pull-out 278
460
Cross corner hinge Hinge for corner cabinets 45° 669
Dual application Twin application where a mounting 669
Cross divider connec- Connects the cross divider with 336 plate is fixed onto both sides of a sing-
tor BOXSIDE le cabinet. Each door overlays half of
the cabinet end
Cross gallery Cross dividers using a gallery system 349
Dynamic load bearing Total load bearing of runner (drawer, 658
D base, front weight plus load) for day-
Depth adjustment Adjustment of a door’s position in 164 to-day use
relation to front face of cabinet
DYNAMIC SPACE Optimised storage space and quality 18
Distribution cable This electrical cable is used to supply 278 of motion. Initiative for a new kitchen
the power required by the cabinet 313 standard
elements and/or drive units. Max.
permitted operating voltage: 24 V DC E
(direct current) EXPANDO-assembly Assembly with pre-mounted split 667
dowels and special screws
Door bevel Sloping of door’s inner or outer edge 670
F
Door protrusion Distance by which door protrudes 83 Factory setting Or zero position. Factory-set fittings, 670
into the aperture of the cabinet during pre-set at defined door or front
opening positions
Door radius Radius of door’s outer or inner edge 670 Fencing system Adjustable machine section designed 642
for ruler attachment
Dowel plates Mounting plate inserted by a machine 667
or a knock-in tool. Cabinet side is Finger safety Feature on CLIP top-centre hinge for 38
pre-drilled AVENTOS – avoids injury to finger if
trapped between fronts when closing
Drawer (3-sided) Drawer which comprises back, base 454
and 2 sides Fixed dimension Or boss overlay, is the distance the 669
hinge boss overlays the cabinet side.
Drawer (4-sided) Drawer which comprises back, base, 454 This is correct for mounting plates
front and 2 sides with 0 mm spacing
Information
Catalogue 2009 679

Information
▶▶ Glossary
Flex A electrical cable with a plug for the 279 Hinge arm height Height of hinge arm, including moun- 669
respective country must be used to 461 ting plate with 0 mm spacing
connect to the local power grid
Hinge arm length Length of hinge arm 669
Frame door Door with frame construction, usually 114
made from solid wood Hinge boss diameter Diameter of hinge boss at widest 669
point and also diameter of drilling
Front bracket/front Fixing component used to attach 532
connector plate fronts to high fronted pull-outs Hinge boss flange Used to fix hinge boss but also acts 669
as a cover (INSERTA)
Front fixing brackets Front fixing component used to attach 220
the drawer front to the drawer and/or Hinge boss lip Lip at hinge boss edge designed to 669
pull-out prevent the hinge from sitting at an
angle in the pre-drilled hole
Front overlay Distance that front overlays cabinet 673
side and/or top or bottom base Hole pattern Fixing positions in cabinet or drawer 269
profile
Front stabilisation The front stabiliser strengthens the 265
connection between the drawer side Horizontal mounting Mounting plate for horizontal fixing 206
and front plate positions using chipboard screws or
knock-in
Full extension Pull-out element can be opened 672
completely I
Inner cabinet width LW Effective cabinet internal width 673
G
Gap (door gap) Gap between door and cabinet front 669 Inner door/front Front is set back flush between 669
when door is closed cabinet sides
Gap TS Gap between door and cabinet 670 Inner drawer/inner Pull-out or drawer mounted behind a 228
front when door is closed, see TS pull-out door or high fronted pull-out 236
dimension
INSERTA Assembly method for tool free attach- 164
Glass door decorative External decorative cap that connects 112 ment of fittings 270
cover cap glass door hinge and door
Insertion ram Holds the fitting in place for machine 627
H insertion
Handle and latch The latch connects the inner drawer 224
to the pull-out front and enables both Internal cabinet depth Effective cabinet internal depth 673
to be opened simultaneously measured between the inner edges of
the cabinet from front to back
Hand insertion tool Hand held tool for assembly of knock- 604
in fittings K
Knock-in boss Hinge boss for knock-in assembly to 667
Height adjustable Mounting plate with integral height 154 door
mounting plate adjustment, one-part over elongated
hole, two part or cam L
Lay-on front Front that overlays cabinet side 673
Height adjustment Adjusts height position of front/door. 164
Changes the gap between two doors Lever arm Lever arm for AVENTOS HS und HL, 54
or front overlay at the top and/or connects the lift mechanism to the 62
bottom front
High fronted pull-out Pull-out with a high front – gallery 230 Lift mechanism Assists the opening of AVENTOS with 38
surround possible its spring package and variable stop
Hinge arm cover cap Decorative cover for hinge arm; 161 Lock-open stop Drawer can be locked into the open 675
Can also be supplied printed with position
customer’s brand name
Information
Catalogue 2009 680

Information
▶▶ Glossary
Lock-out stop Drawer is stopped in the fully open 675 ORGA-LINE-bottle Removable, easy-to-clean tray made 343
position. Prevents the drawer from holder from stainless steel
moving in or out of the cabinet
ORGA-LINE-bottle set Includes a bottle tray, cross dividers 343
Locking device Part connecting runner and pull-out 404 and a dividing wall
Longside gallery rail Can also be used for front tilt adjust- 230 ORGA-LINE-complete ORGA-LINE set for drawers that fills 332
ment set the entire width
M ORGA-LINE-cross Provides organisation in the high 336

Marking template To mark the fixing positions of fittings 605 divider fronted pull-out
METAFILE – file drawer Pull-out element for A4 sized hanging 266 ORGA-LINE-cross divi- Has an alu profile and can be cut to 336
files in homes and offices 388 der for cutting to size size using a circular saw
Minimum gap for doors Minimum gap that is required to open 670 ORGA-LINE-knife Stores 9 knives of various sizes 333
a door. Dependent on hinge type and holder
door thickness
ORGA-LINE-lateral Adjustable to keep contents from 336
Minimum gap for pull- Minimum gap that is required to open 673 divider slipping out of place
outs a pull-out
ORGA-LINE-spice For storing spice containers of diffe- 342
Mirror door hinge CRISTALLO furniture hinge for double 110 holder rent sizes
mirror. Fixing using adhesive techno-
logy without door drilling Overlay application Application where door overlays 669
rather than insets cabinet side
Mounting plate that Where mounting plate is fixed to each 208
is suitable for a twin side of a single cabinet panel Over extension Pull-out can be extended beyond the 673
application. front edge of the cabinet
Mounting width Space required by a drawer runner 673 P

between drawer and cabinet, must Pivoting point/pivoting Location of pivoting points in hinge. 671
be considered when calculating the system They determine the pivoting motion of
drawer width the door when opened and closed
Multi swivel drilling Suitable for drilling in 2 axis 626 Plate holder Ergonomic solution for storing plates 337
head in the high fronted pull-out
N Plus/minus adjustment Adjustment in both directions starting 164

Nil protrusion hinge Hinge with special geometry that en- 92 at a certain pre-fixed position 271
sures the door does not protrude into
the cabinet aperture when opened Power factor range Used to determine type & number of 38
AVENTOS-lift mechanism for a given
Nominal length of The dimensions given in the cata- 221 application
runner system logue for determining the drawer
length Profile/thick door hinge Hinge for thick doors or doors with 94
protruding profiles
Nylon boss Hinge boss for glass doors 112
Pull-out stop Prevents accidental removal of 661
Nylon cylindrical roller Cylindrical roller made of high impact 404 drawer, either with additional part or
nylon in TANDEM carriage system integrated into system
O Q
Opening action/move- Movement of a front when opening 671 Quick connect chuck Chuck to hold drill bits, for use with 626
ment and closing quick connect sleeve
Opening Angle Max. area that a front can open 671 R

Removal/insertion Space required in order to remove the 673
Information
Operating mode LED in drive unit and transformer 315 space drawer from the cabinet
display – displays the operational status
Catalogue 2009 681

Information
▶▶ Glossary
Revolving handle Revolving handle to select pre-set 624 Spacing Mounting plate height. Standard spa- 154
settings of the PRO-CENTER work cing is 0 mm. Mounting plates with
table a higher spacing change the front
overlay and in turn the gaps between
Roller carriage runner Runner element is a roller carriage 672 doors
with load-bearing and side-supported
nylon cylindrical rollers Special system screws Screw for 5 mm system drilling with a 267
special screw head
Roller runner Drawer runner that runs on nylon 672
rollers Split dowel plate (EX- Mounting plate with a split dowel and 154
PANDO) pre-mounted special system screws
Ruler Fencing system for work piece, calib- 626
rated in mm and designed to accept Static load bearing Total carrying capacity of a runner 663
adjustable stops (weight of drawer plus load) based
on loads, applied for a short duration
S onto the drawer front
Screw-on boss Hinge boss for screw fixing 667
Steel boss Steel hinge boss 82
Screw-on mounting Mounting plate for fixing with chip- 154
plate board screws; for cabinet sides which Swivel stop Adjustable stop located on the ruler of 626
are not pre-drilled an assembly machine
Selector switch „Mode“ Single: Only one drive unit moves 314 Synchronisation cable Two drive units that are required to 279
(standard setting) open simultaneously must be con- 315
Multiple: When set to „Multiple,“ drive nected via the synchronisation cable
units move simultaneously
SYNCROMOTION Fascinating front motion technology 250
Selector switch „Pow- Full: standard setting 314 for SPACE CORNER: When opened,
er“ Half: for short nominal lengths (270 fronts fold inward, preventing them
- 300 mm) – pull-out only moves a from fouling the neighbouring cabinet
short distance
System plate Cruciform mounting plate for 32 mm 158
SERVO-DRIVE Electrical opening support system for 276 line drilling
drawers and pull-outs 458
System screws Screws for 5 mm system drilling 162
Set-up plan Data sheet that contains set-up infor- 624
mation for assembly machines T
Telescopic arm The telescopic arm for AVENTOS HF 38
Shelf connectors Connectors for shelf furniture 554 – connects the lift mechanism with
the bottom front
Shelf pull-out Pull-out is a base; can be used for 532
pull-out surround Thickness of door Door thickness 177
Single extension Pull-out cannot be extended all the 408 Tilt adjustment Angle adjustment of a high fronted 270
way out of the cabinet due to the pull-out
runner stop position
TIP-ON The mechanical opening support sys- 182
SPACE CORNER A user-friendly, ergonomic alternati- 250 tem for handle-less fronts for hinge 508
ve to conventional solutions behind and pull-out systems
swivel and bi-fold doors
Tolerance compensa- Lateral tolerance adjustment in the 672
Space requirement The space requirement of a runner or 673 tion runner system
a runner system must be taken into
account when planning the number Transformer unit The transformer is easily and secu- 279
and size of drawers for a cabinet housing rely stored in the transformer unit 461
housing
Trigger guidance For a transition-free opening motion 278

Information
when using SERVO-DRIVE 315
Catalogue 2009 682

Information
▶▶ Glossary
Trigger path Required motion of the ejector lever 281

to activate the drive unit 463
Twin application (Dual application) Hinges are atta- 82

ched on opposite sides of a single
cabinet section. Both doors overlay to
approx. half of the middle side
V
Variable stop AVENTOS remains in any desired 38
position
Visible runner Drawer profile is visible when drawer 528

is fully extended
W
Wide angle hinge Hinge with an opening angle of more 90
than 150°
Work table Support for work piece 626
Z
Zero position Or factory setting. Factory-set fittings, 92
pre-set at defined door or front
positions
Zinc boss Zinc die-cast hinge boss 90
Information
Catalogue 2009 683

Information
▶▶ Part No. Index
Part no. Page Part no. Page

171A5010 119, 121, 125, 129, 133, 135, 140, 141, 143, 145, 147, 149, 151, 153, 160 193L8100.21 207
171A5040 125, 137, 139, 151, 153, 160 193L8130 207
171A5070 119, 123, 125, 127, 131, 133, 135, 137, 143, 145, 151, 153, 160 193L8300.22 208
119, 123, 124, 127, 128, 130, 131, 133, 135, 137, 139, 140, 143, 145, 147, 148, 150, 153,
171A5500 160 194E6100.ED 208
46, 119, 121, 123, 124, 125, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 133, 135, 137, 139, 140, 141, 143,
173H7100 145, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 153, 156 194E610Z 208
173H7130 125, 128, 137, 139, 143, 149, 150, 151, 153, 156 194E6130.ED 208
173L6100 156 195.5100 206
173L6130 156 195H7100 207
173L8100 158 195H7130 207
173L8100.21 158 195H7190 207
173L8130 158 195H9100 208
173L8300 110, 160 195H9130 208
173L8330 160 195H9190 208
173S6100 157 197M6100 209
174E6100.01 46, 157 199.8130 200, 207
174E610Z 157 20F2200 38, 40, 42, 44
174E6130.01 157 20F2500 38, 40, 42, 44
174E6300 159 20F2800 38, 40, 42, 44
174E6330 159 20F3200 38, 40, 42, 44
174H7100E 157 20F3500 38, 40, 42, 44
174H7100I 155 20F3800 38, 40, 42, 44
174H710ZE 158 20F3900 38, 40, 42, 44
174H7130E 157 20F7011 38, 40, 42, 44, 75
174H7130I 155 20F7051 38, 40, 42, 44, 75
174H713ZE 158 20K2300 70
174L6100.05 159 20K2500 70
174L6130.05 159 20K2700 70
175H5400 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 154 20K2900 70
175H5430 154 20K7011 70, 75
175H5A00 40, 44, 46 20K7041 70, 75
175H5B00 40, 44, 46 20L2100 62
175H7100 156 20L2300 62
175H7130 156 20L2500 62
175H7190 119, 124, 125, 128, 129, 131, 135, 137, 143, 145, 148, 150, 151, 156 20L2700 62
175H7190.22 121, 125, 129, 130, 135, 145, 148, 149, 151, 156 20L2900 62
175H9100 158 20L3200 62
175H9130 158 20L3500 62
175H9160 91, 123, 127, 129, 131, 135, 158 20L3800 62
175H9190 158 20L3900 62
175H9190.22 158 20Q091Z 54
175L6100 156 20Q091ZA 62
175L6130 156 20Q1061U 54
175L8100 159 20Q1061UA 62
175L8100.21 159 20S1A00 54
175L8130 159 20S1B00 54
175L8190 159 20S1C00 54
175L8190.21 159 20S1D00 54
175L8300 110, 160 20S1E00 54
175L8330 160 20S1F00 54
175M5400 154 20S1G00 54
177H5100 38, 42, 46, 155 20S1H00 54
177H5130 155 20S1I00 54
177H5400E 155 20S4200 54, 62, 70
177H5430E 155 20S4200A 54, 62, 70
177M5100 155 230E7000 530, 534
177M5130 155 230E7500 530, 534
193L6100 206 230E8000 530, 534

Information
193L6130 206 230M2500 530, 534
193L8100 207 230M3000 530, 534
Catalogue 2009 684

Information

230M3500 530, 534 320M4000C15 360, 374, 376, 378
230M4000 530, 534 320M4500C 360, 374, 376, 378
230M4500 530, 534 320M4500C15 360, 374, 376, 378

230M5000 530, 534 320M5000C 360, 374, 376, 378
230M5500 530, 534 320M5000C15 360, 374, 376, 378

230M6000 530, 534 320M5500C 360, 374, 376, 378
230M6500 530, 534 320M5500C15 360, 374, 376, 378

270E3500.02 544 320N2700C 358
270E3500.03 544, 546 320N2700C15 358

270E4000.02 544 320N3500C 358
270E4000.03 544, 546 320N3500C15 358

270E4500.02 544 320N4000C 358
270E4500.03 544, 546 320N4000C15 358

270E5000.02 544 320N4500C 358
270E5000.03 544, 546 320N4500C15 358

270E5500.02 544 320N5000C 358
270E5500.03 544, 546 320N5000C15 358

270E6000.02 544 320N5500C 358
270E6000.03 544, 546 320N5500C15 358

404, 406, 408, 410, 412, 414, 416, 418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428, 430, 432, 434, 436,
295.1000 528, 530 330.0028 389
295.5300 387 330.0029 389
295.5500 386 330H350PC 372
295.5600 444, 446 330H350PC15 372

296.4500 532, 534 330H400PC 372
298.2200 532, 534 330H400PC15 372

298.3210.01 389 330H450PC 372
298.3230.01 389 330H450PC15 372

298.5500 404, 406, 408, 432, 434, 436, 438, 440, 442, 444, 446 330H500PC 372
303.756.1 75, 163, 212, 268, 392, 451, 537 330H500PC15 372
314.928.1 75, 163, 212, 268, 392, 451, 537 330H550PC 372
320H3500C 364 330H550PC15 372

320H3500C15 364 330K350PC 370
320H4000C 364 330K350PC15 370

320H4000C15 364 330K400PC 370
320H4500C 364 330K400PC15 370

320H4500C15 364 330K450PC 370
320H5000C 364 330K450PC15 370

320H5000C15 364 330K500PC 370
320H5500C 364 330K500PC15 370

320H5500C15 364 330K550PC 370
320K3500C 362 330K550PC15 370

320K3500C15 362 330M270PC 368
320K4000C 362 330M270PC15 368

320K4000C15 362 330M350PC 368, 380, 382
320K4500C 362 330M350PC15 368, 380, 382

320K4500C15 362 330M400PC 368, 380, 382, 384
320K5000C 362 330M400PC15 368, 380, 382, 384

320K5000C15 362 330M450PC 368, 380, 382, 384
320K5500C 362 330M450PC15 368, 380, 382, 384

320K5500C15 362 330M500PC 368, 380, 382, 384
320M0009.01 389 330M500PC15 368, 380, 382, 384

320M0048 387 330M550PC 368, 380, 382, 384
320M0088 387 330M550PC15 368, 380, 382, 384

320M0188 387 330N270PC 366
320M2700C 360 330N270PC15 366

320M2700C15 360 330N350PC 366
320M3500C 360, 374, 376 330N350PC15 366

Information
320M3500C15 360, 374, 376 330N400PC 366
320M4000C 360, 374, 376, 378 330N400PC15 366
Catalogue 2009 685

Information

330N450PC 366 359M6502I 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 258, 260
330N450PC15 366 359M6502S 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 258, 260
330N500PC 366 40.0200N 552
330N500PC15 366 40.0500N 552
330N550PC 366 40.0600N 553
330N550PC15 366 40.0700N 551
358K4002S 226, 228, 234, 236 40.2000 550
358K4502S 226, 228, 234, 236 40.2100.02 550
358K5002S 226, 228, 234, 236 40.4001 554
358K5502S 226, 228, 234, 236 40.5001 555
358M2702A 222, 224 41.1100 554, 555
358M2702I 222, 224 41.1600.21 554, 555
358M2702S 222, 224 41.5400 554, 555
358M3002A 222, 224 42.0700.01 551
358M3002I 222, 224 430E2500 528, 532
358M3002S 222, 224 430E3000V 528, 532
358M3502A 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 246, 248 430E3500V 528, 532
358M3502I 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 246, 248 430E4000V 528, 532
358M3502S 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 246, 248 430E4500V 528, 532
358M4002A 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 246, 248 430E5000V 528, 532
358M4002I 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 246, 248 430E5500V 528, 532
358M4002S 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 246, 248 430E6000V 528, 532
358M4502A 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248 430E6500V 528, 532
358M4502I 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 258, 260 430E7000V 528, 532
358M4502S 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 258, 260 430E7500V 528, 532
358M4504IG 260 430E8000V 528, 532
358M4504SG 260 48N0510.02 549
358M5002A 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248 48N0510.03 549
358M5002I 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 258, 260 48N0610.02 549
358M5002S 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 258, 260 48N0610.03 549
358M5004IG 260 550H2700.03 408, 442
358M5004SG 260 550H2700B 408, 442
358M5502A 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248 550H3000.03 408, 442
358M5502I 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 258, 260 550H3000B 408, 442
358M5502S 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 258, 260 550H3500.03 408, 442
358M5504IG 260 550H3500B 408, 442, 446
358M5504SG 260 550H3500BU 446
358M6004IG 260 550H4000.03 408, 418, 424, 430, 442
358M6004SG 260 550H4000B 408, 418, 424, 430, 442, 446
358M6504IG 260 550H4000BU 446
358M6504SG 260 550H4500.03 408, 418, 424, 430, 436, 442
358N4002A 220 550H4500B 408, 418, 424, 430, 436, 442
358N4002I 220 550H5000.03 408, 418, 424, 430, 436, 442
358N4002S 220 550H5000B 408, 418, 424, 430, 436, 442
358N4502A 220 550H5500.03 408, 418, 424, 430, 436, 442
358N4502I 220 550H5500B 408, 418, 424, 430, 436, 442
358N4502S 220 550H6000.03 408, 418, 424, 430, 442
358N5002A 220 550H6500.03 408, 418, 424, 430, 442
358N5002I 220 551H2601 412
358N5002S 220 551H2601B 412
358N5502A 220 551H2851 412
358N5502I 220 551H2851B 412
358N5502S 220 551H3101 412
359K6002S 226, 228, 234, 236 551H3101B 412
359K6502S 226, 228, 234, 236 551H3351 412
359M6002A 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254 551H3351B 412
359M6002I 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 258, 260 551H3601 412
Information
359M6002S 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 258, 260 551H3601B 412
359M6502A 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254 551H3851 412
Catalogue 2009 686

Information

551H3851B 412 560H5500C 404, 414, 420, 426, 432, 438
551H4101 412 561H2601B 410
551H4101B 412 561H2601C 410
551H4351 412 561H2851B 410
551H4351B 412 561H2851C 410
551H4601 412 561H3101B 410
551H4601B 412 561H3101C 410
551H4851 412 561H3351B 410
551H4851B 412 561H3351C 410
551H5101 412 561H3601B 410
551H5101B 412 561H3601C 410
551H5351 412 561H3851B 410
551H5351B 412 561H3851C 410
551H5601 412 561H4101B 410
551H5601B 412 561H4101C 410
556.4501B 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248 561H4351B 410
556.5001B 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248 561H4351C 410
556.5501B 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248 561H4601B 410
556.6001B 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254 561H4601C 410
556.6501B 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254 561H4851B 410
558.2701B 222, 224 561H4851C 410
558.3001B 222, 224 561H5101B 410
558.3501B01 222, 224, 230, 232, 238, 240, 246, 248 561H5101C 410
558.4001B01 220, 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 246, 248 561H5351B 410
558.4501B01 220, 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 258, 260 561H5351C 410
558.5001B 220, 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 258, 260 561H5601B 410
558.5501B 220, 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 258, 260 561H5601C 410
559.4501B 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248 566H4500B 406, 416, 422, 428, 434, 440
559.5001B 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248 566H5000B 406, 416, 422, 428, 434, 440
559.5501B 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248 566H5200B 406, 416, 422, 428, 440
222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 258,
559.6001B 260 566H5500B 406, 416, 422, 428, 434, 440
222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 250, 254, 258,
559.6501B 260 566H5800B 406, 416, 422, 428, 440
560H2500B 404, 438 566H6000B 406, 416, 422, 428, 440
560H2500C 404, 438 566H6500B 406, 416, 422, 428, 440
560H2700B 404, 438 566H7000B 406, 440
560H2700C 404, 438 566H7500B 406, 440

74, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 114, 116, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132,
560H3000B 404, 438 609.1500 134, 136, 138, 148, 150, 152, 162, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 211, 267, 391, 450, 536
74, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 114, 116, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132,
560H3000C 404, 438 609.1700 134, 136, 138, 148, 150, 152, 162, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 211, 267, 391, 450, 536
560H3200B 404, 438 653.1050 554, 555
560H3200C 404, 438 653.1450 554, 555
560H3500B 404, 438, 444 65.0590 579
560H3500BU 444 65.1000 614
560H3500C 404, 438 65.1051 568, 614
560H3800B 404, 438 65.1106 595
560H3800C 404, 438 65.1107 595
560H4000B 404, 414, 420, 426, 438, 444 65.2950 603
560H4000BU 444 65.3300 613
560H4000C 404, 414, 420, 426, 438 65.4000.01 583
560H4200B 404, 438 65.4010.01 583
560H4200C 404, 438 65.5000 585
560H4500B 404, 414, 420, 426, 432, 438 65.5010 584, 587
560H4500C 404, 414, 420, 426, 432, 438 65.5040 612
560H4800B 404, 414, 420, 426, 438 65.5070 578
560H4800C 404, 414, 420, 426, 438 65.5210 586
560H5000B 404, 414, 420, 426, 432, 438 65.5310 571, 577
560H5000C 404, 414, 420, 426, 432, 438 65.5810 580, 584
560H5200B 404, 414, 420, 426, 438 65.7500.01 576

Information
560H5200C 404, 414, 420, 426, 438 65.7510.01 576
560H5500B 404, 414, 420, 426, 432, 438 65.7590 576
Catalogue 2009 687

Information

65.9500 576 71T6550 90
65.9510 576 71T6580 90
661.1000.HG 74, 162, 211, 267, 391, 450, 536 71T6640B 90
661.1150.HG 74, 162, 211, 267, 391, 450, 536 71T6650 90
661.1300.HG 74, 162, 211, 267, 391, 450, 536 71T6680 90
661.1450.HG 74, 162, 211, 267, 391, 450, 536 71T7500B 92
661.2000.HG 74, 162, 211, 267, 391, 450, 536 71T7530B 92
662.1150.HG 267, 391, 450, 536 71T7540B 92
662.1300.HG 267, 391, 450, 536 71T950A 100
662.1450.HG 267, 391, 450, 536 71T950A.22 104
70.1503 82, 84, 86, 96, 98, 106, 108, 116, 120, 161 71T950AB 102
70.1503.BP 82, 84, 86, 96, 98, 106, 108, 116, 120, 161 71T9550 94, 132
94, 100, 102, 104, 110, 112, 114, 118, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 140,
70.1563 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 161 71T9580 94
94, 100, 102, 104, 110, 112, 114, 118, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 140,
70.1563.BL 142, 144, 146, 148, 150, 152, 161 71T9590B 94, 132
70.1663 82, 86, 94, 100, 102, 104, 106, 108, 132, 161 71T960A 100
70.1663.BL 82, 86, 94, 100, 102, 104, 106, 108, 132, 161 71T960A.22 104
70.6103 90, 91, 196 71T960AB 102
70M2550.TL 21, 88 71T9650 94, 132
70M2580.TL 21, 88 71T9680 94
70M2650.TL 21, 88 71T9690B 94, 132
70M2680.TL 21, 88 71T970A 100
70M2750.TL 21, 88 71T970A.22 104
70M2780.TL 21, 88 71T970AB 102
70T1504 82, 84, 86, 94, 96, 98, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 163 71T9750 94, 132
70T5550.TL 21, 38, 42, 46, 82 71T9780 94
70T5590BTL 21, 38, 42, 46, 82 71T9790B 94, 132
70T5650.TL 21, 82 72T550A.TL 21, 40, 44, 46, 106
70T5690BTL 21, 82 72T5550.TL 21, 84
70T6540B 21, 90 72T5590BTL 21, 84
70T6550 21, 90 730.425.2 74
70T6640B 21, 90 73T550A 106
70T6650 21, 90 73T550AB 108
70T7500BTL 21, 92 73T5550 84
70T7540BTL 21, 92 73T5580 84
70T950A.TL 21, 100 73T5590B 84
70T9550.TL 21, 22, 94, 132 740.749.1 75
70T9650.TL 21, 22, 94, 132 74.1103 86
70T9750.TL 21, 22, 94, 132 74T1550.TL 21, 86
71M2550 88 74T1590BTL 21, 86
71M2580 88 74T1650.TL 21, 86
71M2590B 88 74T1690BTL 21, 86
71M2650 88 74T1750.TL 21, 86
71M2680 88 74T1790BTL 21, 86
71M2690B 88 75T1550 86
71M2750 88 75T1580 86
71M2780 88 75T1590B 86
71M2790B 88 75T1650 86
71T0550 114, 152, 153 75T1680 86
71T0650 114, 152, 153 75T1690B 86
71T0750 114, 152, 153 75T1750 86
71T5550 82 75T1780 86
71T5580 82 75T1790B 86
71T5590B 82 75T4100 112, 146, 147
71T560A 106 75T4200 112, 146, 147
71T560AB 108 75T4300 112, 146, 147
71T5650 82 78A5450.T 22, 138
71T5680 82 78A5451.T 22, 136

Information
71T5690B 82 78A5453.T 22, 134
71T6540B 90 78A9454.T 22, 130
Catalogue 2009 688

Information

78A9456.T 22, 126 91A6650 196
78A9458.T 22, 122 91A6680 196
78A9555.T 22, 128 91M0500.21 202
78A9556.T 22, 124 91M0530.21 202
78A9658.T 22, 118 91M2550 194
78C450BT 21, 110, 140 91M2580 194
78C4568 110, 140 91M2650 194
78T5550 22, 120 91M2680 194
78T9550.TL 21, 96 91M2750 194
78Z5500T 38, 42, 46 91M2780 194
78Z5500T10 46 91M9550 198
78Z550AT 40, 44, 46 91M9650 198
78Z550AT10 46 91M9750 198
78Z5530T 46 94M3603 88, 161, 198, 210
78Z5530T10 46 94M3603.BL 161

19, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 100, 106, 110, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132,
78Z553ET 38, 42 955.1004 134, 136, 138, 140
79A0555.T 150 955.1201 23
79A0558.T 148 955.1501 23
79A4105.T 144 955.15E1 23

20, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 100, 106, 110, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132,
79A4108.T 142 955A1004 134, 136, 138, 140
79A5450.T 138 970.1002 3, 11, 104, 116
79A5451.T 136 970.1201 13
79A5453.T 134 970.1501 13
79A5490BT 138 970.15E1 13
79A5491BT 136 970.16E1 13
79A5493BT 134 970.1701 14
79A9454.T 130 970.2501 14
79A9456.T 126 970.5201 13
79A9458.T 122 970.5501 13
79A9494BT 130 970.55E1 13
79A9496BT 126 970.56E1 13
79A9498BT 122 970.5701 14
79A9555.T 128 970.6701 14

3, 4, 9, 96, 98, 100, 106, 112, 114, 122, 126, 128, 130, 134, 136, 138, 142, 144, 146, 148,
79A9556.T1 124 970A1002 150, 152
79A9595BT 128 971A0200 7
79A9596BT1 124 971A0230 7
79A9658.T 118 971A0500 7
79A9698BT 118 971A05E0 7
79C450BT 110, 140 971A0700 8
79T5550 120 971A2200 7
79T5590B 120 971A2230 7
79T8500 116 971A2500 7
79T8530 116 971A25E0 7
79T9550 96 971A2700 8
79T9580 96 973A0500.01 3, 4, 5, 82, 84, 86, 88, 94, 102, 108, 132
79T9590B 96 973A0600 3, 4, 5, 82, 86, 88, 94, 102, 108, 132
79T9950.37 98 973A0700 3, 4, 5, 86, 88, 94, 102, 132
79T9980.37 98 973A6000 3, 5, 90, 92
79T9990B37 98 973A7360 4, 6, 124
80.6507 90, 92, 161, 196, 210 973A7480 4, 6, 118
80.6507.BL 90, 92, 161, 196, 210 973A7680 4, 6, 120
84.4120 112, 142, 144, 146 973A9000 3, 4, 6, 110, 140
84.4140 112, 142, 144, 146 993.0530 278, 292, 294, 300, 306, 460, 468, 474, 480, 488, 494
90M2503 88, 161, 194, 198, 200, 202, 204, 210 993.0830.01 278, 292, 294, 300, 306, 460, 468, 474, 480, 488, 494
90M2503.BP 88, 161, 194, 198, 200, 202, 204, 210 993.2000 460, 480, 488, 494
90M2603 194, 210 993.704 120, 204
90M2603.BL 194, 210 993.706 74, 162, 211, 267, 391, 450, 536
Information
91A6550 196 993.710 74, 162, 211, 267, 391, 450, 536
91A6580 196 99M1550 204
Catalogue 2009 689

Information

99M1580 204 MZK.2200.01 628, 629, 630, 638, 639, 640
99M9550 200 MZK.2230 629, 639
99M9580 200 MZK.2400 632
DYA.2642 3, 559 MZK.2800 628, 630, 632, 638, 640, 641
M01.ZB02.D2 628, 638, 646, 654 MZK.2880 630, 631, 632
M01.ZB02.D3 627, 628, 629, 637, 638, 639, 645, 646, 653, 654 MZK.8000 645, 646, 647, 648, 653, 654, 655, 656
M01.ZB03.02 627, 629, 630, 632, 637, 639, 640, 641, 645, 646, 647, 648, 649, 653, 654, 655, 656, 657 MZL.1250 644, 645, 652, 653
M01.ZB03.03 627, 629, 630, 632, 637, 639, 640, 641, 645, 646, 647, 648, 649, 653, 654, 655, 656, 657 MZL.2000 627, 628, 629, 630, 631, 632, 637, 638, 639, 640, 641
M01.ZB05.02 628, 630, 632, 638, 640, 641, 645, 646, 647, 648, 649, 653, 654, 655, 656, 657 MZL.2010 627, 628, 629, 630, 637, 638, 639, 640
627, 628, 629, 630, 632, 637, 638, 639, 640, 641, 645, 646, 647, 648, 649, 653, 654,
M01.ZB05.03 655, 656, 657 MZL.2060 629, 631, 632
M01.ZB05.D2 626, 636, 644, 652 MZL.2080 632, 641
M01.ZB05.D3 626, 636, 644, 652 MZL.2090 626, 636
M01.ZB08.02 631, 632 MZL.2090.03 626, 636
M01.ZB08.03 627, 628, 631, 632, 637, 638, 645, 646, 653, 654 MZL.2500 644, 652
627, 629, 630, 631, 632, 637, 639, 640, 641, 645, 646, 647, 648, 649, 653, 654, 655,
M01.ZB10.02 656, 657 MZM.0010 82, 84, 86, 628, 638, 646, 654
627, 628, 629, 630, 631, 632, 637, 638, 639, 640, 641, 645, 646, 647, 648, 649, 653,
M01.ZB10.03 654, 655, 656, 657 MZM.0011 88, 94, 194, 628, 638, 646, 654
M01.ZB20.02 631, 641, 649, 657 MZM.0017 92, 628, 638, 646, 654
M01.ZB25.02 630, 631, 640, 648, 656 MZM.0018 90, 196, 628, 638, 646, 654
M01.ZB26.02 628, 638, 646, 654 MZM.0019 96, 98, 200, 628, 638, 646, 654
M01.ZB28.02 630, 640, 648, 656 MZM.0020 204, 628, 638, 646, 654
M01.ZB35.02 627, 628, 637, 638, 645, 646, 653, 654 MZM.0021 116, 628, 638, 646, 654
M01.ZS01.02 626, 636, 644, 652 MZM.0050 155, 209, 627, 629, 637, 639, 645, 646, 653, 654
M01.ZS01.03 626, 636, 644, 652 MZM.0061.01 159, 627, 628, 637, 638, 645, 646, 653, 654
M01.ZZ03 74, 162, 211, 267, 391, 450, 536, 596, 597 MZM.0070 551, 552, 553, 630, 631, 640, 648, 656
M01.ZZB3 74, 162, 211, 267, 391, 450, 536 MZM.0071 552, 553, 630, 640, 648, 656
M30.0901 617 MZM.0072 550, 648, 656
M30.1304 644, 652 MZM.0073 550, 648, 656
M31.1000 581 MZM.0075 554, 555, 630, 640, 648, 656
M31.ZB08.02 581 MZM.0077 551, 631, 640, 648, 656
M31.ZB35.02 581 MZM.0078 549, 631, 641, 649, 657
M52.1050 652 MZM.0092.01 647, 655
M53.0720 644 MZM.0093.02 647, 655
M53.1050 644 MZM.0095 631, 641, 649, 657
M54.2000 636 MZM.0292.01 629, 639
M54.2050 636 MZR.1000 644, 652
M65.2000 626 MZR.1200 626, 636
M65.2050 626 MZR.2000 607, 644, 652
M65.ZB05.02 631 MZR.5300.02 644
M65.ZB08.02 631, 632 MZR.5400 636
M65.ZB08.03 631, 632 MZS.0040 599, 609, 626, 636, 644, 652
M65.ZB10.02 629, 631, 632 MZS.1000 626, 627, 628, 629, 630, 631, 632, 636, 637, 638, 639, 640, 641, 644, 652
M65.ZB10.03 631, 632 MZS.1020 652
MZA.2600 626, 636 MZS.1440 640, 644, 648, 652, 656
MZA.5200 652 MZS.1450 640, 644, 648, 652, 656
MZA.5300 644 MZS.2000 626, 636, 640, 644, 645, 646, 647, 648, 649, 652, 653, 654, 655, 656, 657
MZE.1300 644 MZS.4010 596, 597
MZE.2110 644 MZV.2100 626, 636, 644, 652
MZF.1000.01 644, 652 MZW.1300 581

404, 406, 408, 414, 416, 418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428, 430, 432, 434, 436, 438, 440,
MZF.1010 644, 652 T51.1700.04 442, 444, 446
MZF.1020 644, 652 T51.7000 438, 440, 442, 444, 446
MZF.1030 626, 636, 644, 652 T55.1150 408, 418, 424, 430, 436, 442, 509
MZF.1050 626, 636, 644, 652 T55.3150 412, 509
MZF.2000 626, 636 T55.7150 404, 410, 414, 420, 426, 432, 438, 509
MZK.1000 646, 648, 649, 654, 656, 657 T65.1000.02 601
MZK.1120 644, 652 T65.9000 601
MZK.1130 644, 652 Z10A3000.01 278, 286, 292, 294, 300, 306, 460, 468, 474, 480, 488, 494
MZK.2000 627, 628, 637, 638 Z10A3H00 278, 300, 306

Information
MZK.2100 627, 629, 630, 631, 637, 639, 641 Z10D01E0 278, 286, 460, 494
MZK.2110 627, 628, 629, 631, 637, 638, 639, 640 Z10D01EA 278, 286, 460, 494
Catalogue 2009 690

Information

Z10D5210 300, 480 Z33M00E0A6 251
Z10D6252 306, 488 Z36H000G1 426, 428, 430
Z10D7101 294, 468, 474, 480 Z36H000G.02 246, 248

Z10D7201 292, 294, 468, 480 Z36H367SE01 378, 384
Z10K0009 279, 287, 293, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z36H417SE01 378, 384
Z10K008S 279, 461, 475, 495 Z36H467SE01 378, 384
Z10K050S 279, 461, 475, 495 Z36H517SE01 378, 384
Z10K120S 279, 461, 475, 495 Z37H418A.E 242, 244
Z10K160S 279, 461, 475, 495 Z37H418I.E 242, 244, 260
Z10K800AE 278, 286, 294, 300, 306, 460, 468, 474, 480, 488, 494 Z37H418S.E 242, 244, 260
Z10M200A 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H468A.E 242, 244
Z10M200B 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H468I.E 242, 244, 260
Z10M200C 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H468S.E 242, 244, 260
Z10M200D 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H518A.E 242, 244
Z10M200E 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H518I.E 242, 244, 260
Z10M200E.OS 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H518S.E 242, 244, 260
Z10M200H 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H568A.E 242, 244, 255
Z10M200I 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H568I.E 242, 244, 255, 260
Z10M200J 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H568S.E 242, 244, 255, 260
Z10M200K 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H618A.E 242, 244, 255
Z10M200L 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H618I.E 242, 244, 255, 260
Z10M200N 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z37H618S.E 242, 244, 255, 260
Z10M200S 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z40H0002.R 349, 524
Z10M200S.01 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z40H000A 336, 338, 339, 341, 342, 345, 346, 347, 520, 521, 522, 523
Z10M200T 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z40H1077A 336, 338, 339, 341, 342, 345, 346, 347, 349, 520, 521, 522, 523, 524
Z10M200U 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z40H1077I 336, 338, 341, 346, 347
Z10M200U.OS 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z40H1077S 336, 338, 341, 346, 347
Z10M200x 293 Z40H152I 343
Z10M200Z 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z40H152S 343
Z10NE010.01 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z40H177I 336, 338, 341, 342, 343, 347
Z10NE050 292 Z40H177S 336, 338, 341, 342, 343, 347
Z10NE050.01 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z40H277I 336, 338, 341, 342, 347
Z10NE05C.15 292 Z40H277S 336, 338, 341, 342, 347
Z10NE05D.15 292 Z40H327I 336, 338, 341, 342, 347
Z10NE05EA15 292 Z40H327S 336, 338, 341, 342, 347
Z10NE05EB15 292 Z40H377I 336, 338, 341, 347
Z10NE05EC15 292 Z40H377S 336, 338, 341, 347
Z10NG000 279, 287, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z40H427I 336, 338, 341, 347
Z10NG100 279, 287, 293, 295, 301, 307, 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z40H427S 336, 338, 341, 347
Z10NG110 461, 469, 475, 481, 489, 495 Z40H477I 336, 338, 341, 346, 347
Z10T1143B 300, 480 Z40H477S 336, 338, 341, 346, 347
Z10T1170A 278, 286, 460, 494 Z40H677I 336, 338, 341, 346, 347
Z10T650AA 278, 286, 460, 494 Z40H677S 336, 338, 341, 346, 347
Z10T700AA 278, 286, 460, 494 Z40H777I 336, 338, 341, 346, 347
Z10T710AA 278, 286, 460, 494 Z40H777S 336, 338, 341, 346, 347
Z10T750AA 278, 286, 460, 494 Z40H877I 336, 338, 341, 346, 347
Z10T800AA 278, 286, 460, 494 Z40H877S 336, 338, 341, 346, 347
Z10V100E 278, 286, 294, 300, 306, 460, 468, 474, 481, 488, 494 Z43H100I.01 336, 338, 341, 342, 345, 346, 347, 523
Z30B000S.04 230, 232 Z43H100S.01 336, 338, 341, 342, 345, 346, 347, 523
Z30C000S 234, 236 Z43H100X 520, 521, 522
Z30D000S 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 260 Z46C420I.E2 340, 344, 348
Z30D000S.45 255 Z46C420S.E2 340, 344, 348
Z30K000S 226, 228 Z46C470I.E2 340, 344, 348
Z30M000S.04 222, 224, 258 Z46C470S.E2 340, 344, 348
Z30M000S.45 251 Z46C520I.E2 340, 344, 348
Z30N0002.6Z 260 Z46C520S.E2 340, 344, 348
Z30N000S.04 220, 260 Z46C570I.E2 340, 344, 348
Information
Z31A1081A 224, 228, 232, 236, 240, 244, 248 Z46C570S.E2 340, 344, 348
Z33D00E0A6 255 Z46C620I.E2 340, 344, 348
Catalogue 2009 691

Information

Z46C620S.E2 340, 344, 348 ZIF.3000 360, 368
Z48.27B0I6 343 ZIF.3010 358, 366
Z48.27B0I7 343 ZIF.3030 362, 370
Z48.27B0I8 343 ZIF.3050 364, 372
Z48.27B0I9 343 ZIF.7005 224, 228
Z48.30B0I4 343 ZIF.7007 224, 228
Z48.30B0I6 343 ZIF.7008 236, 240, 244, 248
Z48.30B0I7 343 ZIF.70K0 228
Z48.30B0I8 343 ZIF.70M0 224
Z48.30B0I9 343 ZIF.72B0 232
Z96.10E1 265, 279, 295, 301, 307 ZIF.72C0 236
ZAA.3500 360, 362, 364, 368, 370, 372, 374, 376, 378, 380, 382, 384 ZIF.73D0 240, 244, 248
ZAA.3700 360, 362, 364, 368, 370, 372, 374, 376, 378, 380, 382, 384 ZME.1600.01 647, 655
ZFI.30BZI4N 340, 344, 345 ZME.2700 647, 655
ZFI.30BZI6N 340, 344, 345 ZML.0010 600
ZFI.30BZI7N 340, 344, 345 ZML.0040 572, 598, 604
ZFI.30BZI8N 340, 344, 345 ZML.0050 602
ZFI.30BZI9N 340, 344, 345 ZML.0330 594
ZFI.30BZS4N 340, 344, 345 ZML.1090 592
ZFI.30BZS6N 340, 344, 345 ZML.1150.01 588
ZFI.30BZS7N 340, 344, 345 ZML.1200 591
ZFI.30BZS8N 340, 344, 345 ZML.1290 593
ZFI.30BZS9N 340, 344, 345 ZML.1500 605, 607
ZFZ.30G0I 342, 523 ZML.1510 605
ZFZ.40G0I 342, 523 ZML.3510 605
ZFZ.45G0I 342, 523 ZML.3580 605
ZFZ.XXG0I 521 ZML.3600 605
ZHI.387BI1 518 ZML.8000.02 605
ZHI.387BI3 518 ZML.8030 606
ZHI.387FI1 518 ZML.805S 606
ZHI.387FI2 518 ZMM.3350 596
ZHI.387FI3 518 ZMM.7350 597
ZHI.387KI2 518 ZRE.321S.ID 374, 376, 380, 382
ZHI.387KI4 518 ZRE.363A.ID 414, 418, 420, 424, 426, 430
ZHI.387MI3 518 ZRE.371S.ID 374, 376, 378, 380, 382, 384
ZHI.387TI5 518 ZRE.413A.ID 414, 416, 418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428, 430
ZHI.437BI1 518 ZRE.421S.ID 374, 376, 378, 380, 382, 384
ZHI.437BI3 518 ZRE.443A.ID 414, 420, 426
ZHI.437FI1 518 ZRE.463A.ID 414, 416, 418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428, 430
ZHI.437FI2 518 ZRE.471S.ID 374, 376, 378, 380, 382, 384
ZHI.437FI3 518 ZRE.483A.ID 414, 416, 420, 422, 426, 428
ZHI.437KI2 518 ZRE.513A.ID 414, 416, 418, 420, 422, 424, 426, 428, 430
ZHI.437KI4 518 ZRE.521S.ID 374, 376, 378, 380, 382, 384
ZHI.437MI3 518 ZRE.543A.ID 416, 422, 428
ZHI.437TI5 518 ZRE.563A.ID 416, 418, 422, 424, 428, 430
ZHI.450SI65 432, 434, 436 ZRE.613A.ID 416, 418, 422, 424, 428, 430
ZHI.450SS65 432, 434, 436 ZRG.1094U 236, 240, 244, 248, 349, 438, 440, 442, 524, 532, 534
ZHI.487BI1 518 ZRG.1104U 390, 532, 534
ZHI.487FI1 518 ZRG.296V.IC 230, 232, 238, 240, 246, 248
ZHI.487FI2 518 ZRG.346V.IC 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 246, 248
ZHI.487FI3 518 ZRG.396V.IC 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 260
ZHI.487KI2 518 ZRG.446V.IC 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 260
ZHI.487KI4 518 ZRG.496V.IC 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 260
ZHI.487MI3 518 ZRG.546V.IC 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 254, 260
ZHI.487TI5 518 ZRG.596V.IC 230, 232, 234, 236, 238, 240, 242, 244, 246, 248, 254, 260
ZHI.500SI65 432, 434, 436 ZRM.5500 266, 388
ZHI.500SS65 432, 434, 436 ZRU.00F0 349, 390, 524

Information
ZHI.550SI65 432, 434, 436 ZRU.00Z0 349, 390, 524
ZHI.550SS65 432, 434, 436 ZRU.10B1E 390
Catalogue 2009 692

Information

ZSD.1200S 389 ZSI.500BI2N 332
ZSF.1200 360, 362, 364, 368, 370, 372, 374, 376, 378, 380, 382, 384 ZSI.500BI3 322, 332
ZSF.1300 360, 362, 364, 368, 370, 372, 374, 376, 378, 380, 382, 384 ZSI.500BI3E 323, 333
ZSF.130E 360, 362, 364, 368, 370, 372, 374, 376, 378, 380, 382, 384 ZSI.500FI2N 328, 332
ZSF.1510 358, 366 ZSI.500FI3 329, 332
ZSF.1610 358, 366 ZSI.500KI2N 332
ZSF.1700 360, 362, 364, 368, 370, 372, 374, 376, 378, 380, 382, 384 ZSI.500KI3N 332
ZSF.1800 360, 362, 364, 368, 370, 372, 374, 376, 378, 380, 382, 384 ZSI.500KI4 332
ZSF.3502 220, 222, 226, 230, 234, 238, 242, 246, 258, 260 ZSI.500MI3 324, 332
ZSF.3602 220, 222, 226, 230, 234, 238, 242, 246, 258, 260 ZSI.500MI3E 325, 333
ZSF.3902 220, 222, 226, 230, 234, 238, 242, 246, 258, 260 ZSI.50VEI4 322
ZSI.010Q 333, 519 ZSI.50VEI6 322
ZSI.010SI 333, 519 ZSI.50VEI7 322
ZSI.020Q 333, 519 ZSI.50VEI8 322
ZSI.020SI 333, 519 ZSI.50VEI9 322
ZSI.030SI 333, 519 ZSI.550BI1N 322, 324, 328, 332
ZSI.040SI 333, 519 ZSI.550BI2N 332
ZSI.10VEI4 323 ZSI.550BI3 322, 332
ZSI.10VEI6 323 ZSI.550FI2N 328, 332
ZSI.10VEI7 323 ZSI.550FI3 332
ZSI.10VEI8 323 ZSI.550KI2N 332
ZSI.10VKI4 324 ZSI.550KI4 332
ZSI.10VKI6 324 ZSI.550MI3 324, 332
ZSI.10VKI7 324 ZSI.55VEI4 322
ZSI.10VUI4 326, 328, 330 ZSI.55VEI8 322
ZSI.10VUI6 326, 328, 330 ZSI.55VEI9 322
ZSI.10VUI7 326, 328, 330 ZSI.600BI1N 322, 324, 328, 332
ZSI.10VUI8 326, 328, 330 ZSI.600BI2N 332
ZSI.10VUI9 326, 328, 330 ZSI.600BI3 322, 332
ZSI.12VEI4 323 ZSI.600FI2N 328, 332
ZSI.12VEI6 323 ZSI.600FI3 332
ZSI.12VEI9 323 ZSI.600KI4 332
ZSI.12VUI4 326, 329, 330 ZSI.600MI3 324, 332
ZSI.12VUI6 326, 329, 330 ZSI.60VEI4 323
ZSI.12VUI7 326, 329, 330 ZSI.60VEI6 323
ZSI.12VUI8 326, 329, 330 ZSI.60VEI7 323
ZSI.12VUI9 326, 329, 330 ZSI.60VEI8 323
ZSI.450BI1N 322, 324, 328, 332 ZSI.60VEI9 323
ZSI.450BI2N 332 ZSI.60VKI4 324
ZSI.450BI3E 323, 333 ZSI.60VKI6 324
ZSI.450BI3N 322, 332 ZSI.60VKI7 324
ZSI.450FI2N 328, 332 ZSI.60VKI8 324
ZSI.450FI3 329, 332 ZSI.60VKI9 324
ZSI.450KI2N 332 ZSI.60VUI4 326, 328, 330
ZSI.450KI3N 332 ZSI.60VUI6 326, 328, 330
ZSI.450KI4N 332 ZSI.60VUI7 326, 328, 330
ZSI.450MI3 324, 332 ZSI.60VUI8 326, 328, 330
ZSI.450MI3E 325, 333 ZSI.60VUI9 326, 328, 330
ZSI.45VEI4 322 ZSI.650BI1N 322, 324, 328, 332
ZSI.45VEI6 322 ZSI.650BI2N 332
ZSI.45VEI7 322 ZSI.650BI3 322, 332
ZSI.45VEI8 322 ZSI.650FI2N 328, 332

Information
ZSI.45VEI9 322 ZSI.650FI3 332
ZSI.500BI1N 322, 324, 328, 332 ZSI.650KI2N 332
Catalogue 2009 693

Information
Part no. Page

ZSI.650KI3N 332
ZSI.650KI4 332
ZSI.650MI3 324, 332
ZSI.80VEI4 323
ZSI.80VEI6 323
ZSI.80VEI7 323
ZSI.80VEI8 323
ZSI.80VEI9 323
ZSI.80VKI4 324
ZSI.80VKI6 324
ZSI.80VKI7 324
ZSI.80VKI8 324
ZSI.80VKI9 324
ZSI.80VUI4 326, 328, 330
ZSI.80VUI6 326, 328, 330
ZSI.80VUI7 326, 328, 330
ZSI.80VUI8 326, 328, 330
ZSI.80VUI9 326, 328, 330
ZSI.90VEI4 323
ZSI.90VEI6 323
ZSI.90VEI7 323
ZSI.90VEI8 323
ZSI.90VEI9 323
ZSI.90VKI4 324
ZSI.90VKI6 324
ZSI.90VKI7 324
ZSI.90VKI8 324
ZSI.90VKI9 324
ZSI.90VUI4 326, 328, 330
ZSI.90VUI6 326, 328, 330
ZSI.90VUI7 326, 328, 330
ZSI.90VUI8 326, 328, 330
ZSI.90VUI9 326, 328, 330
ZST.450BB 265
ZST.450MH 386
ZST.500BB 265
ZST.500MH 386
ZST.550BB 265
ZST.550MH 386
ZST.600BB 265
ZST.650BB 265
ZSZ.02M0 329, 333, 335
ZTH.0350 337, 520, 523
ZTU.00D0 438, 440, 442, 532, 534
ZTU.00Z0 438, 440, 442, 532, 534

Information
Catalogue 2009 694

Information
Information
Catalogue 2009 695

Information
Information
Catalogue 2009 696

Information
Information
Catalogue 2009 697

Information
Information
Catalogue 2009 698

Information
Information
Catalogue 2009 699

Information
Information
Catalogue 2009 700

Information
Information
Catalogue 2009 701

Information
Information
Catalogue 2009 702

Information
Information
Catalogue 2009 703

Information
Information
Catalogue 2009 704

KA090 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

KA090 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

All content is copyrighted by Blum.

Subject to technical modifications and changes to the range without notice.

IDNR 555.154.5 • KA-090/2EN-AL/10.08-1

NEW: DYNALOG 2.6 limited

Attention: Please do not install the

DYNALOG 2.6 limited is also available

Professional planning, easy ordering

The DYNALOG 2.6 software makes it

DYNALOG 2.6 includes the following modules:

DYNASHOP DYNAPLAN DYNACAT

Order specification Minimum requirements (recommended)

Operating system: MS Windows 2000 or higher

▶ BLUMOTION for doors – for silent and effortless closing action

MODUL – hinge system

TANDEMBOX – pull-out systems

■ Double-wall drawer side

METABOX – pull-out system

TANDEM – runner system

▶ SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM – electrical opening support system

▶ Open & slide door assembly – POCKET DOOR, FLIPPER DOOR

▶ DYNALOG 2.6 – CD catalogue and planning aid

Information about Blum products

What is perfect motion?

Thanks to Blum‘s lift

Use AVENTOS to address

Lift system variety that will inspire your customers. Whether a

AVENTOS is easy to install and adjust. Thanks to its uniform

In hinges we place great value

BLUMOTION is suitable for nearly any application.

Whether in the larder unit, pull-out, drawer, sink pull-out or

This system meets the high-

High quality wooden drawers always close silently and effortlessly.

Even when pull-outs are

Organization in drawers and pull-outs in the TANDEM plus

Whether in the kitchen, hall, bathroom, living room or bed-

It‘s so easy: A light touch on the front or a light pull of the

The most important

Opening comfort throughout the home: A

With SERVO-DRIVE for TANDEM plus BLUMOTION, your

Customers are asking for handle-less furniture more and

The TIP-ON mechanism

With DYNAMIC SPACE, kitchen work is made easier

■ Planning for enough storage space,

It‘s all about the kitchen

The goal of our research

More information about DYNAMIC SPACE, the Zone Planner

We look forward to your visit: www.blum.com

PRODUCT INFORMATION SERVICE (POIS)

For our business partners, we provide

For more about our E-SERVICES go to

Argentina Bisagra OH, showroom, Maza 384 Telephone +54/11/4862-1130

Bulgaria Interior - I Telephone +359/2/8430233

Canada Blum Canada Limited, Perfecting motion Telephone +1/905/670-7920

Czech Republic Blum, s.r.o., Kolbenova 19 Telephone +420/281090161

Estonia Hahle Eesti OÜ, Kadaka tee 48 Telephone +372/6/729030

Hungary Blum Hungária Kft., Balassagyarmati út 2 Telephone +36/27/319323

Iceland Husasmidjan HF., Sudarvogi 3 - 5 Telephone +354/5/812088

Indonesia PT Indo-Fitting Mandiri Telephone +62/21/6508744

Iran Pad.S.I.D.Co Ltd. Telephone 0098 21 88 53 20 85 to 89

Netherlands Van Hoecke bv, Schimminck 5 Telephone +31 418 56 90 60

Norway Julius Blum GmbH. Norge, Representasjonskontor Telephone +47/32/127020

Philippines Deepe Marketing Corporation Telephone +632 952 9854

Slovakia Ing. Norbert Šebo, ul MDD 27 Tel./Fax +421/455323293